Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutNAPOLEON PARK/CONCESSION & RESTROOM BUILDING/2007NAPOLEON PARK/ CONSESSION & RESTROOM BUILDING/ 2007 ^i% '' ~ tad ~` ~1jcc.Po~on ~4r~~ ConceS~~ p~, ~ ~'~~-row 1/~1[~•e n~ ~~0? ~~r ~~-~3w~.y~-D~1';~" ~tc`ns, eca~, c~.~-; N - t^'~r ~- C~n~.ess~o~ o -~,.5 ~v,r ~.~ o ~ ~ '~' 1 ~; i a~ J~~+~7 ~ ' ~ ~.2so i~,,-~; avg. o~ - Z1 ~ S ~-N-- ~, c~. ~u. 6 t ; c ~c~a,r~ ~g -~o,~ ~ ,n /~ y (' n ~ j +-1 ~ LtS"~' 011, c~fi1D ? ~1r+. ~ l0.vti.S~ S~~-LC..; -tai Cat-!=• o'!~S ~ T~r'm ~~ y , , C,pri-~r4 c~ E @s~ ; rnR'~ o~ CDS~- --~r ~-~,e.. ~,pr~v't.c.C-~ ~ m-~. ~~ ; i ,~„ i ~ ~ ~`~-~-~`, n c~, -+~, ~r12s ~ ~.q.cN~a.~: ate.. ~~ ~e.C.~ ~a ~(ac~. /~, ~+ yii ~;~ a: 1~0-~- i c~ o-~ I~c~,io ~ ~ G~-~c~,-c- i Y :~ l ' ~ - ° ? r1~5o I~,~-i-: c v~ 0 7 - ~ S ~ Q~a+~ v ' ~ ~ ~itns~ s ~ ~ec~ ~ : cc~-~- i C r- s ~ -i,prn.. p"C' COr`'!'r'~~ @ ~-.s~-~l+¢. 0~'~' m~ "'~ ~' ~ ~ v QPv 1 ~Q.D 1^~ i G r` u a ; COr~ C2 SS : o~ ~ ~,eS-I-ro~ti. ~~ c ~ ~ :~- ~ es~. ~ ~ i s ~ • n C~rrtpkv`~ ;; a-~ ~: ~ Seckr:-~j, -~!~ a.cco r,~,~ 4 e~.c lz ~i ~~ d. v~~ec~-. „ lJ 11 0d~ C ~-~y C l p N ~ ~O tcb ~ i S ~. ~ V e ~ -~: st +rn Q K.-~' -~Y' ~ . ~ 5 z r / a; ~, `, (` ~r uc~~ ~ ~k ~~ i CA.~~ Dom--- 1 " D~i C 2. O`C' ~1~6 ~ ~ C ~PRtr'-rrLq _ ;i. // f ) t''SF1~- O'l ~~1+~-'hiOr. n~" c7`g~ GuVC~r~..c vLCj Cdr~.'~Y`C~t'~' L' qt~~D'~'~ Ziv~. ~. /h01,~1• ~('~ Q r/ S'~ ~ -,.. ~ C•~ ~y C~ ~w k -}e o~,a~" a c~~ac.-~ ~ -!~ /v c~a I~o~ ~~ k ~~ CDn ceSs . a. ~` raa~,-ti_ ~a c; i ~~. ~ ~\~ ~~ \~y~v i i ---- - ii 07.043 SECTION 000101 -PROJECT TITLE PAGE PROJECT MANUAL FOR NAPOLEON PARK Napoleon Park Concession 8~ Restroom Facility CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY ISSUE DATE: July 23, 2007 NM PROJECT NO: 07.043 AN IOWA STATE TAX EXEMPT PROJECT THIS PROJECT MANUALINCLUDES PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED BY NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS PC 221 East College Street, Suite 303 Iowa City, IA 52240 N 0 O --' •- v ~' _'~ c~ ~ N _ =.i ~-~ ~ '~] ._ -'_ C~ ~~~ M `.J D , V 1 00 0101 -PROJECT TITLE PAGE 07.043 SECTION 000101 -PROJECT TITLE PAGE PROJECT MANUAL FOR Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY ISSUE DATE: July 23, 2007 NM PROJECT NO: 07.043 AN IOWA STATE TAX EXEMPT PROJECT _ ~ N "~ cJ dJ _ < ` T THIS PROJECT MANUALINCLUDES ~ ~ tv PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS _ -- ~ - ! "- .~- ""~"°~ CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS ti ~ -, ca `~~J TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2y rv PREPARED BY NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS PC 221 East College Street, Suite 303 Iowa City, IA 52240 1 00 0101 -PROJECT TITLE PAGE 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 000103 -PROJECT DIRECTORY OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY 220 South Gilbert Street, Iowa City, IA 52240 Contact person: Terry Trueblood, Director of Parks 8~ Recreation Telephone: 319-356-5100 Contact person: Terry Robinson, Parks 8 Forestry Superintendent Telephone: 319-356-5107 ARCHITECT: NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS PC 221 E College St, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 Telephone: (319) 338-7878 Fax: (319) 338-7879 Principal-in-Charge: Kevin Monson Project Manager and Contract Administration: Bill Hoefer e-mail: bhoefer@neumannmonson.com ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS: Structural: M26 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 422 Second Ave., Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 Telephone: (319) 364-0666 Fax: (319) 364-1456 Project Structural Engineer: Mike Brenneman Mech I Elec: Miner Consulting Engineering 11419th Street, Rock Island, IL 61201 Telephone: (309) 788-3476 Fax: (309) 778-3484 Project Mechanical Engineer: Gary Miner Project Electrical Engineer: Karen Atnip END OF DIRECTORY r~ C' ` / --J _ ~~ ~ r'; - N " <_ - ~ ~~ `~ 00 0103 -PROJECT DIRECTORY 1 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 000107 -SEALS PAGE I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described herein was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I om o duly registered Architect under the lows of the State of Iowa. KEVIN W. MONSON Oete Signatwe Registration expires June 30, Pages or shoots covered by Ihls seal: ---- r~ Dote issued• ~...~ - - ~~ ,.. .., `'`•~ Ir , ~ ..: ~t~ _- /'. I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described herein was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I om a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the lows of the Slate of Iowa. GARY B. MINER SignaN2 ~~ My license renewal dote is December 31, pages w sheets covered by ers soal: r.~ ~~ .-., C.... rV ~" ~-,~ C~ r*J v'1 ,~-•~--~ ---t ._J 00 0107 -SEALS PAGE 1 07.043 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00 0101 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 00 0103 PROJECT DIRECTORY 00 0107 SEALS PAGE 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0115 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 00 1113 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2213 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2613 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 00 3100 AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION 00 4113 BID FORM 00 4313 BID BOND 00 4513 BIDDERS PRE-BID TSB CONTACTS CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 5215 AGREEMENT WITH GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 7315 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR AIA DOCUMENT A107 (1997) 00 7413 SPECIAL CONDITIONS SUMMARY 011000 SUMMARY PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012300 ALTERNATES ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3300 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS _ PJ O -.~ .-, _~~ °~~ i i. n,.~ .,_.._... ~ _" °.. ~ .~"' r~ c_, 1 TOC -Table of Contents Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE 03 1000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 2000 CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3513 HIGH-TOLERANCE CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING 03 3900 CONCRETE CURING DIVISION 04 -MASONRY 04 0511 MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING 04 2000 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05 -METALS 05 1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 06 -WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1753 SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 06 2000 FINISH CARPENTRY 06 4100 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 1900 WATER REPELLENTS ~ ' " ! , 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION 07 2123 LOOSE FILL INSULATION '~ " 07 2500 WEATHER BARRIERS w "` , -, , ~,. TOC -Table of Contents 2 07.043 07 4113 METAL ROOF PANELS 07 6200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 9005 JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 08 -OPENINGS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 08 1113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3313 COILING COUNTER DOORS 08 4313 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS OS 7100 DOOR HARDWARE 08 8000 GLAZING DIVISION 09 -FINISHES 09 2116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 6500 RESILIENT BASE 09 9000 PAINTING AND COATING DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10 2113.19 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 2800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS 12 3600 COUNTERTOPS DIVISION 31 -EARTHWORK 31 1000 SITE CLEARING 312200 GRADING 312316 EXCAVATION 312323 FILL DIVISION 32 -EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 1313 CONCRETE PAVING rv C) _ '~ ..._, ~__ - - N ` ., ~~ . . ~_ ~ '.,`- -= =. ,__.. ~ c~ 3 TOC -Table of Contents 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 15020 SCOPE OF WORK 15023 CODES, FEES, HEALTH STANDARDS & PERMITS 15042 TESTS 15043 BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS 15045 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA 15046 DEMONSTRATION & INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER 15047 IDENTIFICATION 15060 PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS 15092 SLEEVES & SEALING OF WALL, FLOOR & CEILING PENETRATIONS 15094 HANGERS, SUPPORTS & ESCUTCHEONS 15100 VALVES 15180 INSULATION 15401 WATER SERVICE & METER 15410 INTERIOR WASTE & VENT PIPING 15411 EXTERIOR SEWERS 15421 FLOOR DRAINS 15423 CLEANOUTS & CLEANOUT ACCESS COVER 15424 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 15440 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES & TRIM 15665 WINDOW AIR CONDITIONERS 15820 FANS 15840 DUCTWORK 15859 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS IN DUCTWORK 15860 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 15863 MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS 15870 REGISTERS & GRILLES 15879 WALL LOUVER 15900 CONTROLS ~> ~:~ ~ , ;. R ; _... -; _.. - c __ TABLE OF CONTENTS 07.043 DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility TABLE OF CONTENTS 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 16020 SCOPE OF WORK 16023 CODES, FEES, HEALTH STANDARDS, & PERMITS 16045 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA 16046 DEMONSTRATION & INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER 16047 IDENTIFICATION 16092 SLEEVES & SEALING OF WALL, FLOOR & CEILING PENETRATIONS 16110 RACEWAYS 16120 CONDUCTORS 16130 OUTLET BOXES 16131 JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES 16133 ENCLOSURES 16140 SWITCHES & RECEPTACLES 16145 WALL PLATES 16150 MOTOR & ELECTRICALLY POWERED DEVICE WIRING 16160 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 16170 DISCONNECTS 16410 ELECTRIC SERVICE 16450 SYSTEM & EQUIPMENT GROUND 16475 LIGHTING PANELBOARDS, TYPE LP 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES 16740 TELEPHONE SERVICE & EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM r~-.3 n C~ ,_:.a ~', - .. ~ __. - ~- _-_ ~ ~~. _ =~ `~.J _;~, _ , r ,~" i`.~ ~""1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 000115 -LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS G-001 COVER SHEET C-100 SEWER PROFILE, FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY C-101 SITE PLAN S-101 FOUNDATION AND ROOF FRAMING PLANS S-501 STRUCTURAL. DETAILS A-101 FLOOR PLAN AND NOTES A-201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-202 EXISTING BUILDING ELEVATIONS, ALTERNATE BIDS A-301 BUILDING SECTION AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-501 DETAILS P-101 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P-102 PLUMBING DIAGRAMS H-101 HVAC FLOOR PLAN E-101 ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN E-102 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES, PANEL 8~ ABBREVIATIONS w~ ~ ~:~ `~ 4 - 1 00 0115 -LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 07.043 SECTION 001113 -ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility PROJECT: NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION 8 RESTROOM FACILITY NOTICE TO POTENTIAL BIDDERS; Notice is given hereby that the City of Iowa City will receive sealed bids for construction of the above project until 2:00 pm, local Time, on September 11, 2007. The Project is described in general as: A 1700 SF Building for concessions, restrooms, and storage. The building structure consists of CMU walls and wood-framed truss roof with standing seam metal roof panels Offers shall be on a stipulated sum basis for a General Construction Contract, including respective mechanical and electrical work; segregated bids will not be accepted. Bid Security in the amount of five percent of the bid must accompany bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Bids will be received at: City Clerk's Office, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240. Bids will be opened and publicly read aloud immediately after the specified closing time. Bids received after that time will not be accepted. All interested parties are invited to attend. EXAMINATION OF PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS: ~ ~; Printed Procurement Documents may be obtained from the Architect's office upon depositing the sum of $50.00 (refundable) for each set of documents. The deposit amount will be refunded win ----~ ten calendar days following bid opening, provided complete sets of documents in satisfactory rv -°-~~ condition are returned, postpaid, to: -- --- ~ -~- _~ ~_I Neumann Monson Architects, 221 E College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52 _ -"'; Printed sets of Procurement Documents may be examined at: `=~ ~ ~~ r' rv Neumann Monson Architects 221 E College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 Owner: City of Iowa City City Clerk's Office, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240. Construction Update Plan Room 521 3rd Ave. SW, Cedar Rapids, IA 52404 McGraw Hill Dodge Construction 474 First Avenue, Coralville, IA 52241 Dubuque Builders Exchange 801 Cedar Cross Road, Dubuque, IA 52003 Master Builders of Iowa 221 Park Street, PO Box 695 Des Moines, IA 50309 Construction Update Plan Room 1406 Central Avenue, Box T, Fort Dodge, IA 50501 North Iowa Builders Exchange G"1 00 1113 -ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 25 West State Street, Suite B, Box 1154, Mason City, IA 50401 Illowa Builders Exchange 520 - 24th Street, Rock Island, IL 61201 Construction Update Plan Room 612 Mulberry, Waterloo, IA 50704 F.W. Dodge Corporation 939 Office Park Road, Suite 121, W. Des Moines, IA 50265 Marshalltown Construction Bureau 709 South Center, Box 1000, Marshalltown, IA 50158 OTHER REQUIREMENTS 07.043 Products and materials incorporated in the Work of this Project are Exempt from Iowa sales tax and local option sales tax. Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond will be required in the full amount of the contract. Work required by the proposed contract shall begin upon ISSUANCE OF THE OWNER'S "NOTICE TO PROCEED"; the Work must be completed with all equipment placed in operation on or before the completion date noted on the contractor's bid form, subject to an extension of time which may be granted by the Owner. Provisions in Articles 73.15 through 73.21 of the Code of Iowa seek to provide opportunities for targeted small businesses to participate in the construction of this project. The Owner has established a goal of five percent of the bid price for certified small businesses. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive irregularity in the bids and in the bidding and to enter into such contract as shall be deemed to be in the Owners best interest. SITE ASSESSMENT: SITE EXAMINATION Examine the project site before submitting a bid. PREBID CONFERENCE A bidders conference has been scheduled for 10:00 am on September 5, 2007 at the Parks Division Building, 2275 S Gilbert Street, Iowa City, IA 52240. All general contract and subcontract bidders are invited. Representatives of the Owner and Architect will be in attendance. Information relevant to the Bid Documents will be recorded in an Addendum, issued to Bid Qdcument recipients. END Of•AD~/ERTISEMENTFOR BID " ,, ~. .. ., 00 1113 -ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 002113 -INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FORM OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS See AIA Document A701 (1997 Edition), Instructions to Bidders, following this page. Modifications and additions to the provisions in the Instruction to Bidders are included in Section 00 2213 -Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. Fri \ C..J -..., j ~~ . t 4 : __ I ~ ~ ^~ -S . ~ .. ..,e jj - ~ °~'.«.r !! } j rl wr y . rr'~ yy ~~ r W P l.r~ 00 2113 -INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -= nt A701 TM -1997 Docume Instructions to Bidders for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address): ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: Napoleon Park Concession and Rest Room Facility The author of this document has Iowa City, IA added information needed for its completion. The author may also THE OWNER: have revised the text of the original (Name and address): AIA standard form. An Additions and City of Iowa City Deletions Report that notes added 410 East Washington St. information as well as revisions to Iowa City, IA 52240 the standard form text is available from the author and should be THE ARCHITECT: reviewed. A vertical line in the left (Name and address): margin of this document indicates where the author has added Neumann Monson PC necessary information and where 221 E. College St., Suite 303 the author has added to or deleted Iowa City, IA 52240 from the original AIA text. This document has,~tportant legal TABLE OF ARTICLES conset~u~nces. C(~ultation with an attorne~+ is ~`rncoura~}ed with respect 1 DEFINITIONS to its completion of ttodific`~i~tt. _., ._ ~~ f~) .u.. 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS ~ ' r a~' ~ ~~-'` ' i 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS _ ~,: 1 --y ? ~ ~~ .~ ° c~ ~ 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES ;tiy ~'' c:~~ CONSIDERATION OF BIDS POST-BID INFORMATION PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR AIA Document A701TM -1997. Copyright ®1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°" Document. or ~ any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (871404933) ARTICLE 1 :DEFINITIONS § to Bidd%ttg Documetrts include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to $idders, the bid form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form; of Agreement between the Owncr and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions),~Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. § 1.2 befinitians set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or in other Contract;Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. § 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. § 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. § 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. § 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. § 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. § 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. § 1.9 ASub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS § 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: § 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, and for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. § 2.1.2 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents. § 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. § 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, eyuipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.1 COPIES § 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten -days after receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit will be refunded. AIA Document A701TM -1997. Copyright ®1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA"' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°D Document, or 2 any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This dxument was produced by AIA software at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (871404933) § 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or in supplementary instructions to bidders. § 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. § 3.1.4 The Owner and Architect may make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant of use is conferred by issuance of copies of the Bidding Documents. § 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and with other work .being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. § 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarit3cation or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.2.3 Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them. § 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS § 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. (^1 § 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval fias been ~""; ° received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall incl.t~de:fhe name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the propo~e~lsubstit~t{on ;" °~" including drawings, performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A_stateinent ' " setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work, including changes~n-t~lework~f - i other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require, shall be included. The burden of Hof ~~ of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval o~isapprc~,v~l of a proposed substitution shall be final. c.'~ § 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. § 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract Documents. § 3.4 ADDENDA § 3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to all who are known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. § 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. § 3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. AIA Document A701*~" -1997. Copyright ®1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA°i Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°D Document, or 3 any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the taw. This document was produced by AIA software at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_7 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (871404933) ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES § 4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS § 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents. § 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in anon-erasable medium. § 4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount written in words shall govern. f 3 §,4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. ,- ,~ _ § 4.1.5 AlI requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." 4.1.6 where two ar more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without `forfeiture of the' bii3 security, state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated byahe Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. § 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal form of the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. § 4.2 BID SECURITY § 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required if so stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Uwner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Section 6.2. § 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA Document A310, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. § 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified tune has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn or (c) all Bids have been rejected. § 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS § 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. § 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. § 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. § 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will not be considered. § 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID § 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. AIA Docutttent A701 TM -1997. Copyright ©1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA°} Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAO° Document, or 4 any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will tx prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1!2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (871404933) § 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder. Written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received, and date- and time- stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. § 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. § 4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS § 5.10PENING OF BIDS At the discretion of the Owner, if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud. An abstract of the Bids may be made available to Bidders. § 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids. A Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular is subject to rejection. § 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) § 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to acc~~ the Bides _ .._ which, in the Owner's judgment, is in the Owner's own best interests. " "~ ~-- .._ § 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless other~vhse specif~oally -:~~~ provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Ba's~e_)~id a tad _.T._~ Alternates accepted. - ~ - __" `~.r ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION ` - ~ ~? § 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT -'`~ ~' Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, a properly executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. § 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 6.3 SUBMITTALS § 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, after notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder's own forces; .2 names of the manufacturers, products, and the suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work; and .3 names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work. § 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. AIA Document A701 TM -1997. Copyright ®1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA01' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution oI this AIA°~ Document, or 5 any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_t which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (871404933) § 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option, (1) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. §.6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS § 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources. § 7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. § 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources, changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. § 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS § 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. § 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum. § 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. § 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be written on AIA Document AIOI, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. AIA Document A701 rM -1997. Copyright ©1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Ail rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°9 Document, or 6 any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (871404933) Additions and Deletions Report for AIA® Document A7O1 rM -1997 This Additions and Deletions Report, as defined on page 1 of the associated document, reproduces below all text the author has added to the standard form AIA document in order to complete it, as well as any text the author may have added to or deleted from the original AIA text. Added text is shown underlined. Deleted text is indicated with a horizontal line through the original AIA text. Note: This Additions and Deletions Report is provided for information purposes only and is not incorporated into or constitute any part of the associated AIA document. This Additions and Deletions Report and its associated document were generated simultaneously by AIA software at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007. PAGE1 Napoleon Park Concession and Rest Room Facility Iowa City. IA City of Iowa Citv 410 East Washin t~ o, n St. Iowa City. IA 52240 ... r• .~ ,:~_, C ~ ~: Neumann Monson PC f_,~, 221 E. College St., Suite 303 -- ~ ~ ~ -,--~ r -- Iowa Ciy, IA 52240 ~~ r•,, °~~ :_: - .~- rr ~.i "i _ . , , ~: L ~_ ~~ r~~ ~ c, Addltlons and Deletions Report for AIA Document A701 *"" -1997. Copyright ®1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°a Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_i which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (871404933) Certification of Document's Authenticity AIA® Document D401 TM - 2003 I, Kevin Monson, hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that I created the attached final document simultaneously with its associated Additions and Deletions Report and this certification at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007 under Order No. 1000262440_] from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of AIA° Document A701 TM - 1997 -Instructions to Bidders, as published by the AIA in its software, other than those additions and deletions shown in the associated Additions and Deletions Report. (Signed) (Title) (Dntecl) AIA Document D401TM - 2003. Copyright ©1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'S Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAQ9 Document; or any portion of it, 1 may result in severe civil and criminal penalties. and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 13:15:25 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_t which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (871404933) 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 002213 -SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART1 GENERAL INTENT The following supplements change, delete from or add to "Instructions to Bidders", AIA Document A701, 1997 edition. Articles or portions thereof, which are not specifically modified, deleted, or superseded hereby, remain in full effect. MODIFICATIONSTO ARTICLES OF AIA701-1997 Refer to ARTICLE 3 -BIDDING DOCUMENTS. Add the following subparagraph under 3.2 -INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS: 3.2.4 Conflicts or inconsistencies between referred standards, specifications, drawings or written instructions not clarified by Addendum prior to the date for receipt of Bids will not be construed as sufficient grounds for adjustment of the proposed contract sum. The Architect shall make the necessary clarification upon receipt of the appropriate written request. 3.2.4.1 Clarifications requested in writing by Bidders and received prior torFj?days before bid date shall be addressed in an Addendum. Verbal answers are not bindittg~ori an} party. ,-.~ ~,,~ 3.2.4.2 Direct questions to: Bill Hoefer, Neumann Monson Architects; telephbie ~-- 319-338-7878. ~ ~'~ Add the following sub-subparagraph under 3.3 -SUBSTITUTIONS: __ ~ ~:? ~` r~~ 3.3.2.1 Make request for approval of substitute products on "Substitution R quest Farm" included at the end of this section. Submit a separate Substitution Request Form for each proposed substitution; verbal or written requests without completed Substitution Request Form will not be considered. The bidder is advised that vagueness of submittal, inadequate warranty, insufficient data and failure to meet project requirements may be cause for rejection of request. Approval is subject to later reconsideration at any time during the life of the contract. Add the following sub-subparagraphs under 3.4 -ADDENDA: 3.4.1.1 Addenda may be issued during the bidding period. All Addenda become part of the Contract Documents. Include resultant costs in the Bid Amount. Refer to ARTICLE 4 -BIDDING PROCEDURES Add the following sub-subparagraph under 4.1 -PREPARATION OF BIDS: 4.1.8 Iowa Sales Tax Exemption. In accordance with provisions of the Code of Iowa and of the Iowa Administrative Rules, "Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Certificates" will be issued for this project. DO NOT include Iowa sales tax or local option sales tax in determining the project bid amount. Add the following sub-subparagraphs under 4.2 -BID SECURITY: 4.2.2.1 Bid security shall be provided on the form of Bid Bond included in this Project Manual. 4.2.2.2 In-lieu-of a Bid Bond, the required bid security may be U.S. currency or a cashier's or certified check drawn on an Iowa bank or credit union chartered under the _-1 ,__., __-~ 00 2213 -SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Napoleon Park Concession &Restroom Facility 07.043 laws of the United States and made payable to the order of City of Iowa City. 4.2.2.3 Attach bid security to the Bid in a manner to permit inspection of the bid security without exposing the Bid. Bids accompanied by improper bid security will be construed as "non-responsive" and will be returned unopened. Add the following sub-subparagraphs under 4.3 -SUBMISSION OF BIDS: 4.3.1.1 Bids submitted via mail shall be clearly marked: "SEALED BID FOR Napoleon Park Concession &Restroom Facility" Bids shall be addressed to: City of Iowa City, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240. 4.3.1.2 Attach bid security in separate envelope clearly marked: "BID SECURITY" with bidder's name and project name on the outside. Change subparagraph 4.4.1 under paragraph 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID, to read as follows: 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder for a period of forty five (45) days following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. Refer to ARTICLE 6 -POST-BID INFORMATION Add the following sub-subparagraph under subpagaraph 6.3.1: .4 The successful bidder, within 48 hours of receipt of "Owner's Notice of Intent to Award a Contract", shall provide to the Owner a list of all Subcontractors selected to perform work on this project. The Subcontractor list shall include each firms' name, tax identification number, and address. END OF SECTION 00 2213 -SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 002613 -SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM PROJECT: NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION 8~ RESTROOM FACILITY MAKE SUBMITTAL DURING THE BIDDING PHASE TO: NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS, 221 E College St, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 BID DATE: 200 . REQUEST FROM: DATE:_/ /06. SPECIFICATION SECTION/TITLE: Description: ;Article/Paragraph: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer: Trade Name: ;Model: n~ ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND ATTACHMENTS •` ~~ ~. ~`~ In submitting this Request, the Undersigned acknowledges and represents that: : _ Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or guperior ini,~ll respects to specified product. ~- ~- ~` Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product- ' ~.. <~~ Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is avaii'able. rv Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or del~y°' progress schedule. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. Payment will be made for changes to building design, including design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. Attachments: The following attachments are considered an integral part of this Request: Product Data, descriptions and specifications necessary for evaluation. Drawings necessary to indicate proper installation in the Work. Tests and Reports consistent with specified performance requirements. Samples: SUBMITTED BY: ,(Title) Firm name: Telephone: ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND ACTION Fax: Substitution approved -Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements. Substitution rejected -Use specified materials. Reviewed by: END OF SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Date: _ .._r .- !~.J 00 2613 -SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 003100 -AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION EXISTING REPORTS AND SURVEYS SEWER PROFILE Copies of two pages of the City's Sanitary Sewer Extension plan and profile drawings are included on Drawing Sheet C-100 in this Bid Set. These drawings were provided by the City of Iowa City and are included for reference purposes only. These drawings may not show all conditions that exist on the site. END OF INFORMATION AVAILABLETO BIDDERS P-J C- L.,J ....._.1 ~~ .. f - ~..... _. ....... ~.m. ........._ h , ....m...... _~. Y ~ ... . _ ;;^^ r.n.! f L-~ \~ 1 00 3100 -AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession &Restroom Facility SECTION 004113 -BID FORM GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT- STIPULATED SUM THE PROJECT AND THE PARTIES TO (OWNER): City of Iowa City FOR (PROJECT): Napoleon Park Concession 8~ Restroom Facility DATE: , 200_ (Bidder to enter date) SUBMITTED BY: (Bidder, enter firm name and address below) BIDDER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT: In submitting this bid, BIDDER acknowledges and represents that: BIDDER has examined copies of all the Bidding Documents; BIDDER has visited the Place of Work and become familiar with the general, local, and site.-.., _:~ ,- conditions; CJ `.~t r BIDDER is familiar with federal, State, and local laws, ordinances and regulations; 1 _ . ~~- BIDDER has correlated the information known to BIDDER, observations obtainec~fr~m. r`~ examination of the site, re orts and drawin s identified in the Biddin Documents-and' p ~9 9 -~., additional investigations,explorations, tests and data with the Bidding Documents;.--' ' ~, This bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of an undisclosedYperson, firm :~% ; ~, or corporation; _~ BIDDER has not sought by collusion to obtain an advantage over the OWNER; Cash and Contingency Allowances are included in the Bid Price. Local and state sales and use taxes are not included in the Bid Price. BIDDER has received the Addenda indicated below, and all costs resulting from modifications to the Bidding Documents have been considered and included in the Bid Price. Addendum No. ,Dated Addendum No. ,Dated Addendum No. ,Dated BASE BID Having examined the Place of The Work and all matters referred to in the Instructions to Bidders and the Contract Documents prepared by Neumann Monson Architects for the above mentioned project, we, the undersigned, hereby offer to enter into a Contract to perform the Work for the Sum of: dollars ($ _.~'_; -, .. _..' 00 4113 -BID FORM Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 ALTERNATES(Referto Section 01 2300) Should the Owner decide to accept that portion of the work identified as Alternate 1, CMU Veneer on Existing Building, ADD to the base bid amount stated above the sum of: dollars ($ ). Should the Owner decide to accept that portion of the work identified as Alternate 2, New Roof on Existing Building, ADD to the base bid amount stated above the sum of: dollars ($ ). CONTRACTTIME If this Bid is accepted, Bidder will: Achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work by , 200_. (Bidder to enter date) ATTACHMENTS The following Supplements are attached to this Bid Form and are considered an integral part of this Bid Form: Bid security in the form of a as required by the Instructions to Bidders is attached to and made a condition of this Bid. Section 00 4513 -Bidders Pre-Bid TSB Contacts: Targeted Small Business Participation Form. ACCEPTANCE This offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for forty five days from the bid closing date. If this bid i~:accepted by the City of Iowa City within the time period stated above, we will: `~ Execute the Agreement within seven days of receipt of Notice of Award. ` Furnish the required bonds within three days of date of execution of the contract. Commence work within seven days of receipt of the Owner's written Notice to Proceed. If this bid is accepted within the time stated, and we fail to commence the Work or we fail to provide the required Bond(s), the security deposit shall be forfeited as damages to City of Iowa City by rQason of our failure. In the event our bid is not accepted within the time stated above, the required security deposit shall be returned to the undersigned, in accordance with the provisions of the Instructions to Bidders; unless a mutually satisfactory arrangement is made for its retention and validity for an extended period of time. BID FORM SIGNATURE(S) Firm name: Telephone: ,Fax: Type of business entity: (Corporation, Partnership, Sole Proprietor). (Authorized signing officer, Title). 00 4113 -BID FORM 2 07.043 END OF BID FORM Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility .,3 Cl ~a _, y t .., . _- ,,:. `_., . _ rv . - ~- - c ~`~ o b.7 -.,; ,_v,...~ s _~ ~~~ .~ 3 00 4113 -BID FORM 07.043 SECTION 004313 -BID BOND FORM OF BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT WE, (Firm Name (Business address (City, State, Zip Code) as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and (Surety) a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are firmly bound unto 401 E. Washington Street, Iowa City, IA 52240 as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (5%) of the total Bid Dollars($ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we the said Principal and the said Surety bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrator~_ ~~~' successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. "°' cm.. 4 __ WHEREAS, THE PRINCIPAL HAS SUBMITTED THE ACCOMPANYING BID FOR ~ _ ~ ~- ~"~ ~~ .~_ Construction of: Napoleon Park Concession &Restroom Facility - ~ -~ _ -' - ~.,, NOW, THEREFORE, - ~ =- .._ if the Principal shall not withdraw said bid within the period specified, within 45 days afteF`sa`id `~'~' opening, and shall, within the period specified therefore, or, if no period be specified, within severr(~) days after the prescribed forms are presented for signature, enter into a written contract with the Owner, in accordance with the bid as accepted and give bond with good and sufficient surety or sureties, as may be required for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of the contract, then the above obligation shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the obligee in liquidation of damages sustained in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide the bonds required by the specifications and by law. In witness whereof, the parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by the undersigned representatives pursuant to authority of the governing bodies. Napoleon Park Concession &Restroom Facility Signed and sealed this dayof , 2006. (Witness Principal (Title seal) (Witness) (Surety) (Title) (seal) 00 4313 -BID BOND 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 004513 -BIDDERS PRE-BID TSB CONTACTS SUBMIT THE LIST BELOW WITH THE BID FORM BIDDER CERTIFIES THAT EVERY EFFORT TO SOLICIT QUOTES OR BIDS FROM TARGETED SMALL BUSINESSES AS EVIDENCE OF AFFIRMATIVEACTION IN CONTRACTING WAS MADE. THE FOLLOWING TSB'S WERE CONTACTED PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID PROPOSAL: TSB DATE QUOTE REC'VD QUOTE USED IN BID YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YESINO YESINO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/~O YES / NO YES / A10_ -= YES/NO YES/ YES / NO YES / 1~fQ=_-_. YES / NO YES /'J~If~ A list of Certified Iowa Targeted Small Businesses is available from the Iowa Department~of Economic Development at the following website: http://www.iowai.net/iowa/dia/tsb/index.cfm. Bidder's name: (Print the full name of yourfirm) By: (Authorized signing officer) (Title) END OF PRE-BID TSB CONTACTS ~,. ~, :-~ c_._ ~:.,e r"^ _` `i n~ - ~ _- _; ~~:~ ..~. A~~ 1 00 4513 -BIDDERS PRE-BID TSB CONTACTS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 005215 -AGREEMENT WITH GENERAL CONDITIONS FORM OF AGREEMENT The basis of Contract between the Owner and Contractor is: AIA Document A107, Abbreviated Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Projects of Limited Scope where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM, 1997 Edition. A copy of the form of Agreement is bound in the Project Manual following this page. C-~% IL -~ E--,A "~; r _r_ f k„i.,, .... __ ~~ } t`~ .... ~.4~ ~~ 00 5215 -AGREEMENT WITH GENERAL CONDITIONS t~ j= := Document A107rM -1997 Abbreviated Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Projects of Limited Scope where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM AGREEMENT made as of the day of (In words, indicate day, month and year) BETWEEN the Owner: (Name, address and other information) City of Iowa City 410 East Washington St. Iowa City, IA 52240 and the Contractor: (Name, address and other information) the Project is: (Name and location) Napoleon Park Concession and Rest Room Facility Iowa City, IA the Architect is: (Name, address and other information) Neumann Monson PC 221 E. College St., Suite 303 Iowa City, IA 52240 ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: in the year The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical tine in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its cletion or'~dification. This Docian5ent inc~`es abbreviated General~Condition~aild should not be useii'With'otheri.,~neral~i ~'I ___ conditians~- .. This decurnent h)?een appriOVed and e.)1dorSed by.7fie Associated Gene"r~F,Contracfdt5 of America. .. .,.. , The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. Init. AIA Document A107TM -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA` tocument, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum i extent passible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_t which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) ARTICLE 1 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ARTICLE 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 2.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement, if it differs from the date of this Agreement or, if applicable, state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.) § 2.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. § 2.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than days from the date of commencement, or as follows: (Insert number of calendar days. Alternatively, a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of comnteneement. Unless stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert any requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.) G'~ , _ r""` ,.. `, ; subject;•to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents -, (InserF-provisions; "if any, for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time or for bonus payments for _: early eom, pletion of the Work.) ~• ~ _. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT SUM § 3.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be ($ ), subject to additions and deletions as provided in the Contract Documents. § 3.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates. If decisions on other alternates are to be made by the Owner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires.) § 3.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows: Description Units Price (S 0.00) ARTICLE 4 PAYMENTS § 4.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 4.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows: AIA Document A107TM -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Init. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA~D Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or Z distribution of this AIA°' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and wilt he prosecuted to the maximum / extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_i which expires on 1 1 /112 0 0 7, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) § 4.1.2 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the third day of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the final day of the same month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than forty-five ( 45 )days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. § 4.1.3 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. ({nsert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.) per annum (Usury laws and requirenlen[s under the Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at t{ie Owner's attd Contractor's principal places of business, the locution of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) § 4.2 FINAL PAYMENT § 4.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when: .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 17.2, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment; and "" .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. ~ " r § 4.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issyanEe. of t~e~ .~'~~ Architect's final Certificate for Payment, or as follow: __ --. ~- ~ .. Final payment, including 5% retainage, to the contractor can be made 30 days after the final acceptance off' the" ,~ project by the owner. ~~ ~ ~"'~ t 7 :y= r'."' ARTICLE 5 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS '- ~ § 5.1 The Contract Documents are listed in Article 6 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: § 5.1.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Abbreviated Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, AIA Document A107-1997. § 5.1.2 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated and are as follows: Document Title Pages § 5.1.3 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Section 5.1.2, and are as follows: (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an ex{obit attached to this Agreement.) Title of Specifications exhibit: (Table deleted) § 5.1.4 The Drawings are as follows, and are dated unless a different date is shown below: (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Title of Drawings exhibit: (Table deleted) § 5.1.5 The Addenda, if any, are as follows: Init. AIA 9ocument A107TM -1997. Copyright. ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All ri hts reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and international Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or 3 distribution of this AIA" Document. or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the +naximum t extant possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) Number ` ~ - • Date Pages l~oTtions4of Addenda=relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requiretitbnts are also enumerated in this Article 5. .~ § 5.1.5 Otherdocittnents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: (Listrany additional documents which are intended to form pnrt of the Contract Documents.) ' 'a J GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 6 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 6.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement with Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to the execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. § 6.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (I) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. § 6.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. § 6.4 EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. § 6.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, sub- subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect AIA Document A107Ta -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Init. All rights roserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or 4 distribution of this AIA°J Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum / extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 1111/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) and the Architect's consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under [he Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' copyrights or other reserved rights. ARTICLE 7 OWNER § 7.1 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER § 7.1.1 The Owner shall furnish and pay for surveys and a legal description of the site. § 7.1.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. § 7.1.3 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for other necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for the construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. § T.2 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, or persistently fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order is eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner~to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity. ~=l °~-' t .... c- § T.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK ~ 1 -' _._!._ If the Contractor defaults or persistently fails or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with thti~4ntract ~ ,- Documents, or fails to perform a provision of the Contract, the Owner, after l0 days' written notice to-the--- "" Contractor and without prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have, may make good such deficiencies a~ -~ may deduct the reasonable cost thereof, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architeei'~ $ervi~s made necessary thereby, from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor. - r; ~ ARTICLE 8 CONTRACTOR § 8.1 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR § 8.1.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 7.1. ] ,shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, any errors, omissions or inconsistencies discovered by the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. § 8.1.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect, but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. § 8.2 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES § 8.2.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety thereof unless the Contractor gives timely written notice to the Owner and Architect that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe. Init. AIA Document A107Ta -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'0 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or 5 distribution of this AIA°t Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum / extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 8.3 LABOR AND MATERIALS § 8.3.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. § 8.3.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 8.3.3 The Contractor shall deliver, handle, store and install materials in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. § 8.3.4 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. § 8.4 WARRANTY The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of go~d'quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free fromd~efects nodinherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the >;equirem~ttits of tote Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly:approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect c~'used by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient mainten~t~'~e, irltproppr operation or normal wear and tear and normal usage. 4 ..~ 8.5 TAXES ~...._: The Contractor sh~H day sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes which are legally enacted when bids are received~oat negotiations concluded. § 8.6 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES § 8.6.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. § 8.8.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner if the Drawings and Specifications are observed by the Contractor to be at variance therewith. If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. § 8.7 SUBMITTALS § 8.7.1 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve in writing and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. § 8.7.2 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. § 8.8 USE OF SITE The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Init. AIA pgocument At07TM -1997. Copyright. ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All ri hts reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Troaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°4 Document. or any portion of ii, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum ~ extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notea: (2125818696) § 8.9 CUTTING AND PATCHING The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. § 8.10 CLEANING UP The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus material. § 8.11 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees; shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect, unless the Contractor has reason to believe that there is an infringement of patent or copyright and fails to promptly furnish such information to the Architect. § 8.12 ACCESS TO WORK The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. § 8.131NDEMNIFICATION § 8.13.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not coveted by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance wit~i'~$ection ~3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants and agetts~nd ~~' employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not li:mitEd to ~ ~~ - -- attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loser - expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tan~ii~le prop~t'y (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a,..,,, ~ :{ Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be;lialle; - ~ ;~_ i regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnil'ied-hereutiti~r. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indeippity whieln would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 8.13. ~ 1 § 8.13.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 8.13 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 8.13.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 9 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT § 9.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract and will be an Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one- year period for correction of Work described in Section 17.2. § 9.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (1) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, and (3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Section 8.2.1. Inlt. AIA Document A107T"" -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA`tl Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauihorized reproduction ar 7 distribution of ihis AIA` Document, or any portion of ii, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum / extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) § 9.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 9.4 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Work and of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. § 9.5 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. § 9.6 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. § 9.7 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect will make initial decisions on all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and Contractor but will not be liable for results of any interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. § 9.8 T~eyArchitect';s decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent ,expressed in the Contract Documents. § 9.9 Duties, res}~ixr~ibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be rf~~tricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not'~e utnea~tinably withheld. § 9.10 C1:AIMS AND DISPUTES § 9.10.4 Claims, ~is~iutes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Contract, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding those arising under Section 15.2, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. Such matters, except those relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Section 9. ] 1 and Sections 14.5.3 and 14.5.4, shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the matter to the Architect, be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party. § 9.10.2 If a claim, dispute or other matter in question relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such matter may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the matter by the Architect, by mediation or by arbitration. § 9.10.3 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their disputes by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration bu[, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. § 9.10.4 Claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to the Contract that are not resolved by mediation, except matters relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Section 9.11 and Sections 14.5.3 and 14.5.4, shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association and shall be made within a reasonable time after the dispute has arisen. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Except by written consent of the person or entity sought to be joined, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner, any person or entity not a party to the Agreement under which such arbitration arises, unless Init. AIA gocument A107TM -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1983, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rl hts reserved. WARNING: This AIArO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA's Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum ~ extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 1111/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) it is shown at the time the demand for arbitration is filed that (1) such person or entity is substantially involved in a common question of fact or law, (2) the presence of such person or entity is required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbitration, (3) the interest or responsibility of such person or entity in the matter is not insubstantial, and (4) such person or entity is not the Architect or any of the Architect's employees or consultants. The agreement herein among the parties to the Agreement and any other written agreement to arbitrate referred to herein shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 9.11 CLAIMS FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES The Contractor and Owner waive claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes: .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 19. Nothing contained in this Section 9.1 l shall be deemed to preclude an.award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Doc~utnents. ---j ~:._ ~~ , ARTICLE 10 SUBCONTRACTORS - - r..,~~ ~ -' § 10.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform ~pot'tion ote `T Work at the site. - - ~.,,, § 10.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor; as boon a~j;; practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect th~>;tames ofitl~e Subcontractors for each of the principal portions of the Work. The Contractor shall not contract with ~y ~. Subcontractor to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 10.3 Contracts between the Contractor and Subcontractors shall (1) require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect, and (2) allow the Subcontractor the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress afforded to the Contractor by these Contract Documents. ARTICLE 11 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS § 11.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under conditions of the contract identical or substantially similar to these, including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cos[ is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such claim as provided in Section 9.10. § 11.2 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's activities with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. § 11.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. Init. AIA 9 ument A107TM -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All ri hts reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or 9 distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of ii, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum / extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 1111/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) ARTICLE 12 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 12.1 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. Such changes in the Work shall be authorized by written Change Order signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, or by written Construction Change Directive signed by the Owner and Architect. § 12.2 The cost or credit to the Owner from a change in the Work shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties or, in the case of a Construction Change Directive, by the Contractor's cost of labor, material, equipment, and reasonable overhead and profit. § 12.3 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. § 12.4 If concealed or unknown physical conditions are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicat d'in the Contract Documents or from those conditions ordinarily found to exist, the Contract Sum and ~.;~, Contract Time shail;be equitably adjusted. ARTICLE 13 TIME 13.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement .the Coni~r~ctor confi><ms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 13.2 The,dat~ of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 14.4.2. ;~ § 13.3 If fh$ Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by changes ordered in the Work, by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, abnormal adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine, subject to the provisions of Section 9.10. ARTICLE 14 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 14.1 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT § 14.1.1 Payments shall be made as provided in Article 4 of this Agreement. Applications for Payment shall be in a form satisfactory to the Architect. § 14.1.2 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or other encumbrances adverse to the Owner's interests. § 14.2 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT § 14.2.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 14.2.3. § 14.2.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluations of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance AIA Document A107TM -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Init. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIASO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or 1~ distribution of this AIA' Document. or any portion of N, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will he prosecuted to the maximum ~ extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on- site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. § 14.2.3 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 14.2.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 14.2.1. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 8.2.2, because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; r-~.-, .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, marsvials or ~~= equipment; ~~- r _ ~..~- .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the ~ZSnfri;ct Sara; :' ~= ~. __ ~ ~._ -- n .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; ~ ' ~ "~° _ _. _..~ .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time and4tliat the `~~ unpaid balance would not he adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the antfc~pated d~l~y; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 14.2.4 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. § 14.3 PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR § 14.3.1 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to sub-subcontractors in similar manner. § 14.3.2 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or see to the payment of [Honey to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. § 14.3.3 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 14.4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 14.4.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. § 14.4.2 When the Architect determines that the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work Init. AIA Document A107TM -1997. Copyright, ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All ri hts reserved. WARNING: This AIA`` Document is protected by U.B. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or ~ 1 distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum ! extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11!1/2007, and is not for resale. (2125818696) User Notes: and insurance, and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Upon the issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, the Architect will submit it to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. § 14.5 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT § 14.5.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in .the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions stated in Section 14.5.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment~ve been fulfilled. E:. i §.14.5.2 Final payment shall not become due until the Contractor has delivered to the Owner a complete release of all :liens arising out of this Contractor receipts in full covering all labor, materials and equipment for which a lien could Abe filed, or a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains ugsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be ;compell`edlto pay in~lischarging such lien, including costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. § 14.5.3~Tfie making:of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the Owner except those arising from: .;1 liens claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; `:~ failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. § 14.5.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 15 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 15.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto. The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons and property and their protection from damage, injury or loss. The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to property caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, asub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 15.1.2 and 15.1.3, except for damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 8.13. § 15.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS § 15.2.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner AIA Document A107TM -1997. Copyright ©1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Init. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction ar 12 distribution of this AIA' Document.. or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum / extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shutdown, delay and start-up, which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 12 of this Agreement. § 15.2.2 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 15.2.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), and provided that such damage, loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. § 15.2.3 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. ARTICLE 16 INSURANCE § 16.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located insurance for protection from claims under workers' compensation acts and other employee benefit acts which are applicable, claims for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, to property which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. This insurance shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater, and shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations. Certificates of Insurance c~. acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. Each poYf~ shall ~~, contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' priiir written f . _ ._ ..., notice has been given to the Owner. ' - ' , ;: era .~___ -- - .~°- § 16.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE ~ = W ;" `° The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance: . -r _,a § 16.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE =._. ~= § 16.3.1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Manage~iit Protedt_"tye Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and ~ - Architect's vicarious liability for construction operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage, and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability insurance under Section 16.1. § 16.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance, the Owner, Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. § 16.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner, Architect or other persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability insurance under Section 16.1. § 16.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE § 16.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance on an "all-risk" policy form, including builder's risk, in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus the value of subsequent modifications and cost of materials supplied and installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who Init. AIA 9 current A107TM' -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All ri hts reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treatias. Unauthorized reproduction or ~ $ distribution of this AIA''' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum ~ extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 14.5 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 16.4 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and sub- subcontractors in the Project. § 16.4.2 The Owner shall file a copy of each policy with the Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at ]east 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. § 16.5 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION § 16.5.1 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub- subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 1 1, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to Section 16.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 11, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity~wen though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did ngI''pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable -:..interesfin the property damaged. 16.5.2'A lo&s insured under the Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made _ . payal~ielto the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any .applicable mortgagee clause. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subc®ntractors to ~rtake payments to their sub-subcontractors in similar manner. ,:' -. ARTICLE 17 CORRECTION OF WORK § 17.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 17.2 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 8.4, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 14.4.2, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the reyuirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the 'Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. § 17.3 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 7.3. § 17.4 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. § 17,5 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Article 17. Init. AIA Document A107TM -1997. Copyrlghtx®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or 14 distribution of this AIA'" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum ~ extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) ARTICLE 18 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 18.1 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract without written consent of the other. § 18.2 GOVERNING LAW The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. § 18.3 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make atTangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. § 18.4 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD As between Owner and Contractor, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued: .1 not later than the date of Substantial Completion for acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion; .2 not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment for acts or failures to act r-_- occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to the i~sNance oe final Certificate for Payment; and - ~ ' ~°- .3 not later than the date of the relevant act or failure to act by the Contractor for acts or~'ailnres tq ~t - ,"i occurring after the date of the final Certificate for Payment. _ _ ~°' --- ,~- ~~. , ARTICLE 19 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT § 19.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR - ~-- If the Architect fails to recommend payment for a period of 30 days through no fault of the Contractors 6r if the:- Owner fails to make payment thereon for a period of 30 days, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days'`"°=? written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for~Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages applicable to the Project. § 19.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER § 19.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 19.2.2 When any of the above reasons exists, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have and after giving the Contractor seven days' written notice, terminate the Contract and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. § 19.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 19.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. Init. AIA Document A107'*' -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Arcnitects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA~` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or 1 e~ distribution of this AIA°V Document. or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum ~ extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) § 19.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall he paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for paymen- shall survive termination of the Contract. ARTICLE 20 OTHER CONDITIONS OR PROVISIONS This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature) (Printed name and title) (Printed narne and title) AIA Document A107TM -1997. Copyright ©1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Init. All ryghts reserved. WARNING: This AIA"~ Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or 16 distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum ~ extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_i which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) Additions and Deletions Report for AIA® Document A 107rM -1997 This Additions and Deletions Report, as defined on page 1 of the associated document, reproduces below all text the author has added to the standard form AIA document in order to complete it, as well as any text the author may have added to or deleted from the original AIA text. Added text is shown underlined. Deleted text is indicated with a horizontal line through the original AIA text. Note: This Additions and Deletions Report is provided for information purposes only and is not incorporated into or constitute any part of the associated AIA document. This Additions and Deletions Report and its associated document were generated simultaneously by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007. PAGE1 City of Iowa City 4l0 East Washin tp on St. Iowa City, IA 52240 Napoleon Park Concession and Rest Room Facility _ `'-' Iowa City, IA ~ c..__ _ _ c-.. _.~ ,_, - _ g _~ ... ~ - . r r.,~ _...._ .. Neumann Monson PC 221 E. Co11eQe St., Suite 303 ~ _ -- Iowa City, IA 52240 "" PAGE 3 ' ._ § 4.1.2 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the third day of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the final day of the same month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the date fixed above, payment shall he made by the Owner not later than forty-five ( 45 )days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. ~r annum Final ~ayment including 5% retainage to the contractor can be made 'i0 days after the final acceptance of the protect by the owner. Title of S 1~ecifications exhibit: SesfleR Mlle lzages Title of Drawings exhibit: Additions and Deletions Report for AIA Document A107TM -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA"` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 1 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) NuR;~ vitae date I_: ;, 4. ._., _, ':. :..,J r._~ ' Additions end Deletions Report for AIA Document A107TM -1997. Copyright ®1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. .2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000282440_7 which expires on 11/1/2007, and is not for resale. User Notes: (2125818696) Certification of Document's Authenticity AIA® Document D401 TM - 2003 I, Kevin Monson, hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that I created the attached final document simultaneously with its associated Additions and Deletions Report and this certification at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No. ]000262440_1 from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of AIA° Document A107TM - 1997 -Abbreviated Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Projects of Limited Scope where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM, as published by the AIA in its software, other than those additions and deletions shown in the associated Additions and Deletions Report. (Signed) r ~, t-~ ~~. (Title) .._, ... f._ =, - H (Dated) - = ' -_ r ~;> AIA Document D401 TM - 2003. Copyright ®1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°D Document; or any portion of it, ~ may result in severe civil and criminal penalties. and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:12:08 on 07/18/2007 under Order No.1000262440_1 which expires on 11/112007, and is not for resale. (2125818696) User Notes: 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 007315 -SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR AIA DOCUMENT A107 (1997) INTENT These Supplementary Conditions amend and supplement the "General Conditions" included in the Abbreviated Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, AIA Document A107, 1997 Edition and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. MODIFICATIONSTO ARTICLES OF AIA DOCUMENTA107,1997. REFER TO ARTICLE 6 -GENERAL PROVISIONS Add the following subparagraph under paragraph 6.5: 6.5.1 Copies of the Drawings and Project Manual returned after Bidding will be furnished, free of charge, to the Contractor for use during the construction of the Work. The Contractor may secure additional copies of Project Manual and Drawings from the Architect at the Architect's usual charge for reproduction and handling. Add the following paragraph to Article 6: 6.6 MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS: ~~ Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, Mixtures, a systems forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equip~aent<used-.- for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products.may~~ ~_°' 'r ~.°~ also include existing materials or components required for reuse. ~.= ~ -~- Provide: To furnish or supply, plus install complete in place, tested and approved. '_ I Furnish or Supply: To supply and deliver, unload, inspect for damage~.___ .~ ,: e, ~~"~ Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, finish, cure, protect;' clean, afid ready for use. The terms "approved," "required," and "as directed" refer to and indicate the work or materials that may be approved, required, or directed by the Architect acting as the Owner's representative. The terms "shown," "indicated," "detailed," "noted," "scheduled," and terms of similar import, refer to requirements contained in the Contract Documents. REFER TO ARTICLE 8 -CONTRACTOR Add the following subparagraphs under paragraph 8.5 TAXES: 8.5.1 Iowa Sales Tax Exemption. In accordance with provisions of the Code of Iowa and of the Iowa Administrative Rules, "Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Certificates" will be issued for this project. Do NOT include Iowa sales tax or local option sales tax in determining the project bid amount. The successful bidder, within 48 hours ~~ of receipt of "Owner's Notice of Intent to Award a Contract ,shall provide to the Owner a list of all Subcontractors selected to perform work on this project. The Subcontractor list shall include each firms' name, tax identification number, and address. 8.5.2 Using information provided by the successful bidder, the Owner will apply to the Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance for 1) Authorization Letters and 2) Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Certificates, to be issued to the Contractor and each Subcontractor. These documents may be used by the Contractor and designated Subcontractors to purchase materials and products for this project free of sales/use tax 00 7315 -SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR AIA DOCUMENT A107 (1997) Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 and local option taxes that might otherwise apply. Samples of these documents are attached at the end of these Supplementary Conditions. Delete the following from the first sentence of subparagraph 8.13.1 under paragraph 8.13 INDEMNIFICATION: "and to the extent claims, damages, losses, or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 16.3" REFER TO ARTICLE 12 - CHANGES IN THE WORK Delete paragraph 12.2 and substitute the following: 12.2 Adjustment to the Contract Sum resulting from a change in the Work shall be based on mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation. The lump sum shall include the expenditures and savings (net cost) of those performing the Work attributable to the change plus a percentage fee for overhead and profit and subsequent markup(s). Expenditures and savings (net cost) attributable to changes in the Work shall be limited to the following: ~:. . , - ~ 1) cost of labor, including social security, unemployment insurance, fringe - benefits, and workmen's compensation insurance; = 2) cost of materials, supplies and equipment including cost of transportation, ~,F;~,~, ~ whether incorporated or consumed; 3) rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether -'_ `-' ~- ~ rented from the Contractor or others; and ;_ 4) cost of field supervision directly attributable to the change, and 5) costs of premium increases for bonds and insurance; and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work. In case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an allowance for overhead and profit determined as follows: 1) Fee for overhead and profit for those performing the Work attributable to the change is fifteen percent of the sum of 1), 2), 3), and 4) above. 2) The Contractor shall be allowed to add a five percent fee to the cost of change order work performed by a subcontractor. 3) A subcontractor shall be allowed to add a five percent fee to the cost of change order work performed by a sub subcontractor. If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment to the Contract Sum based on the method provided in paragraph 12.2, using reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change. REFER TO ARTICLE 13 -TIME Add the following subparagraph under paragraph 13.1: 13.1.1 Contract Time is identified in Section 00 4113 -Bid Form. REFER TO ARTICLE 14 -PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION Add the following to the end of subparagraph 14.1.1: 00 7315 -SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR AIA DOCUMENT A107 (1997) 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility The Contractor shall, before the first application, submit to the Architect a "Schedule of Values of the various parts of the Work, aggregating the total sum of the contract, made out in such form as the Architect may direct, and if required, supported by evidence as to its correctness. This schedule, when approved by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing applications far progress payments. Payments under this contract will be made monthly, by the Owner, to the extent of ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of the Work performed, including materials stored in approved locations at the construction site as certified by the Architect. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for review and approval, an application for each payment on AIA. Form G702 and G703 and, if required, receipts or other vouchers from subcontractors showing the Contractor's previous payment to them for materials and labor. Applications shall reflect the valuation of work completed and materials suitably stored at the construction site through the date of the Application. Payment shall be made by the Owner within 30 days after the Application for Payment is received by the Architect providing the content and format of the application is found to be complete and acceptable by the Architect and all work covered by the current application is determined to be complete and acceptable. Add the following to subparagraph 14.5.2: In accordance with Iowa Law, Final Payment, or remaining retainage (5 percent of the Contract Sum), shall not be released until at least thirty-one (31) days after completion and final acceptance of all Work of the Contract by the Owner. The Final Application for Payment shall not be certified by the Architect until such time that all requirements of )tip Contract have been fully met, and required Contract Closeout documentatio~includi~~' Final Lien Waivers and Sales Tax Reporting Forms) has been submitted and:aptrsrovezd._ - c:.-: _ 3TM_ _.___.t REFER TO ARTICLE 16 -INSURANCE r.,,~ -- _-: _- -, _~. - ,..,, Add the following subparagraphs under paragraph 16.1: -~ ~-= 16.1.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until ~1T insprance required under this article has been obtained and such insurance has been approvecf~y the Owner; nor shall the Contractor commence work under this contract untiF~Similar ~ ~~ insurance for all subcontractors has been so obtained and approved. Such policy or policies shall become effective at the commencement of the work and shall remain in force for the full period of construction and until approval of final payment is made for the completed project, unless a longer period is specified herein for a specific coverage. .1 The entire amount of the Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits shall be payable by the Contractor's insurer, with no deductible to be paid by, or self-insured retention to be attributed to, the Contractor unless this requirement is waived by the Owner. Contractor's Certificate of Insurance shall set forth the nature and amount of any such deductible or self insured retention. .2 In the event that any of the policies of insurance or insurance coverage identified on the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are cancelled or modified, or in the event that the Contractor incurs liability losses, either due to activities under this Contract, or due to other activities not under this Contract but covered by the same insurance, and such losses exhaust the aggregate limits of Contractor's liability insurance, then in that event the Owner may at their discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 16.1.2 Prior to start of construction, submit to the Architect for review and forward to the Owner for approval, Certificates of Insurance as evidence of compliance with the 3 00 7315 -SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR AIA DOCUMENT A107 (1997) Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 following minimum insurance requirements for the project. The Certificates shall be ACORD Form 25-S and AIA Document G715, Instruction Sheet and Supplemental Attachment for ACORD Certificate of Insurance 25-S. Furnish copies of any endorsements that are subsequently issued amending coverage or limits. .1 If Contractor's liability insurance coverage is subject to any special exclusions or limitations not common to the type of coverage being provided, such exclusions or limitations shall be noted on the Certificate of Insurance. .2 Except for Workers' Compensation, Contractor's insurance policies shall name the Owner, the Architect and their Agents as additional insureds. 16.1.3 Contractor's liability insurance shall be written on an "occurrence" basis; insurance coverage shall be not less than the following: .1 Workers' Compensation: Statutory. .2 Commercial General Liability (including Premises-Operations; Products and Completed Operations; Contractual Liability; and Broad Form Property Damage): ° = Combined Single Limit: $2,000,000 each occurrence. Fire Damage: $250,000 on any one fire. -- = Medical Expense: $10,000 on any one person. "'~ ~ Personal In'u $1,000,000 each occurrence. a . ~..: I ry: _ General Aggregate: $2,000,000 and it shall apply, in total, to this Project ;__~ only. =.. ---- Products and Completed Operations: $1,000,000 aggregate; maintain for one year after final payment. .3 Contractual Liability: Same limits as general liability. .4 Personal Injury with Employment Exclusion deleted: $1,000,000 aggregate. .5 Comprehensive Automobile Liability (including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles): Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 each occurrence. .6 Umbrella Excess Liability: $5,000,000 over primary insurance. Delete Paragraph 16.3 -PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE in its entirety. Refer to Paragraph 16.4 -PROPERTY INSURANCE Add the following sub-subparagraphs under 16.4.1: .1 Builder's Risk property, insurance provided by the Owner shall not cover any tools, apparatus, machinery, scaffolding, hoists, forms, staging, shoring, and other similar items commonly referred to as construction equipment, which may be on the Site and the capital value of which is not included in the Work. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for any insurance he may wish to have on such construction equipment. .2 The Contractor shall pay the DEDUCTIBLE for each Claim made against the Owner's Builder's Risk policy. The deductible amount is $1,000. REFER TO ARTICLE 20 -OTHER CONDITIONS OR PROVISIONS 00 7315 -SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR AIA DOCUMENT A107 (1997) 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility Add the following paragraph to Article 20: 20.1 BONDS 20.1.1 The Contractor shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as follows: Provide a 100 percent Performance Bond on AIA A312. Provide a 100 percent Payment Bond on AIA A311. END OF DOCUMENT 20.1.2 Deliver bonds within 3 days after execution of the Contract. c, J ~a~ - _~ - ,_,_.i f.~.. _ - - ~~ . ~T # ~! ,_, } 5 00 7315 -SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR AIA DOCUMENT A107 (1997) 07.043 SECTION 007413 -SPECIAL CONDITIONS CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM ARTICLE 1 -LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (NOT USED) ARTICLE 2 -EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES Statement of Intent: Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility It is the intent of the City of Iowa City to assure equal employment opportunity in all contract work. Contractors are required to take affirmative action to ensure that applicants employed or seeking employment with them are treated equally without regard to race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, disability, marital status and age. Assurance of Compliance: Contractor shall submit an Equal Employment Opportunity Statement for the Owner's files. During the course of the Contract, the Owner will monitor the Contractor's compli a with Ifs ("~`;) EEO/Affirmative Action requirements. Noncompliance with the provisions set fo ~t_the tune of contract award may result in termination or suspension of the Contract in wholeor in; pare: _ ,,.w l . -- I ARTICLE 3 -TARGETED SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM _- - `~~ ~ -- ~- Program Description - - - In accordance with the Code of Iowa, Articles 73.15, 73.16, 73.17, 73.18, 73.19, ~3.213;an~..: 73.21, the Owner seeks to provide opportunities for Targeted Small Businesses irf~~e awa~d~ of construction contracts for this project. - - Definitions "Small Business" means any enterprise which is located in Iowa, which is operated for profit under single management, and which has an annual gross income of less than three million dollars computed as the average of the three preceding fiscal years. "Targeted Small Business" means a small business which is fifty-one percent or more owned , operated, and actively managed by one or more women or minority persons. "Certified" in the above context means that the Targeted Small Business has been certified by the Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals. "Minority Persons" means an individual who is Black, Hispanic, Asian or Pacific Islander, American Indian, or Alaskan native. "Operated" means actively involved in day-to-day management of the business. "Actively managed" means exercising the power to make policy decisions affecting the business. Performance and Payment Bond Waiver If Contractor is a "Targeted Small Business", the Contractor may be eligible to receive a waiver of the performance and payment bond requirements pursuant to the provisions of the Iowa Satisfaction and Performance Bond Program, Section 12.44 of the Code of Iowa. 00 7413 -SPECIAL CONDITIONS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 Certification of eligibility to participate in the Iowa Satisfaction and Performance Bond Program is determined by the Iowa Department of Inspection and Appeals. Assurance of Compliance To demonstrate Bidder's good faith effort to provide opportunities for Targeted Small Business participation, submit a list of prebid TSB contacts with the Bid. END OF DOCUMENT s '.' ', "y .'~, ~ o _; --a "~ _.~ 00 7413 -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession &Restroom Facility SECTION 011000 -SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: Napoleon Park Concession &Restroom Facility. B. Owner's Name: City of Iowa City. C. Architect's Name: Neumann Monson Architects, Iowa City, Iowa. D. The Project consists of the construction of a 1700 SF building for concessions, restrooms, and storage. 1.02 CONTRACTDESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in 00 5215 - Agreementwith General Conditions. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONSWORK A. Scope of demolition and removal work is shown on drawings and specified in Section 31 1000. B. Scope of alterations work is shown on drawings (refer to Alternates). 1.04 WORK BY OWNER r~~ A. City of Iowa City will supply and install the following: ~ _ 1. Grass Seeding. C~ - ~ `j, 1.05 OWNER OCCUPANCY ~ "~ ,-~ ~ ;~., A. City of Iowa City intends to continue to occupy portions of the existing building during the en#ife construction period. ~ _ B. City of Iowa City intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. t t ., C. Cooperate with City of Iowa City to minimize conflict and to facilitate City of Iowa City'-s ~. operations. D. Schedule the Work to accommodate City of Iowa City occupancy. 1.06 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1. City of Iowa City occupancy. 2. Use of site and premises by the public. B. Provide access to and from site as required bylaw and by City of Iowa City: 1. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. C. Existing building spaces may not be used for storage. D. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. 1.0T WORK SEQUENCE A. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with City of Iowa City. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED 1 01 1000 -SUMMARY Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility END OF SECTION `', _..~ ..~ .. 01 1000 -SUMMARY 07.043 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 012000 -PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 5215 -Agreement with General Conditions: Contract Sum, payment period. B. Section 00 7315 -Supplementary Conditions: Percentage allowances for Contractor's overhead and profit. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a printed schedule on AIA Form G703 -Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered. B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. C. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization, bonds and insurance, and Contractor's overhead and profit. ~-,, D. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment,' ~=~-3 _ _ _~ ~_.. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ~~ -_ ..: r, A. Make applications for progress payments in amounts equal to ninety-five percent of t+~e value a~~ Work completed, including cost of materials and equipment properly stored at the jobsite, les~._ the amount of previous payments. - - B. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. ,- "" C. Present required information in typewritten form. D. Form: AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 -Continuation Sheet including continuation sheets when required. E. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. F. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored Products. G. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. H. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment. I. Include the following with the application: 1. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements. 2. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors. 3. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products. J. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2000 -PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work. B. Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on Architect's form. C. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a document, signed by City of Iowa City, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change in Work. D. Proposal Request: Architect may issue a document which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, achange in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 15 days. E. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000. F. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: 1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request ! - _~ °fior a Change Order as approved by Architect. ~~ > 3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by Architect without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be `determined by Architect based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. r .._! G: ~. Substarttiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. - On request, provide following data: ,~.._ , d. ~ Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. H. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract on AIA G701. I. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for 01 2000 -PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. J. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. K. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Final Payment shall be the remaining balance of five percent of the final contract sum (contract retainage). B. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. C. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7000 -Execution and Closeout Requirements . 2. Owner's written acceptance of the completed Work. D. Final Payment shall become due after 30 days following the Owner's final acceptance of the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED _ ,,, END OF SECTION (' - ~-~ ~... 4--_, _ ,... - - c_ 3 01 2000 -PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 012300 -ALTERNATES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Alternate submission procedures. B. Documentation of changes to Contract Sum and Contract Time. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00 2113 -Instructions to Bidders: Instructions for preparation of pricing for alternatives. B. Document 00 4113 -Bid Form: List of alternates with respective pricing. C. Document 00 5215 -Agreement with General Conditions: Incorporating monetary value of accepted alternates. 1.03 ACCEPTANCEOF ALTERNATES A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at City of Iowa City's option. Accepted alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each alternate. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES r.., A. Alternate No. 1 (Add) -CMU Veneer on Existing Building: ~ -' - 1. Description: Add CMU veneer to existing building's exterior walls, including modOCatioias indicated on Drawing Sheet A-202 to existing components required to accommodate the added veneer. Comply with requirements of appropriate specification sections end ~~' drawings. ~ '`- _. ,i B. Alternate No. 2 (Add) -New Roof on Existing Building: :. ~---' 1. Description: Install Metal Roofing and fascia over existing shingle roof of existing tiuildl~?g, including modifications indicated on Drawing Sheet A-202 to existing components requu'~d to accommodate this work. Comply with requirements of appropriate specification secfions and drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 2300 -ALTERNATES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 013000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preconstruction meeting. B. Progress meetings. C. Construction progress schedule. D. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. E. Number of copies of submittals. F. Submittal procedures. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 1000 -Summary: Stages of the Work, occupancy, B. Section 01 7300 -Execution Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. C. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Project record documents. 1.03 ARCHITECT'S DIGITAL DRAWINGS A. Digital files of "Background Drawings" are available from the Architect for the expressed use by the Contractor, and designated subcontractors and suppliers, in the construction of the Work ~.._, and the preparation of shop drawings. ~ ~_- 1. Upon receipt of request for specific files from a prospective "User", Architect w~1=fo~vard copy of the form "Digital Media Agreement" (a copy of this form is included at the ertd of this section) for acceptance and signature of "User". ~ --~ f, , 2. Upon return of signed form together with fee of $50 per original drawing, the Architect wilt"° prepare and transmit requested files to the "User". _~` a~ ., PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED ; PART 3 EXECUTION - 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTIONMEETlNG A. Architect will schedule a meeting after Owner's "Notice to Proceed". B. Attendance Required: 1. City of Iowa City. 2. Architect. 3. Contractor. 4. Major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 3. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, the Owner's jobsite representative, the Contractor's key administrative and field personnel, and Architect. 4. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 5. Scheduling. D. Architect will record minutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants, with two copies to City of Iowa City, Contractor participants, and those affected by 01 3000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 decisions made. 3.02 CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals. B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, City of Iowa City, Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 11. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 12. Other business relating to Work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, City of Iowa City, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE -See Section 01 3216 A. Within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed, submit preliminary schedule. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days. C. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. 1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed ~. > ~" schedule. ~. Incorporate the following schedule for contract closeout: _. 1. ..,Closeout Meeting: Schedule at least 45 days prior to anticipated date of Substantial Completion. Submit initial copy of Operation and Maintenance Manuals for review. ~.+ 2. -©emonstration and Instruction: Schedule at least 15 days prior to Substantial Completion. 3. Contractor's Punchlist and Notification of Substantial Completion: Submit at least 10 days prior to anticipated date of Substantial Completion. r- ~ `.a;'- Architect will schedule verification inspection of Work within 5 days of receipt of ~' Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. 4. Architect will issue "Certificate of Substantial Completion" in accordance with provisions in the Conditions of the Contract. 5. Closeout Submittals: See Section 01 7800 -Execution and Closeout Requirements. Submit within 25 days following Substantial Completion. 6. Final Change Order: Architect will prepare and issue within 5 days after Substantial Completion. 7. Contractor's Notification of Final Completion: Architect will schedule Final Inspection of the Work within 5 days of receipt of Contractor's Notice. 8. Architect will issue Final Certificate for Payment upon Owner's Final Acceptance of the 01 3000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility Work. 9. Final Payment: See Section 01 2000 -Price and Payment Procedures. Payment due and payable 30 days after Owner's Final Acceptance of the Work. E. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 3.04 SCHEDULE FORMAT A. Bar Charts: Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation. B. Listings: In chronological order according to the start date for each activity. Identify each activity with the applicable specification section number. C. Sheet Size: Multiples of 8-1/2 x 11 inches. D. Scale and Spacing: To allow for notations and revisions. 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with Submittal Procedure rticle be'tbw and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 7800 -CLOSEOUT SU~IyITTAt-$. _ ~_ _,_. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION "~ A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information:= ~ ; 1. Design data. ~ _ - 2. Certificates. ' 3. Test reports. ' 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for City of Iowa City. No action will be taken. 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Other types as indicated. B. Submit for City of Iowa City's benefit during and after project completion. 3.08 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Documents for Review: 1. Small Size Sheets, Not Larger Than 8-112 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which 3 01 3000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 the Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by the Architect. 2. Larger Sheets, Not Larger Than 24 x 36 inches: Submit one reproducible transparency and two opaque reproduction. B. Documents for Information: Submit two copies. C. Documents for Project Closeout: Make three reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. D. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Architect. 1. After review, produce duplicates. 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. 3.09 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with approved form. B. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. E. Deliver submittals to Architect at business address. F. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. G. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. I. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. J. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. K. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION ,d .. :. .J '... r..~~~ i .....,' ' _ 01 3000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 013300 -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction Submittals for Review and Information. B. Preparation of Construction Submittals. C. Review of Construction Submittals. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Processing submittals. B. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Closeout submittals. C. Section 01 7823 -Operation and Maintenance Data: Preparation of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Submittals for Review: Submittals required by individual specification sections relating to a portion of the work which must be acted upon by the Architect before work on that portion begins. 1. Shop Drawings: Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, and schedules specifically prepared by the Contractor to illustrate and depict some portion of the work more clearly and in greater detail. C `~~' 2. Coordination Drawings: Drawings prepared by the Contractor to show how mulfipTe-sys4~n and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated to avoid conflicts resulting from available ~ ~7 space requirements. ~ ~. -~- 3. Product Data: Illustrations, standard schedules, diagrams, performance charts,.- instructions and brochures that illustrate physical appearance, size, and other. ~ _: characteristics of materials and equipment for some portion of work ~ ' , . ~~ 4. Samples: Physical examples of materials and workmanship which illustrate fu~~tional ~ri~ aesthetic characteristics of a material and establish the standards by which the work wire judged. B. Construction Phase Submittals for Information: Submittals required by individual specification sections; submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for OWNER. No action will be taken. 1. Design data: Performance requirements and material characteristics providing the basis for portions of the Work designed by the Contractor. 2. Certificates: 3. Test reports: 4. Inspection reports: 5. Manufacturer's instructions: 6. Manufacturer's field reports: 7. Other types indicated. 1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTICIPANTS A. Contractor: 1. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 2. Establish a realistic submittal schedule that allows for resubmittal. 3. Coordinate submittals. 4. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents, site conditions, dimensions and construction means and methods; indicate any part of the submittal that does not conform to the contract requirements. 01 3300 -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 5. Approve submittals prior to transmitting them to Architect. Use the transmittal form included with this section. 6. Distribute approved submittals to subcontractors and others. 7. Maintain copies of approved submittals at the jobsite for reference, and retain copy of approved submittals for the Owner's record. 8. Maintain transmittal log and track progress. B. Subcontractors and Suppliers: 1. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 2. Properly prepare complete and accurate submittals with extraneous information deleted. 3. Submit in a timely manner based on construction schedule and allowing adequate time for Contractor and Architect reviews. 4. Maintain records and current status. C. Architect: 1. Specify reasonable requirements. 2. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 3. Verify that the Contractor has reviewed, stamped and approved submittals. 4. Review submittals for conformance with design intent. _ 5. ..Approve submittals in a timely manner, or take other appropriate action. `~ • ~ 6. ,, Forward submittals to consultants. __ T. Maintain a copy of approved submittals, and forward a copy to the Owner upon request. 8 ' Maintain a submittal log and track progress. 1.~, ,Read and understand the Contract Documents. -- 2.~ _ Coordinate Owner-furnished items installed by the Contractor. ~~ 3. (~c'~ordinate Contractor-furnished items installed by the Owner or under a separate contract. 4. Ooordinate work to be completed under a separate contract. 5. Follow project requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROCESSING SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 3000 for additional requirements. B. Attach a copy of the Project Transmittal Form to all submittals. C. Group submittals related to building elements or systems together for transmittal in accordance with submittal schedule. D. Only specified submittals will be processed by the Architect. 3.02 SUBMITTAL PREPARATION A. To aid in tracking and filing, each submittal shall contain the following information: 1. Project name and project number, 2. Date submitted, 3. Description of the item submitted, 4. The specification section reference number, and 5. A consecutive submittal number. B. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. The purpose of the submittal shall be one of the following: 01 3300 -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 1. For approval, 2. For information only, 3. Resubmittal. C. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. D. Provide space for Architect's submittal stamp. 3.03 SUBMITTAL REVIEW A. Only submittals stamped by the Contractor shall be forwarded to the Architect. When the Contractor determines that submittals do not meet contract requirements, they should be returned to the originator for correction or modification as appropriate. B. The purpose of the Architect's review is to check submittals for conformance with the information and design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. C. Upon review by the Architect, the submittal shall be stamped with the status of the review as: 1. Approved, 2. Approved as noted, 3. Approved as noted /resubmit, or 4. Rejected /resubmit. D. Submittals which require no action or are not subject to review, will not be returned. 3 01 3300 -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS 07.043 SECTION 014000 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance submittals. B. Mock-ups. C. Control of installation. D. Tolerances. E. Testing and inspection services. F. Manufacturers' field services. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 1021 -Standard Practice for Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants;,, 2001. ~.:.~ _ _. B. ASTM C 1077 -Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete ~gg,rega~es - ~ for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation; 2005b. ~.,~, ~.-: C. ASTM C 1093 -Standard Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry; 2006. ,~ D. ASTM D 3740 -Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the --- -% Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Constructiori'~'-' 2004a. -- c. ~ E. ASTM E 329 -Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged Construction Inspection and/or Testing; 2005b. F. ASTM E 543 -Standard Practice for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Testing Agency Qualifications: 1. Prior to start of Work, submit agency name, address, and telephone number, and names of full time specialist and responsible officer. B. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Architect and to Contractor. 1. Include: a. Date issued. b. Project title and number. c. Name of inspector. d. Date and time of sampling or inspection. e. Identification of product and specifications section. f. Location in the Project. g. Type of tesUinspection. h. Date of test/inspection. i. Results of test/inspection. j. Conformance with Contract Documents. k. When requested by Architect, provide interpretation of results. 1 01 4000 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 2. Test reports are submitted for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for the City of Iowa City, for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. 2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Architect. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the City of Iowa City's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. E. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for City of Iowa City. 1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES A. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform s specified testing and inspection. B.}• ~~ Employriient of agency in noway relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in _ accordadce with requirements of Contract Documents. __ , ! C. . Coc1#radtor Employed Agency: _ ~ ~a 1. `testing agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM E 329, ASTM E 543, ASTM C 1021, ASTM C 1077, and ASTM C 1093. :`. 2. Inspection agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329. 3. L~bQratory: Authorized to operate in State in which Project is located. . 4. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. 5. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals either by NIST or using an NIST established Measurement Assurance Program, under a laboratory measurement quality assurance program. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the 01 4000 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.02 MOCK-UPS A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in the respective product specification sections. B. Assemble and erect specified items with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. C. Accepted mock-ups shall be a comparison standard for the remaining Work. D. Where mock-up has been accepted by Architect and is specified in product specification sections to be removed, remove mock-up and clear area when directed to do so. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. ~•_~ t=~^ :.~ 3.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing required. ~~-- r-, -,~ -~ B. Testing Agency Duties: - 1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. 2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in; performance of services. ~ ° °, 3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or products. 6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 7. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 3 01 4000 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 4. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 6. Arrange with Ciry of Iowa City's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect. Payment for re testing will be charged to the Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Price. 3.05 MANUFACTURERS'FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. 3.06 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Architect will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. END OF SECTION ' .,-- 4. r . , -- - -r ~- ~ ) 01 4000 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 015000 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary telephone service. C. Temporary sanitary facilities. D. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. E. Security requirements. F. Vehicular access and parking. G. Waste removal facilities and services. H. Project identification sign. 1.02 TEMPORARYUTILITIES A. Provide and pay for all electrical power, lighting, heating and cooling, and ventilation required for construction purposes. ,.. , B. Existing facilities may be used. f .~ ., C. New permanent facilities may not be used. ~ `~ _ _ .. D. Use trigger-operated nozzles for water hoses, to avoid waste of water. '__> "? ~-.-- 1.03 TELEPHONE SERVICE °- A. Provide, maintain, and pay for cell phone service to field office at time of project mobilization. t 1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization. B. Use of existing facilities is permitted. C. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. D. At end of construction, return facilities to same or better condition as originally found. 1.05 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building. C. Provide protection for trees and plants designated to remain. Replace damaged trees and plants. D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.06 FENCING A. Construction: Contractor's option. 1.07 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES 1 01 5000 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 A. Provide temporary insulated weather tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for Products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.08 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and City of Iowa City's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Coordinate with City of Iowa City's security program. 1.09 VEHICULARACCESSRND PARKING A. .Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and City of Iowa City. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. D. Designated existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic. E. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. F. Existing parking areas located at south end of park may be used for construction parking. 1.10 WASTE REMOVAL A., ~ See Section 01 7419 -Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional ~> > requirerfients. B; ,~ Provide Waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and ' - ; ~ ~ orderly condition. Cry~~ Prdvide~ontainers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. Da If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable norh-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless.o3herwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. .~ E. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. 1.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide project identification sign. Include name of project, architect, and contractor. B. Erect on site. C. No other signs are allowed without City of Iowa City permission except those required by law. 1.12 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. E. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 01 5000 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION P'w~ '.'.. _. f f' j,..) _' ~ _. (' =.'i s, _' 3 01 5000 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 07.043 SECTION 016000 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Substitution limitations and procedures. E. Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Section 00 2113 -Instructions to Bidders: Product options and substitution procedures prior to bid date. B. Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. _ ... ~._ 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of ~ - ; manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. ;~ ; r~.. 1. Submit within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed. - '. ~ _ - 2. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable references ~dards; _ _ `. _. _ ; B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark eaeti.copyttc~, ~-. identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufa~furers' ~'.,_, standard data to provide information specific to this Project. ~=~~' C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. E. Indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.03 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS 01 6000 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 A. Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. WiU.coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the --, Work to be complete with no additional cost to City of Iowa City. .~ , 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become __ ap.Parent. _ _-. 5. ;Will reimburse City of Iowa City and Architect for review or redesign services associated ...... <`~ , wlt~ acceptance of substitutions and re-approval by authorities. i E- Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or ~~ ; product ~tata submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require .~ revision~to the Contract Documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 3.02 TRANSPORTATIONANDHANDLlNG A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. F. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to 01 6000 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in awell-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. H. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. I. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. J. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION ~ f- ~, C::; .. . j ,: _ ;,. . - :... 3 01 6000 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 017300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition, except removal, disposal, and/or remediation of hazardous materials and toxic substances. C. Pre-installation meetings. D. Cutting and patching. E. Laying out the work. F. Cleaning and protection. G. Starting of systems and equipment. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 1000 -Summary: Limitations on working in existing building; continued occupancy; work sequence; identification of salvaged and relocated equipment and materials. B. Section 01 5000 -Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary exterior enclosures. C. Section 01 5100 -Temporary Utilities: Temporary heating, cooling, and ventilating ~ilities. D. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Closeout procedures related to achieving,,Suf~stantial_ Completion and Final Completion of the Work. ~~ ~~ ,--, ~, E. Section 01 7823 -Operation and Maintenance Data: Preparing operation and main#enarace -`% manuals and obtaining warranties and bonds. --: F. Individual Product Specification Sections: . 1. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections. , 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work. 2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of the work are in conformance with Contract Documents. 3. Submit surveys and survey logs for the project record. C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. D. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in Iowa and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. 1 01 7300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specific service on Project, licensed in Iowa. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. 07.043 B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. C. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. D. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. E. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. 1. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow. 2. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises. G. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. 1.06 COORDINATION C~'~~ ~- A. See Section 01 1000 -Summary, for occupancy-related requirements. B Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to _. _p +. ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. __ , =C~ Notify:~ffected utility companies and comply with their requirements. =D Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible r - wth,~bgilding utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for irisfalling, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. H. After City of Iowa City occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of City of Iowa City's activities. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. 01 7300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 2 ~. -- _ _ . - 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements °:-' subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering exis~jag work,'a_ assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching meant ` __: acceptance of existing conditions. J ~ ~'. P .u~ ---, - _.. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. ~._. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. `_ ~~= C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to` = applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 PREINSTALLATIONMEETlNGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Architect four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, City of Iowa City, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. C. Contractor shall locate and protect reference points. D. Control datum for survey is that indicated on Drawings. 3 01 7300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 E. Protect and preserve permanent reference points during construction. F. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. G. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect. H. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. I. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on project record documents. J. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading and fill placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Building foundation and ground floor elevations. K. Periodically verify layouts by same means. L. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.06 ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and ~, existing record documents only. 1. ..Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. .~ _ Z. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. . ~s~, Separate areas in which alterations are being conducted from other areas that are still occupied. 1,:. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in . Section 01 5000 in locations indicated on drawings. C.. Main~a~n weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage. 1. Where openings in exterior enclosure exist, provide construction to make exterior enclosure weatherproof. 2. Insulate existing ducts or pipes that are exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures by alterations work. D. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. 2. Relocate items indicated on drawings. 3. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch, 01 7300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish; remove existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish. 4. Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated, patch holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible. E. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove, relocate, and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components; if necessary, modify installation to allow access or provide access panel. 2. Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents require reactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, distribution, and equipment as required. 3. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. a. Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimize duration of outages. b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service. 4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities. 5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above f: . accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherw{s~ cap st~tti and tag with identification; patch holes left by removal using materials specified for, nevi``' construction. ~`.: :--:1 F. Protect existing work to remain. - -`"-° ,, 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new-work. ~_:.: 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4. Patch as specified for patching new work. r - G. Adapt existing work to fit new work: 1. When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to Architect. 2. Where removal of partitions or walls results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors, walls, and ceilings to a smooth plane without breaks, steps, or bulkheads. 3. H. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated: 1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible existing surfaces to remain to the specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. 2. If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, re-cover and refinish to match. 3. Patch as specified for patching new work. I. Clean existing systems and equipment. J. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site; do not burn or bury. K. Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete. L. Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section. 01 7300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 3.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING 07.043 A. Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work in order to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit products together to integrate with other work. B. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. C. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. D. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. E. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. ~'. At per etrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids _-~ wtith fide rated material in accordance with Section 07 8400 - Firestopping, to full thickness of the ~ - penetrated element. .H-. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest ``~' intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. k -1; Ivlake'neat transitions. Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. Where new work abuts or ali ns with existin g g, perform a smooth and even transition. .. ~ .... J. Patch or replace surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. Repair substrate prior to patching finish. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. 3.08 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.09 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of 01 7300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 6 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.10 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify Architect and owner seven days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. G. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. ~- H. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is ftrnctioning_~- correctly. - ~ - - 3.11 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION ' ~` A. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of designated items of equipment at scheduled time, at equipment location. - B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season, within six months. C. Provide a qualified manufacturer's representative who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of owner personnel. 3.12 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B. Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: See Section 23 0593. 3.13 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. 1. Clean areas to be occupied by City of Iowa City prior to final completion before City of Iowa City occupancy. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. D. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. E. Clean filters of operating equipment. 7 01 7300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 F. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. G. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. H. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. 3.14 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Refer to Section 01 7700. B. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1. Provide copies to Architect and City of Iowa City. C. City of Iowa City will occupy all of the building as specified in Section 01 1000 -Summary. 3.15 MAINTENANCESERVICE A. Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections for one year from date of Substantial Completion. B. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required. C. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component. D. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or Subcontractor without prior written consent of the City of Iowa City. END OF SECTION _;. J _. ..._ .f...1 t ~.... _ .... _... _ _.. ,.1 01 7300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS g 07.043 SECTION 017700 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Contract closeout procedures related to: 1. Substantial Completion of the Work and 2. Final inspection and Owner's acceptance of the Work. B. Closeout submittals including: 1. Substantial Completion documents. 2. Final Application for Payment with supporting documents. 3. Project Record Documents. 4. Warranties and Bonds. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 5215 -Agreement with General Conditions: Performance and Payment Bonds, warranty, and correction of work. B. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures for shop drawings, product data, and samples. f- , C. Section 01 7823 -Operation and Maintenance Data: Preparation of Operation an~ Maintenance Manuals. D. Individual product sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. E. Individual product sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS - - A. Contractor's Declaration of Substantial Completion: Submit three copies of required'forms aril related documentation certifying that status of Work is consistent with "Substantial E4mpletio~' B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Provide three sets of revised documents in final form for use by Owner's personnel. Submit at least 45 days prior to date of Declaration of Substantial Completion. C. Material and Product Warranties: Submit fully executed manufacturers' warranties within ten days following Date of Substantial Completion except as follows: 1. For equipment and component parts of equipment put into service during construction with OWNER"S permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance; list date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period . 2. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance; list date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. D. Contractor's Statement of Final Completion: Submit two copies of required forms certifying that Work has been fully completed; make submittal within 45 days after Date of Substantial Completion. E. Claim for Final Payment: Submit two copies of required final Application for Payment forms together with supporting documents. F. Evidence of Payments and Release of Liens: Submit two copies of required forms with claim for Final Payment. G. Project Record Documents: Submit required Record Documents with claim for Final Payment. 1.04 COORDINATION 01 7700 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and inspection of the work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly closeout procedure, with provision for accommodating items installed later. B. Final Utility Connections: Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements for final connections. 1.05 PRE- SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION MEETING A. Convene 30 days before submitting Declaration of Substantial Completion for purpose of reviewing required closeout procedures with representatives of Owner and Architect. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate completion and ensure clean-up of work of separate sections of the Project Manual. B. The Owner intends to occupy the entire project area at Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Comply with additional requirements in Section 01 7823. 2. Include operating instructions and maintenance data prepared by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described equipment and systems. 3. Use Operating and Maintenance Manuals as reference for instruction of Owner's personnel. ~:1 Demor~tration and Training: .. ', 1 ~, .: Comply with additional requirements in Section 01 7900. - 2. Prior to Substantial Completion, perform demonstration and train Owner's personnel in . ' prgper operation and maintenance of equipment and systems designated in individual ., sections of the Project Manual. a.. -.. ~_~ ~ l C.. Prelunuaary Inspection for Substantial Completion: 1.~_. Schedule and conduct preliminary inspection of the Work accompanied by Owner's Project Representative. a. Determine and identify items to be listed for correction and completion (punchlist) on Contractor's Declaration of Substantial Completion. 2. Verify that surface finish materials are properly installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and exposed surfaces are clean and free from damage. 3. Verify final adjustment of operating items, equipment and system components to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 4. Verify specific operating and performance requirements described in individual specification sections. a. Secure certification by TAB contractor that testing, adjusting and balancing work has been completed, and respective systems are performing in accordance with specified design requirements. b. Replace filters of operating equipment. 5. Verify that utility services are properly connected and of the correct characteristics. 6. Verify inspection and acceptance of the respective portions of the Work by Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 3.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DOCUMENTS A. Contractor's Declaration of Substantial Completion: 1. Provide the necessary assurance that the progress of the Work is consistent with Substantial Completion as defined by the Contract Documents. 01 7700 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 2. Upon receipt of the required forms the Architect will schedule and conduct a Substantial Completion Inspection. B. Certificate of Substantial Completion: Upon verification of Contractor's Punchlist, and subsequent determination by Architect that status of Work is suitable for occupancy by the Owner, the Architect will prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion (AIA Doc G704-2000). C. Complete and correct respective items of work listed and attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion within 30 days following Date of Substantial Completion. 3.03 FINAL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. Contractor's Statement of Final Completion: Certify that the Work is complete and has been inspected and found to be in compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Claim for Final Payment: 1. Prepare application for payment on approved forms. 2. Amount of final payment shall be the Contractor's retainage (5% of the contract amount). 3. In accordance with Iowa law, final payment shall become due and payable 31 days after the date of Owner's written acceptance of the completed Work. C. Evidence of Payments and Release of Liens: Prepare the following: 1. "Contractors Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims" (AIA Doc G706). ,-_, 2. Contractor s Affidavit of Release of Liens" (AIA Doc G706A). r. 1a. Include separate waivers of lien from subcontractors, suppliers, and others with lien. rights against property of the Owner. - ~ ~ '{ 3. Obtain "Consent of Surety to Final Payment" (AIA Doc G707). ° ~? _ D. Project Record Documents: ~ "• - ' 1. Submit one set of the following Record Documents; record actual revisions to;the Work; t ,.. , a. Drawings b. Specifications - ' ~? c. Addenda d. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. e. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by the Owner. 3. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: a. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. b. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. c. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. 4. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: a. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. b. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. c. Field changes of dimension and detail. d. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Material and Product Warranties: 1. Obtain required warranties executed in duplicate by responsible subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with OWNER'S permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until Date of Substantial Completion is determined. 2. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. 3. Co-execute warranty documents when required. 3 01 7700 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 4. Retain warranties until time specified for submittal. 5. Include photocopies of each in operation and maintenance manuals; indicate on Table of Contents. 3.04 FINAL INSPECTION OF THE WORK A. Following submittal of required closeout documents, the Architect will conduct a Final Inspection of the Work. B. Accompany Owner's Project Representative and Architect on final inspection of the Work. C. Complete items of work determined and identified during final inspection. 3.05 OWNER'S FINALACCEPTANCEOF THE WORK A. Upon satisfactory completion of the Work, the Architect will recommend acceptance of the completed Work by the Owner and final payment to the Contractor. B. The Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of the effective date of their acceptance of the Work. END OF SECTION ~ , ,_ ,.. i ...J 01 7700 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 017823 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Operation and Maintenance Data. B. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 5215 -Agreement with General Conditions: Warranty, and correction of work. B. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. C. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Contract closeout procedures. D. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. E. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ~- A. Operation and Maintenance Data: =- 1. Preliminary Draft: Prepare two copies before start of Work. Indicate proposed fdrmats aril outlines of contents. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments' _- _1 2. Submit 1 copy of completed documents 45 days prior to "Substantial Completion"_ This v copy will be reviewed and returned, with Architect comments. Revise content`of all document sets required prior to final submission. _ 3. Submit three sets of revised final documents in final form at least 15 days prior to' "Substantial Completion" for use by Owner's personnel during demonstration'and training activities specified in Section 01 7900. B. Product and Material Warranties: Obtain required manufacturer's warranties; assemble original documents in separate three-ring binder to be submitted within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 1. Ensure that manufacturer's warranties have been completed in OWNER's name and registered with respective manufacturer. 2. Include photocopies of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of Contents. 1.04 PRE-SUBMITTAL MEETING A. Convene 15 days before starting work on revised Operation and Maintenance Manuals for the purpose of reviewing Architect's comments on preliminary draft. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. 01 7823 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. E. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. G. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. H. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. I. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system ~ ;description identified, in three parts as follows: 1. P-at# 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, ,~..~ ;: ; ., 'Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone .,~;- '• ~ numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: ~a Significant design criteria. ~__~ _ b. List of equipment. ,f C. Parts list for each component. ~ Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data. b. Air and water balance reports. c. Certificates. d. Photocopies of warranties and bonds. J. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed dividers and space for insertion of data. K. Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCEDATAFOR MATERIALSAND FINISHES A. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish: 1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents 01 7823 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications; typed. C. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed. D. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. E. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. ~_.~ F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. ` ' `_-} ,::= -- , G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. ~ H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. _~° I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams = - , required for maintenance. ,_ J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. - K. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. L. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. M. Include test and balancing reports. N. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.05 WARRANTIES A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with City of Iowa City's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. E. Manual: Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers. END OF SECTION 3 01 7823 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 031000 -CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formwork for cast-in place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. B. Openings for other work. C. Form accessories. D. Form stripping. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 2000 -Concrete Reinforcing. B. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Section 03 3900 -Concrete Curing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 117 -Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2006. B. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Yristitute International; 2005. _ - - . C. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American ,, ~ Concrete Institute International; 2005. na1;.2004. - D. ACI 347 -Guide to Formwork for Concrete; American Concrete Institute Internatio . _ ~- - 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 347, ACI 301, and ACI 318. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK -GENERAL A. Provide concrete forms, accessories, shoring, and bracing as required to accomplish cast-in-place concrete work. B. Design and construct to provide resultant concrete that conforms to design with respect to shape, lines, and dimensions. C. Comply with applicable State and local codes with respect to design, fabrication, erection, and removal of formwork. 2.02 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor. B. Use: Forming for surfaces not exposed to view. 2.03 PREFABRICATEDFORMS 1 03 1000 -CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 A. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gage matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. B. Tubular Column Type: Round, spirally wound laminated fiber material, surface treated with release agent, non-reusable, of sizes indicated. 2.04 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Removable type, galvanized metal, fixed length, cone type, with waterproofing washer, 1 inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 inch in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil that will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding of concrete finish coatings. C. Corners: Chamfered, rigid plastic type; 3/4 x 3/4 inch size; maximum possible lengths. 4,., 3 Nails,.Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength ~-•, and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. E. Type 1-= Waterstops: CE CRD-C572; use for construction joints (non-working). 1. - , I'otyvinyl chloride, minimum 2250 psi tensile strength, factory preformed corners and -,- --' intersections, heat welding jointing. 2. P-`ofile: Ribbed, flat; 9 inch width. - 3. Thickness: 3/8 inch. 4. ~ ~ P~ceptable Products: .~ a: Ribbed Waterstop, Style No. 646 manufactured by Greenstreak Plastic Products Company, Inc.: www. b. Products of other manufacturers complying with specified requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings. 3.02 ERECTION -FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. E. Provide chamfer strips on external corners of foundation walls. F. Coordinate this section with other sections of work that require attachment of components to formwork. 3.03 APPLICATION -FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. 3.04 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS 03 1000 -CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Install waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are continuous without displacing reinforcement. F. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. G. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.05 FORM CLEANING A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. ~ -` 1. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that ...~. , .- waterand debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports. - - ...._, . ,,,~ -__ 3.06 FORMWORK TOLERANCES ~ 1 ` A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 117. ~ ~ --.' 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ~ `, ' A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance~with c-_ formwork design, and to verify that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. 3.08 FORM REMOVAL A. Cure formed surfaces with forms in place for full curing period specified in Section 03 3900. B. Do not remove forms or bracing from beams and elevated slabs until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. C. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. D. Store removed forms to prevent damage to form materials or to fresh concrete. Discard damaged forms. END OF SECTION 3 03 1000 -CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 07.043 SECTION 032000 -CONCRETE REINFORCING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete. B. Supports and accessories for steel reinforcement. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 1000 -Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Section 04 2000 -Unit Masonry: Reinforcement for masonry. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. B. ACI SP-66 -ACI Detailing Manual; American Concrete Institute International; 2004. C. ASTM A 185/A 185M -Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete; 2006. .._v D. ASTM A 615/A 615M -Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars~Tor c-_ _. .,.~ Concrete Reinforcement; 2006. ~ _._ E. CRSI (DA4) -Manual of Standard Practice; Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; 2{301. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements of ACI SP-66. Include bar schedules, shapes of~ent bars, spacing of bars, and location of splices. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that reinforcing steel and accessories supplied for this project meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 60 (420). 1. Deformed billet-steel bars. 2. Unfinished. B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain type. 1. Flat Sheets. 2. Mesh Size and Wire Gage: As indicated on drawings. C. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 2.02 FABRICATION 1 03 2000 -CONCRETE REINFORCING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI (DA4) -Manual of Standard Practice. B. Welding of reinforcement is not permitted. C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings at point of minimum stress. 1. Review locations of splices with Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. C. Accommodate placement of formed openings. D.. Maintain minimum 1-1/2 inch concrete cover around reinforcing unless specifically approved otherwise. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed reinforcement for conformance to contract documents before concrete placement. END OF SECTION i. .._ ~w.s i ~ ~~ - ~__. 03 2000 -CONCRETE REINFORCING 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Floors and slabs on grade. B. Concrete foundation walls and footings. C. Joint devices associated with concrete work. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 32 1313 -Concrete Paving: Sidewalks, curbs and gutters. B. Section 03 1000 -Concrete Forming and Accessories: Forms and accessories for formwork. C. Section 03 2000 -Concrete Reinforcing. D. Section 03 3513 -High-Tolerance Concrete Floor Finishing. r. E. Section 03 3900 -Concrete Curing. - _ F. Section 07 2500 -Under-Slab Vapor Barriers. r ; - y,, G. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 211.1 -Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, ah~l-Mass -~~ Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1991 (Reapproved 2002). B. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. C. ACI 302.1 R -Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International; 2004. D. ACI 304R -Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2000. E. ACI 305R -Hot Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 1999. F. ACI 306R -Cold Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 1988 (Reapproved 2002). G. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. H. ASTM C 33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2003. I. ASTM C 39/C 39M -Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2005. J. ASTM C 94/C 94M -Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2005. K. ASTM C 143/C 143M -Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete; 2005a. L. ASTM C 150 -Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2005. M. ASTM C 173/C 173M -Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method; 2001. N. ASTM C 260 -Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2001. 1 03 3000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 0. ASTM C 494/C 494M -Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2005a. P. ASTM C 618 -Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2005. Q. ASTM C 1059 -Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 1999. R. ASTM D 1751 -Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2004. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The project design is based on the following minimum compressive strengths for various cast-in-place concrete components: 1. Footings: 3000 psi. 2. Interior Slabs-on-grade and foundations: 4000 psi. 3. Exterior Paving: 4000 psi. B. Do not permit superimposed loads to be applied to concrete components until at least 75 percent of minimum design compressive strength has been achieved. 1.05 StUjBMITTALS ~ ~ ~. A.~„ ~3 See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. ---,. B ^ Productt0ata: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with '_ ~ ~ specified requirements. -- C ~~~Martufac'turer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation procedures and interface required ---~ -~ ~; witFi adjScent construction for concrete accessories. r - _ J D'`°Propo~e~ Mix Design(s): Material proportions for each class of concrete; indicate compressive =strength development at 28 days. E. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. B. Acquire cement from same source and aggregate from same source for entire project. C. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. 1. Take precautions to minimize plastic shrinkage cracking. Coordinate with additional requirements in Section 03390. D. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 1000 -Concrete Forming and Accessories. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 2000. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I -Normal Portland type. 03 3000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2 07.043 B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility C. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. D. Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100. Provide "GranCem" cement supplied by Holcim Inc. E. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04 CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES A. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. B. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C 260. C. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C 260. 1. Provide products manufactured by one of the following: a. The Euclid Chemical Company; www.euclidchemical.com. b. Grace Construction Products; www.na.graceconstruction.com. 2. Do not use air entrainment admixture in concrete for interior floor slabs. 3. Provide products from same manufacturer as other admixtures used. D. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A -Water Reducing. 1. Provide mid-range water-reducing admixture allowing 12-15 percent reduction of water content in concrete mix. 2. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by ~ , weight of cement. ~-~ ~ _: 3. Acceptable Products: a. "Futon MR" manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. '` - b. "Daracem 65" manufactured by Grace Construction Products. ~' ! 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type I I acrylic non-redispersable type. B. Under-slab Vapor Barrier: See Section 07 2500. C. Chemical Densifier /Hardener: Comply with requirements of Section 03 3513. D. Curing Materials: Comply with requirements of Section 03 3900 -Concrete Curing. 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Waterstops: Comply with requirements of Section 03 1000 -Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Joint Filler -Exterior: Nonextruding, resilient asphalt impregnated fiberboard or felt, complying with ASTM D 1751, 1/4 inch thick and 4 inches deep; tongue and groove profile. C. Construction Joint Devices: Integral galvanized steel; 0.028 inch thick, formed to tongue and groove profile, with removable top strip exposing sealant trough, knockout holes spaced at 6 inches, ribbed steel spikes with tongue to fit top screed edge. D. Bond Break Material: Self-adhering flexible flashing. 1. Acceptable product: "Flex-Flash" Cavity Wall Flashing manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.: www.h-b.com. E. Sealant and Primer: As specified in Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. 3 03 3000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended by manufacturer. D. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Cementitious Materials Content: Minimum 525 Ib per cubic yard. ~ a. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. ~~ ~ b.-- Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag Content: Maximum 25 percent of Cementitious ~d`'~ ~ materials by weight. ,_.., - 2: Ratio of Water to Cementitious Materials (percent by weight): a,. Footings and Foundation Walls (air-entrained): Maximum 50 percent. -~ .-. -- ~ b~ Interior Floor Slabs (non-air-entrained) (water reducing admixture): Maximum 40 ~~• ; percent. _ _., c: Exterior Paving (air-entrained) (water reducing admixture): Maximum 45 percent. 3~ T-otal Air Content: 6 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C 173/C 173M. 4. ': Allaximum Aggregate Size -Footings and Foundation Walls: 1 inch. 5. Maximum Aggregate Size -Floor Slabs: 3/4 inch. 6. Maximum Aggregate Size -Floor Toppings with depth less than 2-1/2 inches: 1/2 inch. 2.08 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C 94/C 94M; 1-1/2 hour maximum mixing and delivery time. 1. When air temperature is above 90 degrees F, reduce maximum mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. B. Verify proper installation of sheet vapor barrier under interior slabs on grade in accordance with Section 07 2613. C. Verify that bond-break material is placed around entire perimeter of interior floor slabs. D. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. B. Install self-adhering bond break material on interior vertical wall surfaces to separate perimeter of interior slabs on grade from vertical surfaces. Extend bond break material horizontally under slab at least 6 inches and tape seal to sheet vapor barrier. C. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. D. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. 03 3000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R; comply with requirements for "flat" floors. C. Notify Architect not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. E. Repair under-slab vapor barrier damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with vapor barrier material; overlap damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal with tape. F. Separate exterior slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler. G. Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. Install construction joint devices in coordination with floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. Apply sealants in joint devices in accordance with Section 07 9005. J. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, anti' test samples taken. ~-=' ,_ _-~-' K. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and constrdct'wn joints. ;.~ -.• L. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. M. Place floor slabs in saw cut pattern indicated. N. Saw cut joints as soon as the concrete has gained sufficient strength such that edges of saw. cut do not chip from saw blade. Use 1/8 inch thick blade, cut into 1/3 depth of slab:ftiickness. O. Screed floors and slabs on grade level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 3/16 inch in 10 ft except where more stringent requirements are specified in Section 03 3513. 3.04 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. C. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1 R and Section 03 3513 -High Tolerance Concrete Floor Finishing. D. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces within 2 ft radius of drains uniformly to drains at 1:100 nominal. 3.05 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 3900 -Concrete Curing. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide an independent testing agency to perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 0 14000 -Quality Requirements. B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. 5 03 3000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 D. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M. For each test, mold and cure three concrete test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 75 cu yd or less of each class of concrete placed. F. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. G. Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken, following procedures of ASTM C 143/C 143M. 3.07 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Architect and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Architect for each individual area. END OF SECTION i~ ~ .- . gym' ;_ ~.~ _,_ .~ , e _ ,~ i 03 3000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE g 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 033513 -HIGH-TOLERANCE CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finishing slabs on grade. B. Surface treatment with concrete hardener. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete: Prepared concrete floors ready to receive finish. B. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete: Control and formed expansion and contraction joints and joint devices. C. .Section 03 3900 -Concrete Curing. D. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. ,, B. ACI 302.1 R -Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete IRS#itute `. International; 2004. -, 1.04 SUBMITTALS ~ ' ..-~ _ __. A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. __ B. Product Data: Provide data on concrete hardener and sealer, including information ;on : _ - -~ ~~ compatibility of different products and limitations. .. C. Maintenance Data: Provide data on maintenance renewal of applied coatings. ~ , . 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.1 R. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's sealed packaging, including application instructions. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with concrete floor placement and concrete floor curing. B. Take appropriate precautions to prevent staining of concrete floor surfaces. Since no satisfactory procedures are available to remove petroleum and rust stains from concrete, comply with the following: 1. Cover and protect floor surfaces from damage and staining during the construction period. 2. Ensure that construction equipment, particularly components that may drip oil, hydraulic fluid, and other liquids, are provided with suitable diaper. 3. In addition to diaper, equipment such as pipe cutting machines shall be placed on suitable drop cloths. 4. Do not permit temporary placement and storage of steel members on concrete slabs. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary Lighting: Minimum 200 W light source, placed 8 feet above the floor surface, for each 425 sq ft of floor being finished. 1 03 3513 -HIGH-TOLERANCE CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 B. Temporary Heat: Ambient temperature of 50 degrees F minimum. C. Ventilation: Sufficient to prevent injurious gases from temporary heat or other sources affecting concrete. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPOUNDS -HARDENERS AND SEALERS A. Chemical Densifier /Hardener: Penetrating, liquid type. 1. Basis of Design: "Liqui-Hard" manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc. 2. Other approved products: a. "Day-Chem Sure Hard" (J-17) manufactured by Dayton Superior Corporation: ~~ www.daytonsuperior.com. ~~ _ b:;- "Sonneborn Kure-N-Harden" manufactured by Degussa Building Systems / Chemrex: '~ ~ www.chemrex.com. c "Euco Diamond Hard" manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company: www.euclidchemical.com. .r d. "L&M Seal Hard" manufactured by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.: www.lmcc.com. `~ -e. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. --6. `Goloi'ed Sealer: type. Pb-F~T 3 EX~UTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that floor surfaces are acceptable to receive the work of this section. 3.02 FLOOR FINISHING A. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.1 R to achieve the required "flatness". B. Wood float surfaces that will receive quarry tile, ceramic tile, or terrazzo finish system. C. Steel trowel surfaces that will receive carpeting or resilient flooring. D. Steel trowel surfaces that are scheduled to be exposed. E. In areas with floor drains, maintain design floor elevation at walls; slope surfaces within 2 feet of drains uniformly to drain at 1/13 inch per foot nominal. 3.03 CURING A. Begin initial "moisture curing" of floor surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03 3900 -Concrete Curing, as soon after final troweling as concrete is firm enough to work on. B. Exception: Do not "moisture cure" concrete scheduled for application of chemical hardener; follow manufacturer's recommendations for initial curing. 1. As soon as concrete is hard enough to walk on, apply one even coat of curing compound and hardener; follow manufacturer's directions. 2. Acceptable products: As recommended by chemical hardener manufacturer. 3.04 FLOOR SURFACETREATMENT A. Preparation: 1. After initial curing (7 days minimum), measure floor surface to verify levelness and flatness complies with required tolerances. 2. Grind concrete sub-floor to provide "open" flat surface suitable for subsequent finishing operations. a. Use planetary head machinery with small grinding heads spinning within a large 03 3513 -HIGH-TOLERANCE CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility diameter rotating head. b. Coarse grinding steps: Use abrasive pads with diamonds embedded in a metal matrix; provide a 150-grit finish. 3. Following grinding operation, use floor scrubbing machine to remove dust and residue from concrete surface; use neutral pH cleaning agent and clear water. Wet vacuum residue and allow surface to dry. B. Apply chemical hardener to scheduled floor surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Application of sodium silicate based products: a. Ensure floor surface remains wet during entire application and soak-in period required by manufacturer. b. After soak-in period, wait for surface to become slippery then flush entire surface with water; remove excess material using squeegees and wet vacuum to remove all residue. c. Apply second coat of hardener to floor surfaces scheduled to remain "exposed". d. Following application of hardener, reinstall protective covering and retain in place for at least 90 days. Do not allow surface to become stained or damaged. C. Apply sealer to floor surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Provide an independent testing agency, approved under provisions specified in Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, to inspect finished slabs for flatness. - ... B. Measure flatness of slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R; identify areas that exceed the _ following tolerances: - ~ ~ - 1. Maximum variation of surface flatness for interior concrete floors: 3116 inch in 10 ft. -.. 2. Maximum variation of surface from true floor plane: plus 0 inch /minus 1 /4 inch; C. Correct the slab surface if conditions exceed tolerances specified. - D. Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring corrective work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process. 3.06 SCHEDULES A. Apply 2 coats of chemical hardener to concrete floor surfaces scheduled to remain exposed. END OF SECTION 3 03 3513 -HIGH-TOLERANCE CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING 07.043 SECTION 033900 -CONCRETE CURING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Initial and final curing of horizontal and vertical concrete surfaces. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Section 03 3513 -High-Tolerance Concrete Floor Finishing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. B. ACI 302.1 R -Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International; 2004. C. ACI 308R -Guide to Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2001. D. ASTM C 171 -Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2003. E. ASTM C 309 -Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete; 2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS _ A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. - B. Product Data: Provide data on curing compounds and moisture-retaining sheet, including ~' '~ =- compatibility of different products and limitations. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ,:-_, A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.1 R. ~ { ~~.a 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver curing materials in manufacturer's sealed packaging, including application instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Membrane Curing Compound: ASTM C 309 Type 2 -White pigmented, Class B. 1. Dissipating resin type. 2. Provide "L&M CURE R-2" manufactured by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 3. Product for interior use shall be compatible with Chemical Hardener. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01600 -Product Requirements. B. Moisture-Retaining Sheet: ASTM C 171. 1. White-burlap-polyethylene sheet, weighing not less than 10 oz/per linear yd, 40 inches wide. 2. Other acceptable products: a. "Transguard 4000" manufactured by Reef Industries,lnc. b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 -Product Requirements. C. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 1 03 3900 -CONCRETE CURING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to be cured. 3.02 INTERIOR HORIZONTAL SURFACES 07.043 A. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, moisture cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 308. B. At floors to receive chemical hardener do not moisture cure; apply curing compound and hardener; follow manufacturer's directions. C. Absorptive Moisture-Retaining Sheet: Saturate burlap-polyethylene and place burlap-side down over floor slab areas, lapping ends and sides; maintain in damp condition for 7 days, and retain in place thereafter to help protect surface from staining and soiling. 3.03 EXTERIOR HORIZONTAL SURFACES -MEMBRANE CURING A. Comply with additional requirements in Section 02 7510 for concrete paving. B. Membrane Curing Compound: Apply curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions in two coats, with second coat applied at right angles to first. 3.04 FORMED SURFACES A. Cure vertical surfaces with forms in place for 7 days unless specifically approved otherwise by Architect. B. If Architect permits removal of forms after 3 days, cure surfaces in accordance with ACI 308; begin immediately upon removal of forms. 1. Spraying: Spray water over surfaces and maintain wet for 7 days. 2. Membrane Curing Compound: Apply compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions in two coats, with second coat applied at right angles to first. a. Exception: Do not apply compound to surfaces scheduled to receive subsequent application of waterproofing and finish coating materials. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor surface. END OF SECTION ~.a ~, ~. _ . ~ ' ~ .._ ,.. ~ , _._ ~ ~ .'~ 03 3900 -CONCRETE CURING 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 040511 -MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mortar for masonry. B. Grout for masonry. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04 2000 -Unit Masonry: Installation of mortar and grout. B. Section 08 1113 -Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Grouting steel door frames installed in masonry. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 -Building Code Requirements For Masonry Structures; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. B. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 -Specification for Masonry Structures; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. ~ -' --.; C. ASTM C 94/C 94M -Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2005. - ;"-' D. ASTM C 144 -Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 2004. ~ _ C, ^ '3 _ r. :, E. ASTM C 150 -Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2005. - F. ASTM C 207 -Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2006, - ° - G. ASTM C 270 -Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2005a. H. ASTM C 404 -Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 2004. - I. ASTM C 476 -Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry; 2002. J. ASTM C 780 -Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry; 2006. K. ASTM C 979 -Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete; 2005. L. ASTM C 1019 -Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout; 2005. M. IMIAWC (CW) -Recommended Practices & Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction; International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council; 1993. N. IMIAWC (HW) -Recommended Practices 8~ Guide Specifications for Hot Weather Masonry Construction; International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Include design mix and indicate whether the Proportion or Property specification of ASTM C 270 is to be used. Also include required environmental conditions and admixture limitations. C. Samples: Submit two samples of mortar, illustrating mortar color and color range. D. Reports: Submit reports on mortar indicating conformance of mortar to property requirements of ASTM C 270 and test and evaluation reports per ASTM C 780. E. Reports: Submit reports on grout indicating conformance of component grout materials to 1 04 0511 -MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 requirements of ASTM C 476 and test and evaluation reports to requirements of ASTM C 1019. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit packaged dry mortar manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with provisions of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 and ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602, except where exceeded by requirements of the contract documents. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Requirements: Comply with recommendations of IMIAWC (CW). B. Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with IMIAWC (HW). PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 N~TERIAL~, A.c ~PortlaridCement: ASTM C 150, Type I -Normal; standard gray color. r'° _ _ B - Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. -. _~'~ Ci:~~a Mohta~'.~ggregate: ASTM C 144. . ~.: `-~`-- D~.:_ Grbut Aggregate: ASTM C 404. . _: ~ ~_:. E`= Pigme~t~ for Colored Mortar: Pure, concentrated mineral pigments specifically intended for =-~ mixinginto mortar and complying with ASTM C 979. 1. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. F. Water: Clean and potable. G. Moisture-Resistant Admixture: Water repellent compound designed to reduce capillarity. H. Bonding Agent: Latex type. 2.02 MORTAR MIXES A. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C 270, Property Specification. 1. Use Type S mortar B. Colored Mortar: Proportion selected pigments and other ingredients to match Architect's sample, without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pigment-to-cement ratio. 2.03 MORTAR MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients using mechanical batch mixer, in accordance with ASTM C 270 and in quantities needed for immediate use. B. Maintain sand uniformly damp immediately before the mixing process. C. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. D. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. E. If water is lost by evaporation, re-temper only within two hours of mixing. 04 0511 -MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility F. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 90 degrees F, ortwo-and-one-half hours at temperatures under 40 degrees F. 2.04 GROUT MIXES A. Exterior wall cavities: 2800 psi strength at 28 days; 8-10 inches slump; provide premixed type in accordance with ASTM C 94/C 94M. 1. Fine grout for spaces with smallest horizontal dimension of 2 inches or less. 2. Coarse grout for spaces with smallest horizontal dimension greater than 2 inches. 2.05 GROUT MIXING A. Mix grout in accordance with ASTM C 94/C 94M. B. Add admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; mix uniformly. C. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of grout. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Apply bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces. B. Plug clean-out holes for grouted masonry with block masonry units. Brace masonry to resist wet grout pressure. t_.~ ~, 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar and grout to requirements of section(s) in which masonry is specified. B. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids. C. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout. _ _ 3.03 GROUTING ` A. Use low-lift grouting techniques: - 1. Limit height of pours to 16 inches. 2. Limit height of masonry to 16 inches above each pour. 3. Place grout for each pour continuously and consolidate immediately; do not interrupt pours for more than 1-1/2 hours. END OF SECTION g 04 0511 -MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING 07.043 SECTION 042000 -UNIT MASONRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete Block (CMU). B. Reinforcement and Anchorage. C. Flashings. D. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Section 03 2000 -Concrete Reinforcing: Reinforcing steel for grouted masonry. B. Section 04 0511 -Masonry Mortaring and Grouting. C. Section 04095 -Polystyrene Masonry Weeps and Moisture Control: Flashing and weep system. D. Section 05 5000 -Metal Fabrications: Loose steel lintels. E. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Nailing strips built into masonry. F. Section 07 2123 -Loose Fill Insulation: Granular insulation for masonry unit cores. G. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Backing rod and sealant at control and expansion~oints. 1.03 REFERENCES .. A. ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 -Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures; American ,. , Concrete Institute International; 2005. ~ _~ B. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 -Specification For Masonry Structures; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. ` C. ASTM A 82/A 82M -Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinio~tzcement;~' 2005a. D. ASTM A 153/A 153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2005. E. ASTM C 90 -Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2006. F. ASTM C 129 -Standard Specification for Nonloadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2005. G. ASTM C 140 -Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units; 2005a. H. ASTM D 1970 -Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection; 2001. I. IMIAWC (CW) -Recommended Practices & Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction; International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council; 1993. J. IMIAWC (HW) -Recommended Practices & Guide Specifications for Hot Weather Masonry Construction; International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council; current edition. K. UL (FRD) -Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 1 04 2000 -UNIT MASONRY Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. Product Data: Provide data for masonry units. 07.043 C. Samples: Submit four samples of facing brick units to illustrate color, texture, and extremes of color range. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that masonry units meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with provisions of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 and ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602, except where exceeded by requirements of the contract documents. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Construct a masonry wall as a mock-up panel sized 8 feet long by 6 feet high, which includes mortar and accessories and structural backup. B. Locate where directed. C. Mock-up may not remain as part of the Work. 1.07 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and --- coptamination by other materials. ~ ~ ~,~~. Handle and store concrete block units in pallets with protective covering. Do not remove .----, _ - 'protective covering until ready for installation. ::::.. - I----- __ -- ; -~. ' ' ' 1.09 ENVcfRA_~iMENTAL REQUIREMENTS - R.: ~.. ~- `~ Colsi artd Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with requirements of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 ~ ~ ~-; ~- -- .~. o~app~jcable building code, whichever is more stringent. Cold~ather Requirements: Comply with recommendations of IMIAWC (CW). -.:~ C. Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with IMIAWC (HW). PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. King's Material Inc.: www.kingsmaterial.com. 2. Burd Concrete Products, Inc. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01600 -Product Requirements. B. Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: 1. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 x 8 inches and nominal depths as indicated on the drawings for specific locations. 2. Special Shapes: Provide non-standard blocks configured for corners and other detailed conditions. Provide bullnose units for outside corners. 3. Load-Bearing Units: ASTM C 90, normal weight. a. Hollow block; average fm of 2800 psi on net area at 28 days. b. Exposed faces: Special color and texture, as follows:. c. Rockface Units: Color #1, 400 Beige d. Smooth Units: Color #1, 400 Beige and Color #2, 800 White e. Glazed Units: color to be selected from manufacturer's standard available colors. Acceptable products: 04 2000 -UNIT MASONRY 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restraom Facility 1) Astra-Glaze by Trenwyth Industries 2) Glazed by Premier Block Company 4. Non-Loadbearing Units: ASTM C 129. a. Hollow block, as indicated. b. Normal weight. c. Exposed faces: Match textures and colors of loadbearing units. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Mortar and grout: As specified in Section 04 0511. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Manufacturers of Joint Reinforcement and Anchors: 1. Dur-O-WaI: www.dur-o-wal.com. 2. Heckmann Building Products, Inc: www.heckmannbuildingprods.com. 3. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc: www.h-b.com. 4. Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America: www.wirebond.com. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Reinforcing Steel: Deformed billet-steel bar type, specified in Section 03 2000; size as indicated on drawings; uncoated finish. _. C. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss type; ASTM A 82/A 82M steel wire, hot C.tfp galvanized after fabrication to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B; 0.1483 inch side rods with 0.1483 inch cross rods; width as required to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1l2 inch qf. rr»rtar - coverage on each exposure. - D. Strap Anchors: Bent steel shapes configured as required for specific situations, 1-1/4~in widfli;' 0.105 in thick, lengths as required to provide not more than 1 inch and not less thart.l/Z inch _of mortar coverage from masonry face, corrugated for embedment in masonry joint, hot' dip galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. E. Flexible Anchors: 2-piece anchors that permit differential movement between masonry and building frame, sized to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1/2 inch of mortar coverage from masonry face. F. Masonry Veneer Anchors: 2-piece anchors that permit differential movement between masonry veneer and structural backup, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. 1. Two-Piece Wall Ties: Formed steel wire, 0.1875 inch thick, adjustable, eye and pintle type, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A 153, Class B-1. a. Manufacturers: 1) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Product www.h-b.com. 2) Substitutions: See Section 01600 -Product Requirements. 2. Anchor plates: Not less than 0.075 inch thick, designed for fastening to structural backup through sheathing by two fasteners; provide design with legs that penetrate sheathing and insulation to provide positive anchorage. 3. Wire ties: trapezoidal shape, 0.1875 inch thick. 4. Vertical adjustment: Not less than 2 inches. 2.04 FLASHINGS A. Rubberized Asphalt Flashing: Self-adhering polymer-modified asphalt sheet complying with ASTM D 1970; minimum 0.030 inch total thickness; with cross-linked polyethylene top and bottom surfaces. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Preformed Control Joints: Rubber material. Provide with corner and tee accessories, fused 3 04 2000 -UNIT MASONRY Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 joints. 1. Manufacturers: a. Heckmann Building Products, Inc.; Product No. 352-10, Rubber Control Joint: www.heckmannbuildingprods.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride; oversized 50 percent to joint width; self expanding; 3 inch wide x by maximum lengths available. C. Nailing Strips: Preservative treated softwood, as specified in Section 06 1054. _~ D.'~ Cavity/,Head Joint Vents for veneer installation: Preformed aluminum vents with sloping louvers. 1.. Manufacturers: a.: Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America; Product "Louvered Weepholes": www.wirebond.com. . `'f b. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Product "Wilko" Weep No. 343W: www.h-b.com. ~- - ~ 'c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ~' CayityiVlortar Diverter: Semi-rigid polyethylene or polyester mesh blocks, sized to fill bottom of . wal4 cavity and suspend mortar droppings above weep/cavity vents to allow cavity drainage. _. F. Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry. B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied for installation under other sections. B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.03 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Bond: Running. 2. Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. 3. Mortar Joints: Concave. 3.04 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. C. Interlock intersections and external corners, except for units laid in stack bond. D. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. E. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unshipped 04 2000 -UNIT MASONRY 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. F. Cut mortar joints flush where wall the is scheduled or resilient base is scheduled. G. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint as indicated. 3.05 WEEPS/CAVITY VENTS A. Install polystyrene weep/cavity vents in veneer walls above through-wall flashing, and at bottom of walls. B. Install cavity vents in veneer walls at 16 inches on center horizontally above through-wall flashing, at bottom of walls, and at top of cavity compartments. C. Install cavity mortar diverter at base of cavity and at other flashing locations as recommended by manufacturer to prevent mortar droppings from blocking weep/cavity vents. 3.06 CAVITY MORTAR CONTROL A. Do not permit mortar to drop or accumulate into cavity air space or to plug weep/cavity vents. 3.07 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE-GENERAL A. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings or specified under specific wall type, install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches on center in load bearing walls. B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and bel6v~r openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening. C. Place continuous joint reinforcement in first and second joint below top of walls. D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches. E. Reinforce joint corners and intersections with strap anchors 16 inches on center. F. Fasten anchors to structural framing and embed in masonry joints as masonry is laid. ,;~Jnless ;~, otherwise indicated on drawings or closer spacing is indicated under specific wall type, space anchors at maximum of 36 inches horizontally and 24 inches vertically. 3.08 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE-MASONRYVENEER A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches on center. 3.09 MASONRY FLASHINGS A. Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. 1. Extend flashings full width at such interruptions and at least 4 inches into adjacent masonry or turn up at least 4 inches to form watertight pan at non-masonry construction. 2. Remove or cover protrusions or sharp edges that could puncture flashings. 3. Seal lapped ends and penetrations of flashing before covering with mortar. B. Extend metal flashings through exterior face of masonry and tum down to form drip. Install joint sealer below drip edge to prevent moisture migration under flashing. C. Extend plastic and laminated flashings to within 1/4 inch of exterior face of masonry. D. Lap end joints of flashings at least 4 inches and seal watertight with mastic or elastic sealant. 3.10 LINTELS A. Install loose steel lintels over openings. 5 04 2000 -UNIT MASONRY Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 B. Coordinate location and size of openings to allow for work of other trades to penetrate masonry construction. 1. Miscellaneous openings for ducts, piping and conduit are not generally scheduled or shown on the Drawings; refer to requirements for loose steel lintels in Section 05500. C. Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel lintels are not scheduled. 1. Openings to 42 inches: Place two, No. 5 reinforcing bars 1 inch from bottom web. 2. Openings from 42 inches to 72 inches: Place two, No. 5 reinforcing bars 1 inch from bottom web in 16-inch deep bond beam. 3. Openings over 72 inches: Reinforce openings as detailed. 4. Do not splice reinforcing bars. 5. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position. 6. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. 7. Allow masonry lintels to attain specified strength before removing temporary supports. D. Maintain minimum 8 inch bearing on each side of opening. 3.11 GROUTED COMPONENTS ~.II~7 A ~; Reinforce bond beams with 2, No. 5 bars, 1 inch from bottom web. ~. Reinforce pilasters and grouted cores of CMU with No. 5 bars, placed as detailed. C: - Lap spaces minimum 30 inches. ~. _... D:,-' Suppor>rand secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch of :> dimensioned position. ~~. Place~and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. F. At bearing locations, fill masonry cores with grout for a minimum 12 inches either side of opening. 3.12 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control and expansion joints. B. Install preformed control joint device in continuous lengths. Seal butt and corner joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Size CMU control joints in accordance with Section 07 9005 for sealant performance. 1. Rake joint at exposed unit faces for placement of backer rod and sealant. D. Form brick expansion joints (BEJ) as detailed. 1. Unless indicated otherwise, locate expansion joints within 4 feet of each side of exterior corners and spaced at maximum of 24 feet on center horizontally. 3.13 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames and other items to be built into the work and furnished under other sections. B. Install built-in items plumb, level, and true to line. C. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortarjoints. Fill frame voids solid with grout. 1. Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. D. Do not build into masonry construction organic materials that are subject to deterioration. 3.14 TOLERANCES 04 2000 -UNIT MASONRY 6 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more. C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more. D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30 ft. E. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft. F. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch. 3.15 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, and conduit. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape,and location. B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.16 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and mortar droppings. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.17 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external ~grners w;Jch are subject to damage by construction activities. ` END OF SECTION C r ~ -- _: 7 04 2000 -UNIT MASONRY 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 051200 -STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural steel framing members, support members and struts. B. Base plates, shear stud connectors. C. Grouting under base plates. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05 5000 -Metal Fabrications: Steel fabrications affecting structural steel work. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AISC {MAN) -Steel Construction Manual; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2005. B. AISC S303 -Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2005. C. AISC S348 -Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts; 2004. D. ASTM A 36/A 36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2005. E. ASTM A 108 -Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold Finished; 2003. F. ASTM A 153/A 153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2005. -~ < _; ._: G. ASTM A 307 -Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 P$I Tensile`--_- - .. , Strength; 2004. `._," j -_ H. ASTM A 325 -Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 1201105:_ksi 4 _ Minimum Tensile Strength; 2004b. ~ ` ~ ~ _ `' ; I. ASTM A 325M -Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa ~~ Tensile Strength (Metric); 2005. -. J. ASTM A 500 -Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2003a. K. ASTM A 501 -Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2001 (Reapproved 2005). L. ASTM A 992/A 992M -Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 2004a. M. ASTM C 1107 -Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink); 2005. N. ASTM E 94 -Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination; 2004. O. ASTM E 164 -Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Contact Examination of Weldments; 2003. P. ASTM E 165 -Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination; 2002. Q. ASTM E 709 -Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination; 2001. R. AWS A2.4 -Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 1998. S. AWS D1.1/D1.1M -Structural Welding Code -Steel; American Welding Society; 2006. T. SSPC-Paint 15 -Steel Joist Shop Primer; Society for Protective Coatings; 1999 (Ed. 2004). 1 05 1200 -STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings:. 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, locations of structural members, openings, attachments, and fasteners. 2. Connections. 3. Indicate cambers. 4. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC "Steel Construction Manual." B. „,,_~~omply with Section 10 of AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for ~y -3architeet~ratly exposed structural steel. ,~ C: :=Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five year. of_documented experience. PART ~1`~ PROD~J~TS 2.01 MATERIALS A= Steel~A~gles, Plates, and Channels: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Rolled Steel Structural Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M. C. Cold-Formed Structural Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. D. Hot-Formed Structural Tubing: ASTM A 501, seamless or welded. E. Shear Stud Connectors: Made from ASTM A 108 Grade 1015 bars. F. Structural Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, ASTM A 307, Grade A galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. G. High-Strength Structural Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, medium carbon, galvanized. H. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM A 307, Grade C; galvanized to ASTM A153/A153M, Class C. I. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. J. Grout: Non-shrink, non-metallic aggregate type, complying with ASTM C 1107 and capable of developing a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psi at 28 days. K. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible. B. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Grind exposed welds smooth. C. Fabricate connections for bolt, nut, and washer connectors. D. Develop required camber for members. 05 1200 -STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 2 07.043 2.03 FINISH Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Prepare structural component surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP 3. B. Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be fireproofed, field welded, in contact with concrete, or high strength bolted. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS A. Welded Connections: Visually inspect all shop-welded connections and test at least percent of welds using one of the following: 1. Radiographic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E 94. 2. Ultrasonic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E 164. 3. Liquid penetrant inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E 165. 4. Magnetic particle inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E 709. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that conditions are appropriate for erection of structural steel and that the work may properly proceed. 3.02 ERECTION A. Erect structural steel in compliance with AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges". ~. _, B. Allow for erection loads, and provide sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structtJCe in safe,,, condition, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation ~f pe~ma~ient bracing. ~ - - r~., C. Field weld components and shear studs indicated on shop drawings. =_ D. Use carbon steel bolts only for temporary bracing during construction, unless otherwise specifically permitted on drawings. Install high-strength bolts in accordance with AISC: . "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts". E. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. F. Grout solidly between column plates and bearing surfaces, complying with manufacturer's instructions for nonshrink grout. Trowel grouted surfaces smooth, splaying neatly to 45 degrees. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000. B. Welded Connections: Visually inspect all field-welded connections. END OF SECTION i 3 05 1200 -STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 07.043 SECTION 055000 -METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel items. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal fabrications in concrete. B. Section 04 2000 -Unit Masonry: Placement of metal fabrications in masonry. C. Section 09 9000 -Painting and Coating: Paint finish. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 36/A 36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2005. B. ASTM A 53/A 53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2005. C. ASTM A 123/A 123M -Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2002. ~= D. ASTM A 153/A 153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron a~id'Steel u~; Hardware; 2005. - ~.. E. ASTM A 307 -Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSrI Tensile ~ ~ -= i Strength; 2004. - F. ASTM A 500 -Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel = - Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2003a. G. ASTM A 666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainfiess Steel, _~. Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2000. H. AWS A2.4 -Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 1998. I. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M -Structural Welding Code -Steel; American Welding Society; 2006. J. SSPC-Paint 15 -Steel Joist Shop Primer; Society for Protective Coatings; 1999 (Ed. 2004). K. SSPC-Paint 20 -Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS -CARBON STEEL A. Steel Sections: ASTM A 572 or A 36.. B. Steel Tubing (HSS): ASTM A 500, Grade Bcold-formed structural tubing. 1 05 5000 -METAL FABRICATIONS Napoleon Park Concession 8~ Restroom Facility 07.043 C. Plates: ASTM A 36. D. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black and hot-dip galvanized finish, as indicated. E. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M where connecting galvanized components. F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. G. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. H. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I -Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. D.., Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt ~, 'tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E'~ ~' SupfSly domponents required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related - components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. { TAD ITEMS 2:03 ~ABRICA ,q;. e Lintels: =As detailed; galvanized finish. 2.04 l~tCw11SHESI -STEEL A. Prime paint all steel items. 1. Exceptions: Galvanize items to be embedded in concrete or masonry and items specified for Galvanized finish. 2. Exceptions: Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete, where field welding is required, and items to be covered with sprayed fireproofing. B. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. C. Prime Painting: One coat. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. D. Galvanizing of Structural Steel Members: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A 123/A 123M requirements. Provide minimum 1.7 ozJsq ft galvanized coating. E. Galvanizing of Non-structural Items: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A 123/A 123M requirements. 2.05 FABRICATIONTOLERANCES A. Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B. Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch. C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E. Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. 05 5000 -METAL FABRICATIONS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F. After erection, prime abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. <. % ..-. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. .- - END OF SECTION 3 05 5000 -METAL FABRICATIONS 07.043 SECTION 061000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-structural dimension lumber framing. B. Wall and roof sheathing. C. Preservative treated wood materials. D. Fire retardant treated wood materials. E. Miscellaneous framing and sheathing. Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility F. Communications and electrical room mounting boards. G. Concealed wood blocking, Hailers, and supports. H. Miscellaneous wood Hailers, furring, and grounds. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AFPA T10 -Wood Frame Construction Manual; American Forest and Paper Association; 2001. B. ASTM A 153/A 153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2005. C. ASTM E 84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; ~. 2005. ' - . - ~ _ _._ D. AWPA C2 -Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties --Preservative Treatment by ~Pressuce~ Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2002. - , E. AWPA C9 -Plywood -- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American t_ - Wood-Preservers' Association; 2003. - ~ ~ ____.; F. AWPA C20 -Structural Lumber-- Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes; Americana, Wood-Preservers' Association; 2002. - G. AWPA C27 -Plywood -- Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2002. H. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2006. I. PS 20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology (Department of Commerce); 2005. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that wood products supplied for rough carpentry meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and approved grading rules and inspection agencies. 1. Acceptable Lumber Inspection Agencies: Any agency with rules approved by American Lumber Standards Committee. 2. Lumber of other species or grades, or graded by other agencies, is acceptable provided structural and appearance characteristics are equivalent to or better than products specified. 1 06 1000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 07.043 A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. B. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Prevent exposure to precipitation during shipping, storage, or installation. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise ._ . `~ . - indicated. Br Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02~~1~IMENSfQN LUMBER .. . f Ai 5izes~ Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. .e _, B. Moi~tyre Content: S-dry or MC19. c_.; _ .._ C. Stud Framing (2 x 2 through 2 x 6 ): 1. Species: Spruce-Pine-Fir. 2. Grade: No. 2. D. Joist, Rafter, and Small Beam Framing (2 x 8 through 2 x 12 ): 1. Species: Douglas Fir-Larch. 2. Grade: No. 2. E. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Sheathing: APA Structural I Rated Sheathing, Exterior Exposure Class, and as follows: 1. Structural 1. 2. Span Rating: 32/16. 3. Thickness: 1/2 inch, nominal. B. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Interior grade, A-D plywood, or medium density fiberboard; 3/4 inch thick; flame spread index of 25 or less, smoke developed index of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length three times thickness of sheathing. B. Sill Gasket on Top of Foundation Wall: 1/4 inch thick, plate width, closed cell plastic foam from 06 1000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility continuous rolls. 2.05 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 -Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements. 2. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Interior Type A: AWPA Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H (Treatment C20 for lumber and C27 for plywood), low temperature (low hygroscopic) type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread rating of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated . c. Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may become wet. ~~ C. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA Use Category UC3B,~ Commodity Specification A (Treatment C2) using waterborne preservative to 0.25 Ili/cu ft ~ s retention. -_ ` 1. Kiln dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent 2. Treat lumber in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing. 3. Treat lumber in contact with masonry or concrete. ~- ~ ~ < =. 4. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Plywood Above Grade: AWPA Use Catego,,:ry UC2^apd UC36, Commodity Specification F (Treatment C9) using waterborne preservative to 0.25..> Ib/cu ft retention. a. Kiln dry plywood after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. b. Treat plywood in contact with masonry or concrete. c. Treat plywood in other locations as indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would lower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. B. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. 3 06 1000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility C. Install structural members full length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed. D. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and spacing indicated, but not less than required by applicable codes and AFPA Wood Frame Construction Manual. E. Install horizontal spanning members with crown edge up and not less than 1-1/2 inches of bearing at each end. 07.043 F. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings and under wall stud partitions that are parallel to floor joists; use metal joist hangers unless otherwise detailed. G. Frame wall openings with two or more studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs. 3.03 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS WOOD A. Place sill gasket directly on cementitious foundation. Puncture gasket cleanly and fit tightly to protruding foundation anchor bolts. B. Coordinate installation of wood decking and glue laminated structural units. C. Curb roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form corners by alternating lapping side members. D. Coordinate curb installation with installation of decking and support of deck openings. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Sheathing: Secure panels perpendicular to framing members, with ends staggered and sheet ends over firm bearing. 1. Use sheathing clips between roof framing members. 2. Provide solid edge blocking between sheets. 3. Nail panels to framing; staples are not permitted. B. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Secure with screws to studs with edges over firm; space fasteners at maximum 24 inches on center on all. edges and into studs in field of board. 1. At fire-rated walls, install board over wall board indicated as part of the fire-rated assembly. 2. Where boards are indicated as full floor-to-ceiling height, install with long edge of board parallel to studs. 3. Install adjacent boards without gaps. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum. B. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum. 06 1000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 061753 -SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated wood trusses for roof framing. B. Bridging, bracing, and anchorage. C. Preservative treatment of wood. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Material requirements for blocking, bridging, plates, and miscellaneous framing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2005a. B. AWPA C2 -Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties -- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2002. C. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; America~F-~, m_ Wood-Preservers' Association; 2006. D. TPI 1 -National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction;:Truss ~..;; Plate Institute; 2002 and errata (ANSI/TP1 1). ~- E. TPI DSB-89 -Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of MetafPlate Connected Wood Trusses; Truss Plate Institute; 1989. F. BCSI 1 -Building Component Safety Information Booklet: The Guide to Good Prac;Yirse for - -. Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses; joint publication of th`e Truss Plate Institute and the Wood Trust Council of America; 2006. G. TPI HIB-91 -Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses; Truss Plate Institute; 1991. H. WWPA G-5 -Western Lumber Grading Rules; Western Wood Products Association; 2005. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with applicable code for structural loading criteria and fire retardant requirements. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on plate connectors, bearing plates, and metal bracing components. C. Shop Drawings: Show truss configurations, sizes, spacing, size and type of plate connectors, cambers, framed openings, bearing and anchor details, and bridging and bracing. 1. Submit design calculations. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Truss Design, Fabrication, and Installation: In accordance with TPI 1, TPI DSB-89, and SCSI 1. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1 06 1753 -SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 C. Designer Qualifications: Perform design by or under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in Iowa. D. Pressure Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle and erect trusses in accordance with BCSI 1. B. Store trusses in vertical position resting on bearing ends. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements areas indicated on shop drawings. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber: B. Lumber Grading Rules: WWPA G-5. C. ' Wood,AAembers, single top and bottom chord: Moisture content between 7 and 19 percent; StressGroup No. 1 . Finger scarfing permitted. D:= Steil-F~onnectors: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M Structural Steel ' ~ (SS) Trade 33/230, with G90/Z275 coating; die stamped with integral teeth; thickness as ~p,~ rdquit~d• ~.. _ ~; Tfuss Bridging: Type, size and spacing recommended by truss manufacturer. 2.02 `~/fiCCES~t~jRIES _..._ ._, A. Wood Blocking: Softwood lumber, S/P/F species, construction grade, 19 percent maximum and 7 percent minimum moisture content. B. Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel, type to suit application. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate trusses to achieve structural requirements specified. B. Brace wood trusses in accordance with TPI DSB-89 and BCSI 1. 2.04 WOOD TREATMENT A. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber: AWPA U1, Use Category UC3B, Commodity Specification A (Treatment C2) using waterborne preservative to 0.25 Ib/cu ft retention. 1. Kiln dry after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that supports and openings are ready to receive trusses. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of bearing items. 3.03 ERECTION A. Install trusses in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and TPI DSB-89 and BCSI 1; 06 1753 -SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility maintain a copy of each TPI document on site until installation is complete. B. Set members level and plumb, in correct position. C. Make provisions for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. D. Install permanent bridging and bracing. E. Frame openings between trusses with lumber in accordance with Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry. F. Coordinate placement of decking with work of this section. G. After erection, touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc primer. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/2 inch maximum, from true position. END OF SECTION 3 06 1753 -SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 07.043 SECTION 062000 -FINISH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Finish carpentry items. B. Wood casings and moldings. C. Plywood soffit and fascia 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09 9000 -Painting and Coating: Painting and finishing of finish carpentry items. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AWIIAWMAC (QSI) -Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; Architectural Woodwork Institute and Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; 2006, 8th Ed., Version 2.0. B. AWPA C2 -Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties --Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2002. C. PS 20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology:''. (Department of Commerce); 2005. ~ -~ ~~"' 1.04 SUBMITTALS ~ _ ... A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. - ~ ~ { B. Product Data: ~- 1. Provide instructions for attachment hardware and finish hardware. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing dEtails, '~. accessories, to a minimum scale of 1-1l2 inch to 1 ft. D. Samples: Submit two samples of finished wood 12 inch long. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with AWI Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Custom grade. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect work from moisture damage. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with installation of associated and adjacent components. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Interior trim and ceiling molding: poplar (quality suitable for opaque finish) 2.03 SHEET MATERIALS A. Soffit and fascia: 5!8" treated Cedar plywood; exterior grade 1 06 2000 -FINISH CARPENTRY Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 2.04 FASTENERS A. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application; Paint finish in concealed locations and paint finish in exposed locations. B. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Lumber for Shimming, Blocking, and Backing: Softwood Lumber of S/P/F species. B. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color. 2.06 WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative by Pressure Treatment (PT Type): AWPA Treatment C2 using water borne preservative with 0.25 percent retainage. B. Redry wood after pressure treatment to maximum percent moisture content. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. B. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand work smooth. B. Site Finishing: See Section 09 9000 -Paintings and Coatings. C. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials. END OF SECTION ', , _~; 06 2000 -FINISH CARPENTRY 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 064100 -ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specially fabricated cabinet units. B. Cabinet hardware. C. Preparation for installing utilities. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 12 3600 -Countertops. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A208.1 -American National Standard for Particleboard; 1999. B. ANSI A208.2 -American National Standard for Medium Density Fiberboard for Interior Use; 2002. C. AWI/AWMAC (QSI) -Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; Architectural Woodwork Institute and Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; 2006, 8th Ed., Version 2.0. D. BHMA A156.9 -American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2003 (ANSI/BHMA A156.9). ~~"; E. NEMA LD 3 -High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; National Electrical Manufacturers.- _ Association; 2005. ~~. F. PS 20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and T~ch~ology Y. (Department of Commerce); 2005. 1.04 SUBMITTALS `• A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ~ _ B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles and elevations, assembly methods, joint details, fastening methods, accessory listings, hardware location and schedule of finishes. C. Product Data: Provide data for hardware accessories. D. Samples: Submit actual samples of architectural cabinet construction, minimum 12 inches square, illustrating proposed cabinet and shelf unit substrate and finish. E. Samples: Submit actual sample items of proposed pulls, hinges, shelf standards, and locksets, demonstrating hardware design, quality, and finish. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Custom quality, unless other quality is indicated for specific items. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect units from moisture damage. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. During and after installation of custom cabinets, maintain temperature and humidity conditions 1 06 4100 -ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 in building spaces at same levels planned for occupancy. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Softwood Lumber: NIST PS 20; Graded in accordance with AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Grade II/Custom; average moisture content of 5-10 percent; species as follows: 1. Concealed Surfaces: Species Poplar. 2.03 PANEL MATERIALS A. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1; medium density industrial type as specified in AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, composed of wood chips bonded with interior grade adhesive under heat and pressure; sanded faces; thickness as required; use for components indicated on drawings. B. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2; type as specified in AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; composed of wood fibers pressure bonded with moisture resistant adhesive to suit application; sanded faces; thickness as required. 1. Use for painted components and concealed components. 2. Use as backing for plastic laminate unless otherwise indicated. 2.04 LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Formica Corporation: www.formica.com. 2. Panolam Industries International, Inc\Nevamar: www.nevamar.com. 3. Wilsonart International, Inc: www.wilsonart.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. k ~~. $; High P[essure Decorative Laminate (HPDL): NEMA LD 3, types as recommended for specific '. ' applications and as follows: 1. _ ' Horizontal Surfaces: HGS, 0.048 inch nominal thickness, colors as scheduled, finish as ,ScFieduled. ,~.'.a 2. We7tical Surfaces: VGS, 0.028 inch nominal thickness, colors as scheduled, finish as R _ scheduled. 3. ~ .-Cabinet Liner: CLS, 0.020 inch nominal thickness, through color, colors as scheduled, `~=7 fitgis'h as scheduled. L ~~4. Laminate Backer: BKL, 0.020 inch nominal thickness, undecorated; for application to concealed backside of panels faced with high pressure decorative laminate. 2.05 COUNTERTOPS A. Plastic Laminate Countertops: Specified in Section 12 3600 -Countertops. B. Stainless Steel Countertops: Specified in Section 12 3600 -Countertops. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by fabricator to suit application. B. Plastic Edge Banding: Extruded 3 mm PVC, flat shaped; smooth finish; of width to match component thickness, color as selected from manufacturer's standards. 1. Use at all exposed cabinet edges. 2. Use at all exposed shelf edges. 06 4100 -ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 3. Use at door and drawer edges. C. Vinyl Countertop Edge: PVC anchor type tee-molding specified in Section 12 3600 - Countertops. D. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application. E. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit application; galvanized or chrome-plated finish in concealed locations and stainless steel, or chrome-plated finish in exposed locations. F. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel. G. Grommets: Standard plastic or painted metal grommets for cut-outs, in color to match adjacent surface. 2.07 HARDWARE A. Hardware: BHMA A156.9, types as recommended by fabricator for quality grade specified. B. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Standard side-mounted system using recessed metal shelf standards or multiple holes for pin supports and coordinated self rests, satin chrome finish, for nominal 1 inch spacing adjustments. C. Drawer Pulls: "U" shaped wire pull, steel with chrome finish, 4 inch centers. D. Cabinet Locks: Keyed cylinder, two keys per lock, master keyed, steel with satin finish. E. Drawer Slides: ~ ' -- 1. Type: Full extension. : `' ,r ' `- :- 2. Static Load Capacity: Heavy Duty grade. " ~~ - ,--. ~ 3. Mounting: Side mounted. - - 4. Stops: Integral type. 5. Features: Provide self closing/stay closed type. - 6. Manufacturers: a. Accuride International, Inc: www.accuride.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ~ - 2.08 FABRICATION A. Cabinet Style: Flush overlay. B. Cabinet Doors and Drawer Fronts: Flush style. C. Drawer Construction Technique: Lock shoulder joints. D. Assembly: Shop assemble cabinets for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. E. Edging: Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with specified edging. Do not use more than one piece for any single length. F. Fitting: When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide matching trim for scribing and site cutting. G. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from sink cut-outs. 1. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. 2. Cap exposed plastic laminate finish edges with plastic trim. H. Mechanically fasten back splash to countertops with steel brackets at 16 inches on center. 3 06 4100 -ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 I. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Prime paint cut edges. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify location and sizes of utility rough-in associated with work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Set and secure custom cabinets in place, assuring that they are rigid, plumb, and level. B. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units. C. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1 /32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. D. Secure cabinets to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. E. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations. Conceal with solid wood plugs of species to match surrounding wood; finish flush with surrounding surfaces. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust installed work. B. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. END OF SECTION ~ ~` / _` ~ti~ 06 4100 -ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 4 07.043 SECTION 071900 -WATER REPELLENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Water repellents applied to exterior masonry surfaces. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product description. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention; cautionary procedures required during application. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE ,._, A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products ~p~cified iris; this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section-with minimum 3 years experience. - 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS - A. Protect liquid materials from freezing. •~ B. Do not apply water repellent when ambient temperature is lower than 50 degrees F or higher ~~- than 100 degrees F. C. Do not apply water repellents when wind velocity is higher than 5 mph. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Water Repellents: 1. Huls America Inc., Somerset, NJ; Tel: (800) 828-0919; Fax: (908) 560-6970 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Water Repellent: Silane based; colorless. 1. VOC Content: Less than 600 g/L, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3690 or D 5095. 2. Active Content by Volume: 40 percent, minimum. 3. Moisture Absorption Resistance when Applied to Masonry: Reduce moisture absorption by 92 percent. 4. 10-year manufacturer's warranty 5. Product: "Chem-trete PB" manufactured by Huls America Inc.. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify joint sealants are installed and cured. 1 07 1900 -WATER REPELLENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 C. Manufacture-trained representative shall verify surfaces to be coated are dry, clean, and free of efflorescence, oil, or other matter detrimental to application of water repellent. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces to be coated as recommended by water repellent manufacturer for best results. B. Do not start work until masonry mortar substrate is cured a minimum of 60 days. C. Remove loose particles and foreign matter. D. If necessary remove oil and foreign substances with a chemical solvent that will not affect water repellent. E. If necessary scrub and rinse surfaces with water and let dry. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply water repellent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using procedures and application methods recommended for best results. B. Apply two coats, minimum. 3.04 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT WORK A. Protect adjacent landscaping, property, and vehicles from drips and overspray. B. Protect adjacent surfaces not intended to receive water repellent. C. Remove water repellent from unintended surfaces immediately by a method instructed by water repellent manufacturer. END OF SECTION _; 4 : ~ _ ., . _. _? L 07 1900 -WATER REPELLENTS 2 07.043 SECTION 072100 -THERMAL INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Board insulation at perimeter foundation wall. Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. Batt insulation and vapor retarder in exterior ceiling construction. C. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces and crevices in exterior wall and roof. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Supporting construction for batt insulation. B. Section 07 2500 -Weather Barriers: Separate vapor retarder materials. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 578 -Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation; 2005a. B. ASTM C 665 -Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2001. C. ASTM E 84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;-__,. 2005. C^' r_ , D. ASTM E 136 -Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace At 75.0 Degrees C; 2004. --- _, 1.04 SUBMITTALS - A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. : - - - B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include information on special environmental conditions required for installation and installation techniques. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with Section 07 2500 for installation of vapor retarder. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Chemical Co: www.dow.com. 2. Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 3. Pactiv Building Products: www.pactivbuildingproducts.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type IV; Extruded polystyrene board with natural skin surfaces; with the following characteristics: 1. Flame Spread Index: 75 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 3. Board Size: 48 x 96 inch. 4. Board Thickness: 1-1/2 inches as indicated on Drawings. 1 07 2100 -THERMAL INSULATION Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 5. Board Edges: Tongue-and-groove. 6. Compressive Resistance: 25 psi. 7. Board Density: 1.6 Ib/cu ft. 8. Water Absorption, maximum: 0.3 percent, volume. 2.02 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 2. Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. 3. Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Batt Insulation: ASTM C 665; preformed roll; friction fit, conforming to the following: 1. Combustibility: Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136, except for facing, if any. 2. Formaldehyde Content: Zero. 3. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Facing: Unfaced. ~. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of 25 or less; smoke developed index of 5U or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. Y.fl3 ACCESSORIES A..-rSheaf;Vapor Retarder: Specified in Section 07 2500 -Weather Barriers. ~' .. B. s--~Mem6rarie Tape: Rubberized asphalt laminated to polyethylene film, self-adhering type, 3 'pinches wide. ~° 1. TfiioJcness: 20 mils. .12. Aci;~ptable product: "Polyguard Styro Tape" manufactured by Polyguard Products, tnc.: www.e-polyguard.com. C. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates are ready to receive insulation. B. Verify substrate surfaces are flat, free of fins or irregularities. 3.02 BOARD INSTALLATION AT FOUNDATION PERIMETER A. Install Type IV boards vertically against exterior face of foundation perimeter over waterproofing membrane. 1. Place boards unbonded against foundation walls. 2. Butt edges and ends tightly to adjacent boards and to protrusions. B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. 3.03 GATT INSTALLATION A. Install insulation and vapor retarder in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in exterior wall, roof, and ceiling spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. D. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services 07 2100 -THERMAL INSULATION 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility within the plane of the insulation. E. At wood framing, place vapor retarder on warm side of insulation by stapling at 6 inches on center. Lap and seal sheet retarder joints over member face. F. Tape seal tears or cuts in vapor retarder. G. Extend vapor retarder tightly to full perimeter of adjacent window and door frames and other items interrupting the plane of the membrane. Tape seal in place. H. Coordinate work of this section with requirements for vapor retarder specified in Section 07 2500. 3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit installed insulation to be damaged prior to its concealment. END OF SECTION ,., ._ 3 07 2100 -THERMAL INSULATION 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 072123 -LOOSE FILL INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Granular insulation in cells of concrete masonry unit walls. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04 2000 -Unit Masonry: Masonry wall system to receive loose fill insulation 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 549 -Standard Specification for Perlite Loose Fill Insulation; 2002. B. ASTM E 84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2005. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures for preparation and installation. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate placement of insulation with installation of masonry. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Perlite Insulation: ~ , 1. Member of Perlite Institute: www.perlite.org. 2. World Minerals Inc (Harborlite): www.worldminerals.com. -.- 3. Redco II: www.perlite.net/redco. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS -~ A. Granular Insulation: ASTM C 549, perlite type, water repellent, fire resistant; flame spread/smoke developed index of 0/0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation are dry and ready to receive insulation. B. Verify spaces are free of mortar to allow free flow of insulation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Verify holes and openings have been sealed to prevent escape of insulation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Place as wall is erected. Completely fill spaces. 1 07 2123 -LOOSE FILL INSULATION Napoleon Park Concession 8~ Restroom Facility END OF SECTION -, E'', ._ _ _ _ ~_ , , j t ~~ - ~..1 .. P ` 5 L"•J 07.043 07 2123 -LOOSE FILL INSULATION 2 07.043 SECTION 072500 -WEATHER BARRIERS PART1 GENERAL Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Vapor Retarders: Materials to make ceilings, joints between exterior walls and roof and concrete slabs-on-grade water vapor-resistant. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 2100 -Thermal Insulation: Vapor retarder facing on batt insulation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 4397 -Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications; 2002. B. ASTM E 96/E 96M -Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2005. C. ASTM E 1745 -Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 1997 (Reapproved 2004). 1.04 SUBMITTALS .,- A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ::__ B. Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation. - 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Vapor Permeability (Perm): Measure in accordance with ASTM E 96 Procedure E PART2 PRODUCTS ~ ~.. 2.01 SHEET SEAL MATERIALS A. Sheet Seal Type 1: Multi-layer, fabric-, cord-, grid-, oraluminum-reinforced polyethylene or equivalent, complying with ASTM E 1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for application indicated. Single ply polyethylene is prohibited. 1. Acceptable Products: a. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Sheet Seal Type 2: ASTM D 4397 polyethylene film reinforced with glass fiber square mesh, clear. 1. Thickness: 10 mil. 2. Maximum Vapor Permeability (Perm): 0.1 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Tape: Pressure sensitive type as recommended and provided by membrane manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install sheet seal Type 1 directly under interior concrete slabs-on-grade. 1 07 2500 -WEATHER BARRIERS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 1. Use largest sheet size practical to minimize joints. Lap edges 6 inches and seal with tape. 2. Provide continuous sealed barrier at junction of floor with walls. Lap sheet seal onto flexible flashing material adhered to wall and extending 6 inches under slab. Tape seal lap. C. In ceilings, attach sheet seal Type 2 to inside stud faces with pressure-sensitive tape. Lap edges over stud faces, seal laps with tape. Lap ends onto adjacent construction; seal ends with sealant. END OF SECTION -~, v _ r,. ', -, _ °_.J 07 2500 -WEATHER BARRIERS 2 07.043 SECTION 074113 -METAL ROOF PANELS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Architectural roofing system of preformed steel panels. B. Fastening system. C. Factory finishing. D. Flexible sheet membranes for underlayment. E. Accessories and miscellaneous components. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Plywood roof sheathing. B. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Field-installed sealants. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 792/A 792M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process; 2005. B. ASTM D 226 -Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing; 2005. - 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. - B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: „_,. - 1. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 2. Installation methods. 3. Specimen warranty. C. Shop Drawings: Include layouts of roof panels, details of edge and penetration conditions, spacing and type of connections, flashings, underlayments, and special conditions. 1. Show work to be field-fabricated orfield-assembled. D. Selection Samples: For each roofing system specified, submit color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. E. Verification Samples: For each roofing system specified, submit samples of minimum size 12 inches square, representing actual roofing metal, thickness, profile, color, and texture. 1. Include typical panel joint in sample. F. Test Reports: Indicate compliance of preformed metal roofing system to specified requirements. G. Warranty: Submit specified manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in City of Iowa City's name and are registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in the manufacture of roofing systems similar to those required for this project, with not less than 5 years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company trained and authorized by roofing system manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store roofing panels on project site as recommended by manufacturer to minimize damage to 1 07 4113 -METAL ROOF PANELS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 panels prior to installation. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Finish Warranty: Provide manufacturer's special warranty covering failure of factory-applied exterior finish on metal roof panels and agreeing to repair or replace panels that show evidence of finish degradation, including significant fading, chalking, cracking, or peeling within specified warranty period of 20 year period from date of Substantial Completion. C. Waterproofing Guarantee: Provide Installer's guarantee of weathertightness of roofing system, including agreement to repair or replace roofing that fails to keep out water within specified warranty period of 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Design is based on "Snap-on Standing Seam" panels, manufactured by Petersen Aluminum Corporation: www.pac-clad.com. B. Acceptable manufacturers are: 1. Architectural Building Components: www.archmetalroof.com. 2. ATAS International, Inc: www.atas.com. 3. C'' Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 ~-iEtCHJTECTURALROOF PANELS A. Performance Requirements: Provide complete engineered system complying with specified a_ requirements and capable of remaining weathertight while withstanding anticipated movement of ,.~ substrta$e and thermally induced movement of roofing system. S: M tal Roofing: Factory-formed panels with factory-applied finish. -- 1 ~~ ~ti~el Panels: :;; a: ~ Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel conforming to ASTM A 792/A 792M; minimum AZ50 coating. b. Steel Thickness: Minimum 0.023 inch (24 gage). 2. Profile: Standing seam, with minimum 1.0 inch seam height; concealed fastener system for snap-on application of matching standing seam batten. 3. Texture: Smooth. 4. Length: Full length of roof slope unless otherwise indicated on drawings. 5. Width: Maximum panel coverage of 18 inches. 2.03 ATTACHMENTSYSTEM A. Concealed System: Provide manufacturer's recommended high-performance concealed anchor clips designed for specific roofing system and engineered to meet performance requirements, including anticipated thermal movement. UL I-90 clips. 2.04 PANEL FINISH A. Kynar 500: Manufacturer's standard multi-coat thermocured coating system, including minimum 70 percent fluoropolymer color topcoat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.9 mil; color and gloss as selected from manufacturer's standards. 2.05 ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Items: Provide flashings, trim, moldings, closure strips, caps, and 07 4113 -METAL ROOF PANELS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility similar sheet metal items of the same material, thickness, and finish as used for the roofing panels. Items completely concealed after installation may optionally be made of stainless steel. B. Rib and Ridge Closures: Provide prefabricated, close-fitting components of combination steel and closed-cell foam. Ridge/Peak vent. C. Sealants: Elastomeric type containing no oil or asphalt. 1. Exposed sealant must cure to rubber-like consistency. 2. Concealed sealant must be non-hardening type. 3. Seam sealant must be factory-applied, non-skinning, non-drying type. D. Underlayment for Wood Substrate: ASTM D 226 roofing felt, Type II ("No. 30"). 2.06 FABRICATION A. Panels: Fabricate panels and accessory items at factory, using manufacturer's standard processes as required to achieve specified appearance and performance requirements. B. Joints: Factory-install captive gaskets, sealants, or separator strips at panel joints to provide weathertight seals, eliminate metal-to-metal contact, and minimize noise from panel movements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION - r -~; A. Do not begin installation of preformed metal roof panels until substrates have been properly prepared. - - 4 B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of u_r~rsatisfactQF'y preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION ~~ A. Broom clean wood sheathing prior to installation of sheet underlayment. B. Coordinate roofing work with provisions for roof drainage, flashing, trim, penetrations, and other adjoining work to assure that the completed roof will be free of leaks. C. Separate dissimilar metals by applying a bituminous coating, self-adhering rubberized asphalt sheet, or other permanent method approved by roof panel manufacturer. D. Where metal will be in contact with wood or other absorbent material subject to wetting, seal joints with sealing compound and apply one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Overall: Install roofing system in accordance with approved shop drawings and panel manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, as applicable to specific project conditions. Anchor all components of roofing system securely in place while allowing for thermal and structural movement. 1. Install roofing system with concealed clips and fasteners, except as otherwise recommended by manufacturer for specific circumstances. 2. Minimize field cutting of panels. Where field cutting is absolutely required, use methods that will not distort panel profiles. Use of torches for field cutting is absolutely prohibited. B. Accessories: Install alt components required for a complete roofing assembly, including flashings, trim, moldings, closure strips, caps, equipment curbs, rib closures, ridge closures, peak vent, and similar roof accessory items. C. Underlayment: Install roofing felt and building paper slip sheet on roof deck before installing preformed metal roof panels. Secure by methods acceptable to roof panel manufacturer, minimizing use of metal fasteners. Apply from eaves to ridge in shingle fashion, overlapping 3 07 4113 -METAL ROOF PANELS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 horizontal joints a minimum of 2 inches and side and end laps a minimum of 3 inches. Offset seams in building paper and seams in roofing felt. D. Roof Panels: Install panels in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions, minimizing transverse joints except at junction with penetrations. 1. Incorporate concealed clips at panel joints, and apply subsequent panels to provide continuous interlocked, weathertight standing seams. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed sheet metal work at completion of installation. Remove grease and oil films, excess joint sealer, handling marks, and debris from installation, leaving the work clean and unmarked, free from dents, creases, waves, scratch marks, or other damage to the finish. B. Do not permit storage of materials or roof traffic on installed roof panels. Provide temporary walkways or planks as necessary to avoid damage to completed work. Protect roofing until completion of project. C. Touch-up, repair, or replace damaged roof panels or accessories before date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION -~~ ..~ _ _ ~,;, ""r _ ... _. ~- C'-J 07 4113 -METAL ROOF PANELS 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 076200 -SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings, counterflashings, and trim. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking forming substrates for metal profiles. B. Section 07 4113 -Metal Roofing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2005a. B. SMACNA (ASMM) -Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; 2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods,' =. flashings, terminations, and installation details. ~ ' C. Samples: Submit two samples 12 inches long in size illustrating metal profile and finish/color.; r- 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE - A. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual requirements and, standard details, except as otherwise indicated. B. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in sheet metal work with•five ye8rs of documented experience. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Pre-Finished Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum 0.02 inch thick base metal, shop pre-coated with modified silicone coating. 1. Finish and color to match metal roof panels. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, with soft neoprene washers. B. Primer: Zinc chromate type. C. Protective Backing Paint: Zinc molybdate alkyd. D. Sealant: Type -polyurethane specified in Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet, minimum 6 inches wide, interlocking with sheet. C. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners. 1 07 6200 -SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Napoleon Park Concession 8~ Restroom Facility 07.043 E. Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated. At moving joints, use sealed lapped, bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams. F. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. G. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch (6 mm) and hemmed to form drip. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, reglets in place, and nailing strips located. B. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. B. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. 6. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings. C. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. D. Seal metal joints watertight. END OF SECTION ~-~ m._~ _. ,~.. ~ . 07 6200 -SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 079005 -JOINT SEALERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. B. Precompressed foam sealers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 2500 -Weather Barriers: Sealants required in conjunction with vapor retarders: 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 834 -Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2005. B. ASTM C 920 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2005. C. ASTM C 1193 -Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2005a. D. ASTM D 1667 -Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials--Poly(Vinyl Chloride) Foam (Closed-Cell); 2005. .,.. .- , E. BAAQMD 8-51 -Bay Area Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51, Adhesive and Sealant Products; www.baagmd.gov; current edition. F. SCAQMD 1168 -South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; currerj#. edition;', '' www.agmd.gov. - 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product List: Provide schedule of proposed sealants recommended by the manufacturer as being acceptable for use in the intended application and with the substrates with which it will come into contact. C. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, and color availability. D. Samples: Submit two samples, 1/4x2 inch in size illustrating sealant colors for selection. E. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: Indicate materials and products which were tested by sealant manufacturer for compatibility and adhesion with sealants. Include interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance, and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation necessary for adhesion. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and surface preparation. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to sealant manufacturer, samples of materials and products that will contact and affect sealant installation and performance; test for compatibility and adhesion. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 07 9005 -JOINT SEALERS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Silicone Sealants: 1. Dow Corning Corp: www.dowcorning.com. 2. GE Plastics: www.geplastics.com. 3. BASF Construction Chemicals, Inc: www.chemrex.com. 4. Tremco, Inc: www.tremcosealants.com. _, 5. ;Product u~ 6. <Suubstitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ~, ~ Polyure3thane Sealants: 1. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 2 BASF Construction Chemicals, Inc: www.chemrex.com. °~, c'*~a 3., 'f:~emco, Inc: www.tremcosealants.com. 4. - Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. Acryli,r Sealants: •~_: 1. Tr'8mco, Inc: www.tremcosealants.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. D. Butyl Sealants: 1. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 2. Tremco, Inc: www.tremcosealants.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. E. Acrylic Emulsion Latex Sealants: 1. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 2. BASF Construction Chemicals, Inc: www.chemrex.com. 3. Tremco, Inc: www.tremcosealants.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. F. Preformed Compressible Foam Sealers: 1. Emseal Joint Systems, Ltd.; Product www.emseal.com. 2. Dayton Superior Corporation.; Product www.daytonsuperior.com. 3. Sealform; Product 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers -General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by the more stringent of the South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. 07 9005 -JOINT SEALERS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, G, and A; multi- component. 1. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces. 2. Applications: Use for: a. Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry. b. Joints between concrete and other materials. c. Joints between metal frames and other materials. d. Sealing under thresholds at exterior doors. e. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated. C. Exterior Expansion Joint Sealer: Precompressed foam sealer; urethane with water-repellent; 1. Color: Black. 2. Size as required to provide weathertight seal when installed. 3. Provide product recommended by manufacturer for traffic-bearing use. 4. Acceptable products: a. Product: "Polytite Standard" manufactured by Polytite Manufacturing Corporation. b. Product: "Will-Seal 250" manufactured by Illbruck/ USA. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 5. Applications: Use for: a. Exterior wall expansion joints. D. Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant: Butyl or polyisobutylene, nondrying, nonskinning, nonduing. 1. Applications: Use for: a. Concealed sealant bead in sheet metal work. E. General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF, _ single component, paintable. 1. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces. 2. Acceptable products: ~ _ a. Product: "Sonolac" manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products. ;~~~ b. Product: "Tremflex" 834 manufactured by Tremco Incorporated. _r _ 1 , c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 3. Applications: Use for: a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints. b. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. c. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. F. Bathtub/Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASTM C 920, Uses I, M and A; single component, mildew resistant. 1. Acceptable products: a. Product: "Dow Corning 786" Mildew-resistant silicone sealant manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation. b. Product: "OmniPlus" manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2. Applications: Use for: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces. b. Joints between kitchen and bath countertops and wall surfaces. G. Interior Floor Joint Filler: Semi-flexible epoxy; ASTM D 638; multi-component. 1. Color: Gray. 2. Shore A hardness: 80-85. 3. Acceptable products: a. Product: "Joint-Loc 80" manufactured by Polytite Manufacturing Corporation. b. Product: "Epolith - P" manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products. 4. Applications: Use for: a. Saw-cut contraction joints in floors. 3 07 9005 -JOINT SEALERS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 H. Glazing Sealant: Silicone, ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, A, G, M, O; single or multi-component, neutral curing, non-sagging, non-staining, fungus resistant, non-bleeding. 1. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces. 2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent. 3. Service Temperature Range: -65 to 180 degrees F. 4. Shore A Hardness Range: 15 to 35. 5. Applications: Use for: a. Structural and nonstructural glazing of glass, metal and plastic.. b. Weatherproofing perimeterjoints around metal frames. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. 3oint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; .: compatible with joint forming materials. C: -_ Joint Bagking: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, closed cell PVC; `oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. ©: ~r Bond;.Bieaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PAR'I`S E~(ECtJTION 3.01^~lE`XAMIN~ION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C 1193. C. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Minimum Joint Width: 1/4 inch. 2. Maximum Joint Depth: 1/2 inch. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Tool joints concave. H. Precompressed Foam Sealant: Do not stretch; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch below adjoining surface. 07 9005 -JOINT SEALERS 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession 8~ Restroom Facility 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION '~ _. 5 07 9005 -JOINT SEALERS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 081113 -HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-fire-rated steel doors and frames. B. Thermally insulated steel doors. C. Accessories, including louvers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 7100 -Door Hardware. B. Section 09 9000 -Painting and Coating: Field painting. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ICC A117.1 -American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2003. B. ANSI A250.8 -SDI-100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2003. C. ANSI A250.10 -Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for.,, Steel Doors and Frames; 1998 (R2004). ~ - . D. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2005a. E. DHI A115 Series -Specifications for Steel Doors and Frame Preparation for Hardware.Door~and -.- Hardware Institute; 2000 (ANSI/DHI A115 Series). ~_ 1.04 SUBMITTALS ~- A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and identifying location of different finishes, if any. D. Installation Instructions: Manufacturer's published instructions, including any special installation instructions relating to this project. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Maintain at the project site a copy of all reference standards dealing with installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Requirements for All Doors and Frames: 1. Accessibility: Comply with ANSI/ICC A117.1. 2. Door Top Closures: Flush with top of faces and edges. 3. Door Edge Profile: Beveled on both edges. 4. Door Texture: Smooth faces. 1 08 1113 -HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 5. Hardware Preparation: In accordance with DHI A115 Series, with reinforcement welded in place, in addition to other requirements specified in door grade standard. 6. Galvanizing for exterior openings: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed), manufacturer's standard coating thickness. 7. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with all the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. 2.02 STEEL DOORS A. Exterior Doors: 1. Extra Heavy-duty Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 3, physical performance Level A, Model 2, seamless. 2. Core: Vertical steel stiffeners. 3. Galvanizing: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. 4. Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08 7100. B. Interior Doors 1. Heavy-duty Grade: ANSI A250.8 Levet 2, physical performance Level B, Model 2, '_ seamless. 2. fore: Cardboard honeycomb or polystyrene foam. f -~~, ~ ~ 3. ~ ~Thxkness: 1-3/4 inches. ' Z.03 S7EEL`FRAMES ._.., . ~ PE:°~.~ Gener.~~ 1.', Cemplywith the requirements of grade specified for corresponding door. _.,y 2..--GaOvanizing: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) in t _-_ :' ~c~ordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. "' 3. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. 4. Provide mortar guard boxes for hardware cut-outs in frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted. 5. Frames in Masonry Walls: Size to suit masonry coursing with head member to fill opening without cutting masonry units. 6. Frames Wider than 48 Inches: Reinforce with steel channel fitted tightly into frame head, flush with top. B. Exterior Door Frames: Fully welded; 14 gage unless specifically indicated otherwise. 1. Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08 7100 -Door Hardware. C. Interior Door Frames: Fully welded type; 16 gage unless specifically indicated otherwise. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Minimum Security Door Louver, model PLSL as manufactured by Anemostat Products. 1. All steel construction. 2. Face plate of 12 GA with 13/16" square perforations on 1" centers 3. Louver blades of 18 GA material 4. Finish: stainless steel. B. Removable Stops: Formed sheet steel, shape as indicated on drawings, mitered or butted corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. C. Grout for Frames installed in masonry walls: Portland cement grout of maximum 3-inch slump 08 1113 -HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility for hand troweling; thinner pumpable grout is prohibited. D. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door, 3 on center mullion of pairs, and 2 on head of pairs without center mullions. E. Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for all factory- orshop-assembled frames. 2.05 FINISH MATERIALS A. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. B. Bituminous Coating: Asphalt emulsion or other high-build, water-resistant, resilient coating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coat inside of frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted, with bituminous coating, prior to installation. B. Coat inside of other frames with bituminous coating to a thickness of 1/16 inch. ~~ ' C"; ._.,. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the requirements of the specified door grade standard." B. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. -- C. Grout frames in masonry construction, using hand trowel methods; brace frames so th_ at pressure of grout before setting will not deform frames. D. Coordinate installation of hardware. ` 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: As specified in ANSI A250.8. B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 in measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. 3.06 SCHEDULE A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on the drawings. END OF SECTION 3 08 1113 -HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 083313 -COILING COUNTER DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-fire-rated coiling counter doors and operating hardware. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 6. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's standard literature showing materials and details of construction and finish. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate rough and actual opening dimensions, anchorage methods, hardware locations, and installation details. D. Samples: Submit two slats, 4 inches long illustrating shape, color and finish texture. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation sequence and installation, adjustment, and alignment procedures. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Indicate modes of operation, lubrication requirements and frequency, and periodic adjustments required. t r -- , PART2 PRODUCTS _, , 2.01 MANUFACTURERS ' A. Coiling Counter Doors: 1. Cornell Iron Works; Product ESC10. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. - --~' 2.02 COILING COUNTER DOORS ~- A. Coiling Counter Doors, Non-Fire-Rated: Galvanized steel slat curtain. 1. Mounting: Exterior face mounted. 2. Finish: factory "GalvaNex" finish, light gray. 3. Guides: Formed track; same material and color unless otherwise indicated; powder coated gray. 4. Hood: Manufacturer's standard; material and finish to match curtain. 5. Operation: Manual push up operation. Provide one pole per door to aid in pulling door closed. 6. Interior latch with padlock hasp. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. C. Securely and rigidly brace components suspended from structure. Secure guides to structural members only. D. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. E. Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 1 08 3313 -COILING COUNTER DOORS Napoleon Park Concession 8~ Restroom Facility 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating assemblies for smooth and noiseless operation. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean installed components. B. Remove labels and visible markings. END OF SECTION a __ a _.1 i.. '_ . ~....° .~_ . .. -> 07.043 08 3313 -COILING COUNTER DOORS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 084313 -ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum-framed storefront providing for glazing of vision glass and service windows. B. Sliding transaction service windows C. Perimeter sealant. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back-up materials. B. Section 08 8000 -Glazing: Glass and glazing accessories. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AAMA CW-10 -Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site; American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 2004. B. AAMA 611 -Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 1998. C. ASTM B 209 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 20p4~ D. ASTM B 209M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet an4kPlate (Metric); 2004. E. ASTM B 221 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,__Rods;'' Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2005a. - - _ F. ASTM B 221 M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy ExtrudedBars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2005a. G. ASTM E 283 -Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exter~r Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen; 2004. H. ASTM E 330 -Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2002. I. ASTM E 331 -Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2000. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design and size components to withstand the following load requirements without damage or permanent set, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330, using loads 1.5 times the design wind loads and 10 second duration of maximum load. 1. Positive Design Wind Load: 25 Ibf/sq ft. 2. Negative Design Wind Load: 25 Ibf/sq ft. 3. Member Deflection: Limit member deflection to flexure limit of glass in any direction, with full recovery of glazing materials. B. Movement: Accommodate movement between storefront and perimeter framing and deflection of lintel, without damage to components or deterioration of seals. C. Air Infiltration: Limit air infiltration through assembly to 0.06 cu ft/min/sq ft of wall area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 6.24 psf as measured in accordance with ASTM E 283. 08 4313 -ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 D. Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E 331 with a test pressure difference of 8.00 Ibf/sq ft. E. System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network any water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, and migrating moisture occurring within system. F. Expansion/Contraction: Provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by cycling temperature range of 170 degrees F over a 12 hour period without causing detrimental effect to system components, anchorages, and other building elements. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, describe components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners, glass and infill, door hardware, internal drainage details. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, affected related Work, expansion and contraction joint location and details, and field welding required. D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in City of Iowa City's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE -} a:~~ Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in manufacturing aluminum glazing systems u- with: minimum five years of documented experience; installer approved by manufacturer. ._ `: 1 y07 TARE-IN5~~-LLATION MEETING ~:~ Convi~~,e one week before starting work of this section. 1:08 ir1~LIVERY~ STORAGE, AND PROTECTION j ~ /~,~~ HandCe~roducts of this section in accordance with AAMA CW-10. -.:a _ B. Protect finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings which bond to aluminum when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with installation of air barrier and vapor retarder components or materials. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 48 hours after installation. 1.11 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide ten year manufacturer warranty against failure of glass seal on insulating glass units, including interpane dusting or misting. Include provision for replacement of failed units. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Tubelite, Inc.; Product www.tubeliteinc.com.. 08 4313 -ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. United States Aluminum Corp: www.usalum.com. C. Kawneer Company, Inc: www.kawneer.com. D. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Aluminum-Framed Storefront: Factory fabricated, factory finished aluminum framing members thermally broken and with related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. 1. Finish: Class I natural anodized. B. Aluminum Framing Members: Tubular aluminum sections, drainage holes and internal weep drainage system. 1. Framing members for interior applications need not be thermally broken. 2. Glazing stops: Flush. 3. Cross-Section: 2 x 4-1/2 inch nominal dimension. C. Horizontal Sliding Service Window: model SW2014A by CR Laurence. 1. One sliding and one fixed panel per unit. ~_ .... ,_ 2. Pre-glazed with 1/4" clear tempered safety glass ~ ___ 3. Sliding Screen. `~- _ 4. Clear Satin Anodized finish. 5. Keyless locking device on interior side of window. ', '' 2.03 MATERIALS ~- A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M). _ ,. ~- ; B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209 (ASTM 6209M). ,' C. Fasteners: Stainless steel. D. Exposed Flashings: 0.040 inch thick aluminum sheet; finish to match framing members. E. Perimeter Sealant: Type Silicone specified in Section 07 9005. F. Glass: As specified in Section 08 8000. G. Glazing Gaskets: Type to suit application to achieve weather, moisture, and air infiltration requirements. H. Glazing Accessories: As specified in Section 08 8000. 2.04 FINISHES A. Class I Natural Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A41 Clear anodic coating not less than 0.7 mils thick. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal. B. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. C. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors. D. Coat concealed metal surfaces that will be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals with bituminous paint. E. Arrange fasteners and attachments to conceal from view. F. Reinforce framing members for imposed loads. 3 08 4313 -ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 G. Finishing: Apply factory finish to all surfaces that will be exposed in completed assemblies. 1. Touch-up surfaces cut during fabrication so that no natural aluminum is visible in completed assemblies, including joint edges. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with other work. B. Verify that wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install wall system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Attach to structure to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Provide alignment attachments and shims to permanently fasten system to building structure. D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. f. Install sill flashings. Turn up ends and edges; seal to adjacent work to form water tight dam. ~. ..Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapor barrier materials. H. :Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of therrfial barrier. ~t:3 Inst~tl'glass in accordance with Section 08 8000, using glazing method required to achieve pe~fo~Fnance criteria. `J Inst~l,l~liding service windows within storefront framing in accordance with manufacturer's •~~ instructions. K. Install perimeter sealant in accordance with Section 07 9005. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 0.06 inches every 3 ftnon-cumulative or 1/16 inches per 10 ft, whichever is less. B. Maximum Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 1/32 inch. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove protective material from pre-finished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash down surfaces with a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by method acceptable to sealant manufacturer. D. Touch-up minor damage to factory applied finish; replace components that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 08 4313 -ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility E. Protect finished work from damage. END OF SECTION ,. , -~ ~, , _. ~,. ~- - , "~ ~ . ,, -, ,~~.; 5 08 4313 -ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS 07.043 SECTION 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for hollow steel doors. B. Thresholds. C. Weatherstripping, seals and door gaskets. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Section 08 1113 -Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ICC A117.1 -American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2003. B. DHI (LOGS) -Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; Door and Hardware Institute; 2004. C. DHI WDHS.3 -Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Flush Wood Doors; Door and Hardware Institute; 1996. ~,__:, D. NFPA 80 -Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows; National Fire Protection Association;:- 2007. E. NFPA 101 -Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures; National,Fire _ Protection Association; 2006. __ - _ °a F. UBC Std 7-2, Part II -Test Standard for Smoke- and Draft-control Assemblies; International Conference of Building Officials; 1997. :: ~~ G. UL (BMD) -Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current ed'itior. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data sheets for each product listed. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware, catalog cuts, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2. Prepare schedule of "Hardware Sets" coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to ensure coordination of size, function, hand, finish and operation of each hardware item required for each opening. 3. Submit manufacturer's parts lists, templates, and special tools. D. Keying information: Prepare separate schedule indicating application of OWNER'S final instructions regarding keying of locks. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. F. Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. G. Keys: Deliver with identifying tags to City of Iowa City by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. 1 08 7100 -DOOR HARDWARE Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 H. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in City of Iowa City's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Company specializing in supplying commercial door hardware with five years of documented experience. B. Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to assist in the work of this section. Employ installers with a minimum of three years of experience and who are trained in the proper installation of door hardware provided for this project. 1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section. B. Require attendance of supplier, installer and manufacturer's representatives for locks, panic hardware and closers. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A.? Package hardware items individually; label and identify each package with door opening code to match~l'iardware schedule. _ ;. -, `~._~1.08 :°: COORDINATION P~. Ceot~}#nate the work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or fabrication of ~_ ~ ~~.~ ittetn~l reinforcement for door hardware. :: ~ . f=urnish templates for door and frame preparation. P.~.a "G. Cop~iinate City of Iowa City's keying requirements during the course of the Work. -.: -__ 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide "Life of the Building" warranty against defects in hinges. C. Provide 10 year warranty against defects in mechanical operation for door closers. D. Provide 3 year warranty against defects in mechanical operation for locksets. 1.10 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERSANDPRQDUCTS A. Butt Hinges -Steel, Ball Bearing: ANSI A156.1, Grade 2, 4.5 x 4.5 inch, standard weight, full mortise type. 1. Stainless Steel. 2. Manufacturers: a. Hager Companies: www.hagerhinge.com. b. McKinney Products Company: www.mckinneyhinge.com. c. Stanley Hardware: www.stanleyworks.com. B. Deadbolt Locks: ANSI Grade 1, heavy duty commercial. 1. Schlage: www.schlage.com. a. Series: 6600 b. Core Housing: 7 pin; interchangeable core cylinder. c. Function: Classroom. ***6663P*** 08 7100 -DOOR HARDWARE 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility d. Finish: 626 (satin chrome). 2. Other manufacturer: a. Best Access Systems: www.bestlock.com. C. Push/Pulls: Ives 1. Back-to-Back mounted 8200 Push and Pull 8303-8 2. 4" x 16" plate 3. Cut-out for deadbolt 4. US32D Stainless Steel finish 5. Other manufacturers: a. Hiawatha, Inc: www.hiawathainc.com. b. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co., Inc: www.trimcobbw.com. c. Rockwood Manufacturing Co: www.rockwoodmfg.com. D. Closers: ANSI Grade 1, heavy duty, adjustable closing force. 1. LCN: www.lcnclosers.com. a. 4040-cush series with Cush-N-Stop arm b. Heavy-duty cast iron closer with adjustable spring power. c. Finish: Standard powder coat -Aluminum. E. Weatherstripping and Gasketing: 1. Head and Jamb: Reese 897 2. Bottom Nylon Brush Door Sweep: Reese #967 3. Extended Rain Drip: Reese #R201, 2-112" overlap. 4. Manufacturers: a. National Guard Products, Inc: www.ngpinc.com. b. Pemko Manufacturing Co: www.pemko.com. c. Reese: www.reeseusa.com. d. Zero International, Inc: www.zerointernational.com. F. Protection Plates: Ss 0.050" thick with beveled edges 1. Hager Companies: www.hagerhinge.com. 2. Hiawatha, Inc: www.hiawathainc.com. 3. Rockwood Manufacturing Co: www.rockwoodmfg.com. a. Kick Plates: 12 inches high. G. Aluminum Thresholds: Reese S407A with adjustable holder Reese 270. 1. Other manufacturers: a. National Guard Products, Inc: www.ngpinc.com. b. Pemko Manufacturing Co: www.pemko.com. c. Zero International, Inc: www.zerointernational.com. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS A. Provide products that comply with the following: 1. Applicable provisions of Federal, State, and local codes. 2. ANSI/ICC A117.1, American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 3. Applicable provisions of NFPA 101, Life Safety Code. 4. Fire-Rated Doors: NFPA 80. 5. All Hardware on Fire-Rated Doors: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 6. Hardware for Smoke and Draft Control Doors (Indicated as "S" on Drawings): Provide hardware that enables door assembly to comply with air leakage requirements of the applicable code. 7. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 3 08 7100 -DOOR HARDWARE Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. Finishes: US32D if available, US26D if stainless steel is not available. 2.03 KEYING A. Door Locks: Grand master keyed. 1. Include construction keying. 2. Key to existing keying system. B. Supply keys in the following quantities: 1. 3 master keys. 2. 1 construction keys. 3. 3 change keys for each bitting. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 07.043 A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions areas indicated on shop drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION A: ~' Install ~rdware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable codes. ,--- ~:~~ Use-t~r>gplates provided by hardware item manufacturer. _. J ;. C. ~ Install hardware on fire-rated doors and frames in accordance with code and NFPA 80. ~. ~. ' ~~~ Moung heights for hardware from finished floor to center line of hardware item: 1.,`= F6r steel doors and frames: Comply with DHI "Recommended Locations for Architectural • - :Hardware for Steel Doors and Frames." 3.03 F#ELD ^Q~PZLITY CONTROL -.~ A. Perform field inspection and testing necessary to ensure proper operation of hardware. B. Provide an Architectural Hardware Consultant to inspect installation and certify that hardware and installation has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified. C. Conduct inspection and make necessary adjustments three weeks prior to requesting Certificate of Substantial Completion. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit adjacent work to damage hardware or finish. 3.06 SCHEDULE -Hardware Sets A. Provide all door openings with all of the above specified hardware in Part 2 of this Section. END OF SECTION 08 7100 -DOOR HARDWARE 4 07.043 SECTION 088000 -GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass. B. Glazing compounds and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Sealant and back-up material. B. Section 08 4313 -Aluminum-Framed Storefronts. 1.03 REFERENCES A. 16 CFR 1201 -Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. B. ASTM C 864 -Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 2005. C. ASTM C 920 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2005. D. ASTM C 1036 -Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2001. E. ASTM C 1048 -Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass; 2004. ; ' _ , F. ASTM C 1193 -Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2005a. G. ASTM E 773 -Standard Test Method for Accelerated Weathering of Sealed Insulating~Glass;~., , -~-- , Units; 2001. _ _ H. ASTM E 774 -Standard Specification for the Classification of the Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units; 1997. I. ASTM E 1300 -Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings; 2004.. J. ASTM E 2190 -Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation; 2002. K. GANA (GM) - GANA Glazing Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2004. L. GANA (SM) - FGMA Sealant Manual; Glass Association of North America; 1990. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Select type and thickness of exterior glass to withstand dead loads and wind loads acting normal to plane of glass at design pressures of 20 Ib/sq ft positive and negative. 1. Use the procedure specified in ASTM E 1300 to determine glass type and thickness. 2. Limit glass deflection to 1/200 or flexure limit of glass, whichever is less, with full recovery of glazing materials. 3. Thicknesses listed are minimum. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data on Glass Types: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. C. Product Data on Glazing Compounds: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. 1 08 8000 -GLAZING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility D. Certificates: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE 07.043 A. Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual and FGMA Sealant Manual for glazing installation methods. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide a ten (10) year warranty to include coverage for sealed glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS A. Safety Glass: Clear; fully tempered with horizontal tempering. 4 _~' 1. Comply with ASTM C 1036, Type I, transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality Q3 (glazing select) and ASTM C 1048. `" ~ 2. ~ Comply with 16 CFR 1201 test requirements for Category II. . -- ~' r ~: 3. ~_ 6 mm minimum thick. 4. ; =RiQVide this type of glazing in the following locations: all locations ~:~• Z.02 S~E'AL~iDINSULATINGGLASS MATERIALS A~9 Ins~ilated Glass Units (Type ISG): Double pane with glass to elastomer edge seal. =: 1. C3:u~er pane of Safety glass, and inner pane of Safety glass. ~' 2. Durability: Certified by an independent testing agency to comply with ASTM E 2190. 3. Comply with ASTM E 774 and E 773, Class CBA. 4. Purge interpane space with dry hermetic air. 5. Total unit thickness of one inch minimum. 2.03 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Butyl Sealant: Single component; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12-1/2, Uses M and A; Shore A hardness of 10 to 20; black color; non-skinning. B. Polyurethane Sealant: Single component, chemical curing, non-staining, non-bleeding; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, A, and G; Shore A Hardness Range 20 to 35; color. C. Silicone Sealant: Single component; neutral curing; capable of water immersion without loss of properties; non-bleeding, non-staining; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, A, and G; cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25; color. 2.04 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness, ASTM C 864 Option I. Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. B. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device; 10 to 15 Shore A durometer hardness; coiled on release paper; x inch size; black color. C. Glazing Gaskets: Resilient silicone extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; ASTM C 864 Option I; color. 08 8000 -GLAZING 2 07.043 D. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions that may impede moisture movement, weeps are clear, and ready to receive glazing. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. B. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. C. Install sealants in accordance with ASTM C 1193 and FGMA Sealant Manual. D. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's glazing recommendations. B. Place setting blocks at 1 /4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure on glazing materials to attain full weathertight contact. D. Cut glazing tape to length; install on glazing pane. Seal corners by butting tape and sealing.; junctions with butyl sealant. ' E. Apply cap bead of silicone type sealant along void between the stop and the glazing, #a unii`o~m line, flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. __, 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. ~ ` B. Remove labels after Work is complete. y C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION 3 08 8000 -GLAZING 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 092116 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gypsum wallboard. B. Joint treatment and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Building framing and sheathing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 36/C 36M -Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard; 2001. B. ASTM C 475/C 475M -Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2002. C. ASTM C 514 -Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board; 2004. D. ASTM C 557 -Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing; 2003. E. ASTM C 840 -Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2005. F. ASTM C 931/C 931 M -Standard Specification for Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board; 1998. G. ASTM C 1002 -Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2004. "~-:' -; H. ASTM C 1047 -Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and`~ypSum ; Veneer Base; 2005. I. ASTM C 1396/C 1396M -Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. ~._ C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on partition head to structure connectors, showing compliance with requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board application and finishing, with minimum five years of documented experience. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Regular Type: a. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. b. Thickness: 5!8 inch. c. Edges: Tapered. 1 09 2116 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 B. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Ceilings and soffits in protected exterior areas, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Edges: Tapered. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Finishing Accessories: ASTM C 1047, galvanized steel or rolled zinc, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Types: As detailed or required for finished appearance. B. Joint Materials: ASTM C 475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 1. Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. C. Screws: ASTM C 1002; self-piercing tapping type; cadmium-plated for exterior locations. D. Nails: ASTM C 514. E. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal supports, of type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place. F. Adhesive for Attachment to Wood: ASTM C 557. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CAAMINATION ~:' Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. ... ~ ~. __ s 302 ~'YPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION ---_ f~~ CQmpl~with ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, .-~° especially in highly visible locations. B:-~_ Singled-Dyer Non-Rated: Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and ~._:~. edgesoccurring over firm bearing. 1. Exception: Tapered edges to receive joint treatment at right angles to framing. C. Gypsum Soffit Board: Install perpendicular to framing, with staggered end joints over framing members or other solid backing. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. B. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials and as indicated. 3.04 JOINT TREATMENT A. Finish gypsum board in scheduled areas in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C 840 and as scheduled below. 1. Utility Areas and Areas Behind Cabinetry: Level 2. 2. Walls and Ceilings to Receive Paint Finish: Leve14. B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and comers to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1 /32 inch. 2. Taping, filling, and sanding is not required at surfaces behind fixed cabinetry. C. Fill and finish joints and corners of cementitious backing board as recommended by manufacturer. 09 2116 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 2 07.043 3.05 TOLERANCES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION 3 09 2116 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 096500 -RESILIENT BASE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient base. B. Installation accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM F 1861 -Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2002. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a temperature of 70 degrees F to achieve temperature stability. Thereafter, maintain conditions above 65 degrees F, but not less than 5 degrees F above dewpoint; do not allow relative humidity to elevate beyond 60 percent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS -BASE A. Resilient Base: ASTM F 1861, Type TP, rubber, thermoplastic; top set Style B, Co~e~`and as _ follows: 1. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Minimum 0.45 watt per square centimeter, when tested'in accordance with ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253. --_ 2. Height: flinch. -~ 3. Thickness: 0.125 inch thick. ,-- -_ -' 4. Finish: Satin. 5. Length: Roll. - 6. Color. Color as selected from manufacturer's standards. - 7. Accessories: Premolded external corners and end stops. 8. Manufacturers: a. Johnsonite, Inc; Product www.johnsonite.com. b. Roppe Corp; Product www.roppe.com. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; types recommended and provided by flooring manufacturer. B. Filler for Coved Base: Plastic. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive resilient base. 1 09 6500 -RESILIENT BASE Napoleon Park Concession 8~ Restroom Facility 07.043 3.02 INSTALLATION -BASE A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints. B. Miter internal corners. At external corners, use premolded units. At exposed ends, use premolded units. C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. END OF SECTION .~ ~. ~_~, ... r ~_ L.:.~ ~_ _, 09 6500 -RESILIENT BASE 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 099000 -PAINTING AND COATING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints and stains. C. See Schedule -Surfaces to be Finished, at end of Section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05 5000 -Metal Fabrications: Shop-primed items. 1.03 REFERENCES A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D -National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. B. ASTM D 16 -Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2003. C. Green Seal Environmental Standards, GS-11, Paints (1993) and GC-03, Anti-Corrosive Paints (1997). 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D 16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. B. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs): Compounds as defined by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 CFR Section 51.100 (s), (s) (1). C. Aromatic Compounds: Hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more 6-carbon-benzene rings in the molecular structure. ~'`' 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on all finishing products, including VOC content. C. Samples: Submit two painted samples, illustrating selected colors and textures for each color and system selected with specified coats cascaded. Submit on tempered hardboard, 5 x 8 inch in size. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products furnished meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. 1 09 9000 -PAINTING AND COATING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Application Requirements: 1. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. 2. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. 3. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 50 degrees F unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. 4. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. 5. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. B. Product-Specific Requirements: Comptywith Green Seal Environmental Standards, GS-11, Paints (1993) and GC-03, Anti-Corrosive Paints (1997). Display Green Seal Certification Mark on packaging. 1. Chemical component limitations: a. VOC weight (grams per liter) of opaque paint product minus water: 1) Interior "Non-Flat" coatings: 150 g/L. ..- 2) Interior "Flat" coatings: 50 g/L. c `> r „ 3) Anti-corrosive paints: 250 g/L. _. ~~ b~ Aromatic Compounds: Certify that product contains no more than 1.0 percent by -- weight, the sum total of these compounds. ~. 2~ ,chemical component restrictions: Certify that the following chemical compounds are NOT ~'~j ~u~ed as ingredients in manufacturing the product. - ~-- _- a: Halomethanes: Methylene chloride. ' ~-- b: Chlorinated Ethanes: 1,1,1-trichloroethane. ~c~ Aromatic solvents: Benzene, toluene (methylbenzene),and ethylbenzene. '' d. Chlorinated Ethylenes: Vinyl chloride. e. Polynuclear aromatics: Naphthalene. f. Chlorobenzenes: 1,2-dichlorobenzene. g. Phthalate Esters: Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, butyl benzyl phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl pthalate. h. Miscellaneous volatile and semi-volatile organics: Acrolein, acrylonitrile, and isophorone. i. Metals and their compounds: Antimony, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, lead, and mercury. j. Formaldehyde. k. Ketones: Methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Supply 1 gallon of each color; store where directed. C. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Paints: 1. The Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. 2. Diamond Vogel Paint. 09 9000 -PAINTING AND COATING 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS -GENERAL A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, except field-catalyzed coatings. Prepare pigments: 1. To a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. 2. For good flow and brushing properties. 3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Unless specifically approved otherwise, provide coatings with VOC content not exceeding the following: a. Opaque, Flat: 50 g/L, maximum. b. Opaque, Nonflat: 150 g/L, maximum. c. Opaque, High Gloss: 250 g/L, maximum. C. Chemical Content: The following compounds are prohibited: 1. Aromatic Compounds: In excess of 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2. Acrolein, acrylonitrile, antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium, di (2-ethylhexyl)phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent chromium, isophorone, lead, mercury, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene chloride, naphthalene, toluene (methylbenzene),1,1,1-trichloroethane, vinyl chloride. D. Provide manufacturer's highest quality product for type of coating specified. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS -EXTERIOR A. Ferrous Metals, Primed, Urethane, Gloss Finish: 2 Coats. 1. Touch-up with rust-inhibitive primer recommended by top coat manufacturer. 2. First coat: Pro-Cryl Universal Metal Primer (B66-310 series). 110 g/I VpC 3. Second coat: Centurian Water Based 2K Urethane (665-700). 66 g/I VOC- B. Galvanized Metals, Urethane, Gloss Finish: 2 Coats. ~ - - 1. First coat: Pro-Cryl Universal Metal Primer (B66-310 series). 110 g/I VOC 2. Second coat: Centurian Water Based 2K Urethane (665-700). 66 g/I VOC C. Wood, solid color acrylic stain (Sherwin Williams WoodScapes), 2 Coats<> 2.04 PAINT SYSTEMS -INTERIOR A. Concrete/Masonry, Opaque, Acrylic Epoxy, Gloss Finish: 3 Coat: 1. First coat: Heavy Duty Block Filler (642W46). 43 gIL VOC 2. Gloss: Two coats of Waterbased Tile-Clad Epoxy Finish (B73-100). 3. Use in restrooms. B. Concrete/Masonry, Opaque, Acrylic Latex, Semi-Gloss Finish: 3 Coats. 1. First coat: Heavy Duty Block Filler (642W46). 43 g/L VOC 2. Flat: One coat of DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish (B66W1). 138 g/L VOC 3. Semi-gloss: One coat of DTM Acrylic Coating (666-200). 208 g/L VOC 4. Use in all other areas. C. Ferrous Metals, Unprimed, Acrylic Latex, Semi-Gloss Finish: 3 Coats. 1. First coat: DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish (B66W1). 138 g/L VOC 09 9000 -PAINTING AND COATING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.G43 2. Two coats: Sher-Cryl HPA (B66-350). 200g/L VOC D. Ferrous Metals, Prefinished and Primed, Acrylic Latex, Semi-Gloss Finish: 3 Coats. 1. First coat: Pro-Cryl Universal Metal Primer (B66-310 series). 110 g/L VOC 2. Two coats: Sher-Cryl HPA (B66-350). 2008/L VOC E. Galvanized Metals, Acrylic Latex, Semi-Gloss Finish: 3 Coats. 1. First coat: DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish (B66W1). 138 g/L VOC 2. Two coats: Sher-Cryl HPA (B66-350). 200 g/L VOC F. Gypsum Board/Plaster, Latex-Acrylic, Semi-Gloss Finish: 3 Coats. 1. First coat: Harmony Interior Primer (B11 W900). 0 g/I VOC 2. Two coats: Bath Paint Semi-gloss (A59 series). 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified; commercial quality. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive Work as instructed by the product manufacturer. -~ B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any --= condition that may potentially affect proper application. ~:~: ' ~, -- , _ C. Tesi shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. :__ ~,~ , D. ..=M~~sure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes „_. ~ ,, ~~uri~e~s moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. -Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. ~.Z. fiAasonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. r 3.02= -~ RE PPd~ATI ON 4 ~ A. Surface Appurtenances: Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. Remove or repair existing coatings that exhibit surface defects. C. Marks: Seal with shellac those which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces to be Painted: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. F. Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. G. Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. 09 9000 -PAINTING AND COATING 4 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility H. Shop-Primed Steel Surfaces to be Finish Painted: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item. I. Metal Doors to be Painted: Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. C. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. D. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 SCHEDULE - SURFACES TO BE FINISHED A. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory-finished except as specifically noted below. 2. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels. B. Paint the surfaces described below under Schedule -Paint Systems. C. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. ., 3.06 SCHEDULE -PAINT SYSTEMS ;" A. Concrete Block: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. B. Gypsum Board: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. C. Wood: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. - D. Steel Doors and Frames: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. -~ E. Steel Fabrications: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. F. Galvanized Steel: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. G. Primed and Prefinished Metal Items: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. END OF SECTION 5 09 9000 -PAINTING AND COATING 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 102113.19 -PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Solid plastic toilet compartments. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details of wall supports, door swings. C. Product Data: Provide data on panel construction, hardware, and accessories. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Plastic Toilet Compartments: 1. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc; Product "Duraline" Series. 2. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Toilet Compartments: Solid molded plastic panels, doors, and pilasters, floor-mounted headrail-braced. 1. Color: as selected from manufacturer's available colors. _.. . B. Door and Panel Dimensions: ~ ' ,-- 1. Thickness: 1 inch. ~ -- 2. Door Width: 24 inch. 3. Door Width for Handicapped Use: 36 inch, out-swinging; or as other-wise sliown..on the'. drawings. __ 4. Height: 58 inch. - 5. Thickness of Pilasters: 1 inch. C. Urinal Screens: Floor and Wall mounted with continuous panel brackets, and floor-to-ceiling:' vertical upright consisting of pilaster anchored to floor and ceiling. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Pilaster Shoes: Formed ASTM A 666, Type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 finish, 3 in high, concealing floor fastenings. 1. Provide adjustment for floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. B. Head Rails: Hollow chrome plated steel tube, 1 x 1-5/8 inch size, with anti-grip strips and cast socket wall brackets. C. Pilaster Brackets: Polished stainless steel. D. Wall Brackets: Continuous type, polished stainless steel. E. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel, tamper proof type. F. Hardware: Polished stainless steel: 1. Pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; two per door. 2. Door Latch: Slide type with exterior emergency access feature. 1 10 2113.19 -PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 3. Door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; mounted on pilaster in alignment with door latch. 4. Coat hook with rubber bumper; one per compartment, mounted on door. 5. Provide door pull for outswinging doors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures. C. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb, and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. C. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors, not exceeding 3/16 inch. B. Adjust hinges to position doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return out-swinging doors to closed position. C. Adjust adjacent components for consistency of line or plane. END OF SECTION :.~ c' ~:._ .. . S A `a 10 2113.19 -PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 102800 -TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Accessories for toilet rooms. B. Grab bars. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 10 2113.19 -Plastic Toilet Compartments. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. PART 2 PRODUCTS F.-_' 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Toilet Accessories: 1. A & J Washroom Accessories Inc: www.ajwashroom.com. - ..' 2. American Specialties, Inc: www.americanspecialties.com. _ 3. Bradley Corporation: www.bradleycorp.com. 4. Bobrick. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. All items of each type to be made by the same manufacturer. 2.02 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin brushed finish, unless otherwise noted. 2.03 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Paper Dispenser: Double roll, surface mounted bracket type, satin finished cast aluminum brackets. 1. Product: 0264-1A2 manufactured by ASI. Provide one at each stall. B. Soap Dispenser: Liquid soap dispenser, wall-mounted, surface, for with stainless steel cover and stainless steel tank and working parts; push type soap valve, check valve, and window gage refill indicator, tumbler lock. 1. Product: 0343 manufactured by ASI. Provide one at hand-wash lavatory in Concessions room. C. Mirrors: Stainless Steel angle-framed mirror with metal reflective surface. 1. Product: model 0600-C manufactured by ASI. D. Grab Bars: Stainless steel, 1-1/4 inches outside diameter, minimum 0.05 inch wall thickness, nonslip grasping surface finish, concealed flange mounting; 1-1/2 inches clearance between wall and inside of grab bar. 1. Length and configuration: As indicated on drawings. E. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit: Stainless steel, recessed, self-closing door, locking bottom panel with full-length stainless steel piano-type hinge, removable receptacle. 1 10 2800 -TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 1. Product: 0473 manufactured by ASI. Provide two. F. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit: Stainless steel, back-to-back partition mounting with adjustable flanges, self-closing door, locking bottom panel with full-length stainless steel piano-type hinge, removable receptacle. 1. Product: 0472 manufactured by ASI. Provide two. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations and as indicated on drawings END OF SECTION ~:-~ ` , ~- ~ ~. .... ~ _. -= ~ ~~ f_ ~~ C'-1 10 2800 -TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 2 07.043 SECTION 123600 -COUNTERTOPS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Countertops for architectural cabinetwork. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 4100 -Architectural Wood Casework. Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A161.2 -Performance Standards for Fabricated High Pressure Decorative Laminate Countertops; 1998. B. ANSI A208.1 -American National Standard for Particleboard; 1999. C. ASTM A 666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2003. D. NEMA LD 3 -High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Specimen warranty. C. Shop Drawings: Complete details of materials and installation; combine with shop drawings of .> cabinets and casework specified in other sections. D. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, minimum size 6 inches square, representing actual product, color, and patterns. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Same fabricator as for cabinets on which tops are to be installed. B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COUNTERTOP ASSEMBLIES A. Plastic Laminate Countertops: High pressure decorative laminate sheet bonded to substrate. 1. Laminate Sheet, Unless Otherwise Indicated: NEMA LD 3 Grade HGS, 0.048 inch nominal thickness. 12 3600 -COUNTERTOPS 1 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 a. NSF approved for food contact. b. Wear Resistance: In addition to specified grade, comply with NEMA LD 3 High Wear Grade requirements for wear resistance. c. Finish: Matte or suede, gloss rating of 5 to 20. d. Surface Color and Pattern: To be selected from manufacturer's full line. e. Manufacturers: 1) Formica Corporation: www.formica.com. 2) Panolam Industries International, InclNevamar: www.nevamar.com. 3) Pionite: www.pionite.com. 4) Wilsonart International, Inc: www.wilsonart.com. 2. Exposed Edge Treatment: Molded PVC edge with T-spline, same width as edge of top; color as indicated; 1-1/2 inch edge. a. Acceptable Product: T-Molding manufactured by Charter Industries; www.charterindustries.com. 1) Profile: 1-1/2 inch Work Surface (#4542). 2) Color: HW Platinum. 3. Back and End Splashes: Same material, same construction. 4. Fabricate in accordance with ANSI A161.2. B. Stainless Steel Countertops: ASTM A 666 Type 304 stainless steel sheet; 16 gage, 0.06 inch nominal sheet thickness. ~~ 1. ..Finish: 4B satin brushed finish. "~` 2. , -Exposed Edge Shape: Straight turndown with return; 1-1/2 inch high face, 1/2 inch return .'_' tp~ face of case. .--~ - _ 3,- !Sack and End Splashes: Same material; welded 1/4 inch radius coved joint to countertop; ~' square top edge with 1 inch wide top surface and minimum 1/2 inch turndown; ,~_ c~3~ 4... Splash Dimensions: 4 inch high by 1 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. 5 3:02 ~-FfCE~SSORY MATERIALS AFB Particl~eb~oard for Supporting Substrate (interior use): ANSI A208.1 Grade 2-M-2, 45 pcf `'' minimum density; minimum 3/4 inch thick; join lengths using metal splines. B. Plywood for Supporting Substrate (exterior use): Marine-grade plywood, 3/4" thick (2 layers). C. Phenolic Backer: NEMA LD3; heavy gage neutral colored backing sheet for balanced construction of plastic laminate tops. D. Adhesives: Chemical resistant waterproof adhesive as recommended by manufacturer of materials being joined. E. Joint Sealant: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant, clear. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate tops and splashes in the largest sections practicable, with top surface of joints flush. 1. Join lengths of tops using best method recommended by manufacturer. 2. Fabricate to overhang fronts and ends of cabinets 1 inch except where top butts against cabinet or wall. 3. Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace tops having improperly dimensioned or unnecessary cutouts or fixture holes. B. Provide back/end splash wherever counter edge abuts vertical surface unless otherwise indicated. 1. Secure to countertop with concealed fasteners and with contact surfaces set in waterproof glue. 2. Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 12 3600 -COUNTERTOPS 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility C. Stainless Steel: Fabricate tops up to 144 inches long in one piece including nosings and back and end splashes; accurately fitted mechanical field joints in lengths over that dimension are permitted. 1. Weld joints; grind smooth and polish to match. 2. Provide stainless steel hat channel stiffeners, welded or soldered to underside, where indicated on drawings. 3. Provide wall clips for support of back/end splash turndowns. 4. Sound Deadening: Apply water resistant, fire resistant sound deadening mastic to entire bottom surface. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. C. Verify that wall surfaces have been finished and mechanical and electrical services and outlets are installed in proper locations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Securely attach countertops to cabinets using concealed fasteners. Make flat surfaces level; shim where required. B. Attach plastic laminate countertops using screws with minimum penetration into substrate board of 5/8 inch. C. Attach stainless steel countertops using stainless steel fasteners and clips. D. Seal joint between back/end splashes and vertical surfaces. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION ~` A. Clean countertops surfaces thoroughly. ~ -" B. Protect installed products until completion of project. C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 3.04 SCHEDULE END OF SECTION 3 12 3600 -COUNTERTOPS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL SECTION 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED INFORMATION SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, and Applicable requirements of Division I form a part of this specification. 1.02 GENERAL INFORMATION A. Where "provide", "install", or equivalent words are used or are understood, contractor shall furnish and completely install system, service, material, or device mentioned with all necessary associated piping, wiring, etc., as required for a complete operating installation. B. Where the word "contractor" is used in this section, it shall refer to the Plumbing subcontractor and/or the Heating Ventilating subcontractor. C. The drawings and specifications for equipment, devices, systems, etc. are based upon the dimensions, capacities, ratings, weights, performance, accessibility, sound, etc. of manufacturer specified. Equipment, devices, systems, etc. made by manufacturers specified as acceptable manufacturers may also be acceptable providing they meet the dimensions, capacities, ratings, weights, material, quality, performance, accessibility, service organization, sound, etc. of that specified. The acceptability of equipment, devices, systems, etc. other than those specified~'as being "equal" shall be judged by the Architect or his engineering representative. 1Nhere `= equipment used is one of the acceptable manufacturers but not the one specified orr the drainrings alters the design requirements indicated, the contractor shall pay for changes required by other trades to accommodate the substitution. (Refer to "Substitutions" in the General Cor~itonsj_;.' D. All work shall be installed in keeping with manufacturer's standards and requiremerits~, `unless ' otherwise noted. ~ ; 1.03 VERIFICATION OF SITE CONDITIONS A. Refer to General Conditions. B. Contractor shall visit the site and contact City, and utility companies and verify site conditions, soil conditions, points of new connections, utilities, etc. before submitting his bid. C. No increase in contract cost will be permitted because of the contractor's unfamiliarity with the site conditions. 1.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Contractor shall furnish information on exact location and size of chases and openings to the General Contractor. Contractor shall also provide and set in place sleeves, inserts, forms, etc. required for his work. Contractor shall coordinate this work with the General Contractor. B. If contractor fails to supply General Contractor with required information in time or if contractor fails to set sleeves, inserts, forms, etc., contractor shall arrange and pay General Contractor for 15010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility required cutting and patching to match original condition. C. Cutting shall be neat, located accurately, and not larger than necessary. D. Contractor shall patch drives, curbs, sidewalks, parking lots, etc. cut under his contract to match existing construction. 1.05 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING SERVICES AND OWNER'S OPERATION A. Work shall be scheduled to minimize interruption of owner's operation. Interruptions shall be approved in advance in writing by Architect. Interruptions may be during the normal working day. 1.06 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Refer to Special Conditions for additional information on scheduling of work. B. Contractor shall provide underfloor and underground excavation and backfill for the installation of his work. C. Contractor shall contact utility companies to accurately locate existing utilities and obstructions. If he cuts or damages utilities, it is his responsibility to pay for appropriate repairs. D. Perform work in accordance with OSHA requirements. E. Excavate no deeper or wider than necessary. Excavated materials which are considered unsuitable by the Architect and surplus excavated materials which are not required for backfilling shall be removed from the site by the contractor. Provide all necessary shoring required to prevent cave-ins. Trenches saturated with water shall be dug out deeper and backfilled with compacted clean sand. R. ~: Bottonx~¢f the trench shall be 6" below the bottom of the sewer or pipe with depressions for hubs, '~ valved; etc. Support pipes and sewers uniformly on 6" minimum thickness of clean, compacted t _- ;~_ ~_ ~ . ~, G. Any gges#ionable soil conditions must be reported to the Architect before installing any work. ___. ~a - .~:? . ` H. _,After .piping, and sewers, etc. have been installed, tested, and inspected, and all rubbish, rocks, l . ~,_ ~onesr wood, etc. removed from the trench, the trench shall be backfilled. ~-- C.) I. l~bthing but clean, compacted sand shall be placed within 6" of any sewer or pipe. J. Excessive excavation, excavation to reach undisturbed soil, and bedding of all sewers and pipe shall be backfilled with clean, compacted sand. K. Backfill under drives, parking, sidewalks, floor slabs, etc. with clean sand compacted in 6" layers by uniformly rolling, pneumatic tamping, or other approved equipment to 90% maximum density at optimum moisture content. If necessary, moisten backfill or allow to dry to correct moisture level before compacting. Architect shall be notified 24 hours in advance of testing and may choose to be present at that time. L. Backfill (except within 6" of sewer or pipe) in lawn areas may be clean earth, tamped and settled with water in 8" layers. M. Contractor shall be responsible for correcting any settling. N. Contractor shall be responsible for resurfacing of existing drives, sidewalks, and paving areas 2 15010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility where the resurfacing is made necessary by the installation of his work. 1.07 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Contractor shall maintain at the project a set of prints on which daily record of changes and deviations of underground and underfloor work shall be recorded. B. Upon completion of the project and prior to final payment of the contract, the contractor shall submit to the Architect the marked-up drawings. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of other contractors and construction. Report conflicts in locations, available space, etc. to Architect in writing before equipment is purchased or installed, or as soon as possible. B. Locate equipment, ductwork, piping, devices, etc. approximately as shown, called for, or as directed. Registers, grilles, thermostats, plumbing fixtures, etc. shall be located to be in harmony with each other and with ceiling, wall, and floor designs and lights. Any work which does not conform to above shall be relocated as directed by Architect without increase in contract cost. 1.09 WORKMANSHIP A. Refer to General Conditions. B. Work must be done in first class manner by experienced tradesmen. Workmanship of inferior quality, as determined by Architect, shall be redone as required for a first class installation at no increase in contract. 1.10 MATERIALS A. Refer to General Conditions. B. Equipment and material shall be new and in undamaged condition. ~... C. Similar materials and devices such as valves, plumbing fixtures, fans, grilles, louvers,:. '_ disconnects, etc. shall be of the same style and the same manufacturer for uniformity and future serviceability throughout the project. 1.11 ELECTRICAL WORK A. All electrical work shall conform to all requirements of the Electrical Specifications and the National Electrical Code. B. Motor Wiring: See paragraph on "Motor and Electrically Powered Device Wiring" in the Electrical Specification (Division 16). C. Motor Controllers: Contractor to provide motor controllers for equipment specified in Division 15; for specifics, see paragraphs on "Motor Controllers" in the Electrical Specification (Division 16). D. Disconnects: Contractor to provide disconnects for equipment specified in Division 15; for specifics, see Paragraph on "Disconnects" in the Electrical Specification (Division 16). 1.12 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Refer to General Conditions. 3 15010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. Before purchases are made, submit eight copies or more of shop drawings of all equipment, devices, fixtures, controls, etc. to Architect in not more than four groups. Three sets of shop drawings are to be retained by the contractor for insertion into the operating and maintenance manuals. C. Each shop drawing shall indicate equipment, capacity, dimensions, weights, finishes, performance, control diagrams, wiring diagrams, sequence of operation, parts lists, service organization and evidence that it has been reviewed and approved by the contractor. D. No equipment shall be purchased or installed until shop drawings have been reviewed in writing by Architect. Exact item to be provided shall be clearly identified on the submission. The reproduction of catalog pages without item identification is not acceptable. E. Architect will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. F. Architect assumes no responsibility for correctly reviewing shop drawings. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 GUARANTEE A. Refer to General Conditions. B. All equipment, devices, fixtures, etc. and workmanship shall be guaranteed to operate properly and be free of defects for at least one year -three years for water heater tank, after final payment for completion of the work as evidenced by the issuance of the final certificate of payment by Architect. C. Any failure or malfunctioning during the one year guarantee period shall be repaired or replaced t ~, as soe~t as possible at no charge to the Owner. Repaired or replaced work shall be guaranteed for ~:? one gear, same as new work. AJ_~.14 ~ CL~A~ydG a _ ~ ,. A~ ~Refer.i~o.~eneral Conditions. ~_ ._ ~..£, ~.._ - _ . 6.-=~~quipn~rat, fixtures, ducts, pipes, devices, etc. shall be kept as clean as possible during ~~onstruf~t~n. `_...' C- ^3 C. Keep site orderly and clean at all times during the construction. Storing of materials shall be in accordance with the wishes of the Owner in areas designated for that purpose. D. All shipping materials, excess materials, scraps, debris, etc. shall be removed from site. E. Labels, stickers, etc. shall be removed and the entire installation left in a clean, usable condition. F. The air circulation system may be used if approved by the Architect. The heating contractor shall provide disposable type filters on duct openings to keep construction dirt out or ductwork. G. Protect all equipment and plumbing fixtures on the job site until project has been finished. Plumbing fixtures shall be covered with heavy paper covering until after completion of the building. H. Any mechanical items damaged by exposure to the weather shall be replaced or refinished by the contractor, as directed by the Architect. I. At the completion of the work, the contractor shall completely clean each permanent unit, install 4 15010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility new filters, and perform all service functions required for placing in use and qualifying for the required guarantees. 1.15 FLASHING A. Openings in roof, including plumbing vents, etc. shalt be flashed. B. For metal roof buildings, flashings through roof shall be by metal roof supplier. 1.16 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. Certain equipment, including concession's equipment such as ice maker, will be provided and set in place by others. B. Contractor shall rough-in and make final connections to equipment. C. Plumbing contractor shall provide a stop and supply on each water connection to water using equipment. D. Plumbing contractor shall provide drain from each drain connection which shall extend to and discharge over floor drain with an approved 1"air gap arrangement. E. Contractor shall obtain equipment shop drawings from Owner or general contractor. Contractor shall coordinate with equipment requirements and install rough-ins at proper locations. 1.17 FUTURE EQUIPMENT A. Contractor shall provide rough-in of services for future equipment. B. Cold and hot water, waste and vent piping shall be provided as indicated on drawings and capped close to the wall for each piece of equipment requiring that service. , - C. If equipment is selected and/or purchased before rough-ins are installed, contractor shall obtain equipment shop drawings. Contractor shall coordinate with equipment requirements and :install rough-ins at proper locations. .. 1.18 VANDAL PROOF PROVISIONS A. Where accessible to public, all screws shall be VANDAL PROOF. END OF SECTION 5 15010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15020 SCOPE OF WORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work covered by this specification shall include furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and services required to construct and install the complete system shown on accompanying plans and specified herein. This work shall include, but is not limited to the following: PLUMBING Following codes, paying fees, and obtaining permits Verification of site conditions Cutting and patching, excavation and backfill, coordination Guarantees, cleaning, flashing, tests, identification Project record documents Shop drawings Connections to equipment provided by others Demonstration and operating instructions, parts lists Wiring and control diagrams Pipe materials, sleeves, and escutcheons Hangers and supports Valves Pipe insulation Cold and hot water piping systems Waste and vent piping systems Sanitary sewer Floor drains Water heater Plumbing fixtures and specialties Work shown on Plumbing drawings All other equipment and devices required for complete operating systems. HEATING, AND VENTILATING Following codes, paying fees, and obtaining permits Verification of site conditions Cutting and patching, coordination Guarantees, cleaning, flashing, tests, identification Shop drawings Connections to equipment provided by others Demonstration and operating instructions, parts lists Wiring and control diagrams Hangers and supports Equipment supports Air balancing Window air conditioners Fans Sheet metal ductwork Air flow operated dampers Motor operated dampers Registers and grilles --{ 15020-SCOPE OF WORK 07.043 Automatic control Louvers Work shown on Heating, and Ventilating drawings All other equipment and devices required for complete operating systems. Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility END OF SECTION ~~--, x__. ~~.? ~ r' e7 ~` } ~J A m-,.: f"".+ ._.] f` ~ .-- - L..~ '. ~._.~ 2 15020-SCOPE OF WORK 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15023 CODES, FEES, HEALTH STANDARDS AND PERMITS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Equipment, devices, systems, etc. shall be complete, safe, efficient, and shall conform to the following: 1. All specification requirements. 2. NFPA Codes. 3. U.L. or E.T.L. 4. N.E.C. 5. ASHRAE 90 and Iowa Energy Code. 6. Owner's insurance company. 7. Applicable codes. 8. Ordinances. 9. Statutes. 10. OSHA. 11. International Building Codes. - 12. American Disabilities Act of 1990. 13. All other regulative agencies, without increase in contract cost. B. All equipment shall have at least one label from AGA, U.L. or E.T.L. C. Equipment, materials, accessories, etc. shall not contain dioxane, PCB, formaldehyde, asbestos, or any other harmful chemicals or contaminates. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTRUCTIONS A. Contractor shall post all bonds, obtain and pay charges for all permits required for the installation of his work and arrange and pay for all required inspections. B. Contractor shall pay all fees and taxes imposed by State, Municipal, or other bodies. END OF SECTION 1 15023-CODES, FEES, HEALTH STANDARDS & PERMITS 07.043 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15042 TESTS A. Provide all material, labor, and equipment necessary to complete all pipe testing. B. All new piping and equipment shall be tested to insure tight systems. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Balancing of Air Systems: Section 15043. B. Demonstration and Instructions to Owner: Section 15046. C. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15060. D. Valves: Section 15100. E. Interior Waste, and Vent Piping: Section 15410. F. Exterior Sewers: Section 15411. G. Electric W ater Heater: Section 15424. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit dated and signed test report which was witnessed by engineer PART 3 -EXECUTION A. Testing shall be done before piping is concealed and before pipe insulation is installed. Test pressure shall be maintained for at least two hours without drop in pressure. If leaks are detected, they shall be repaired and tests repeated until successful. Engineer to be notified 24 hours in advance of testing and may choose to be present. B. Equipment or devices which may be damaged by test pressure shall be protected or removed during tests. Cold and hot water piping shall be tested to 100 PSI. C. All interior and exterior sewers and vents shall be tested and made tight. Testing shall include plugging sewer 5'-0" outside building; plugging or capping all fixtures, drains, and connections; providing a temporary extension to 5'-0" above roof; and filling with water to top of temporary pipe. If water drops more than 1" in four hours, leaks shall be repaired and tests repeated. Engineer to be notified 24 hours in advance of testing and may choose to be present during test. Systems may be tested in sections, if approved by Engineer. END OF SECTION 15042-TESTS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15043 BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all material, labor and equipment necessary to adjust and balance air system. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Demonstration and Instructions to Owner: Section 15046. B. Window Air Conditioners: Section 15665. C. Fans: Section 15820. D. Ductwork Accessories: Section 15860. E. Motor Operated Dampers: Section 15863. F. Registers and Grilles: Section 15870. G. Controls: Section 15900. ~ -\' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE _ r~~__~ A. Adjusting, balancing, and testing shall be done by qualified personnel with at least experience of adjusting, balancing, and testing of twenty (20) jobs. B. Employ only qualified personnel to perform testing and balancing work. = ~' F^ C. Submit evidence that the personnel who will perform the testing and balancing of the project n, systems are qualified personnel for review and approval by the Architect/Engineer prior to performing the work. D. Perform all corrective measures caused by faulty installation. Retest, readjust and rebalance systems until satisfactory results are achieved. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. After all balancing and adjustments have been made, to the Architect for review, prepare and submit three (3) copies of the complete balancing data. Each copy to be bound with perforated plastic ring binder and shall include title page, balancing person's qualifications, instruments used, and all testing and balancing data. B. Balancing data shall be submitted on standard published forms. 1.05 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc.: 1987 ASHRAE Handbook, HVAC Systems and Applications Volume, Chapter 57, "Testing, Adjusting and Balancing". B. Associated Air Balance Council National: National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation Total System Balance, Volume Two, No. 12172, 1973 Edition. C. Measurement and instrumentation standards for testing and balancing air and hydronic systems published by SMARTA. 1 15043-BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility ~. _. i,-- !F ~._.. _' lr:'-- 3.0 END OF SECTION 2 15043-BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURE A. Before balancing, inspect air system for completeness, air-tightness, and blockages, etc. If discrepancies found, direct contractor to take corrective measures. After corrective measures have satisfactorily been made, perform balancing. B. Ventilating equipment and system shall be complete and operating continuously at time of adjusting, balancing, and testing. C. Contractor shall balance each air system to supply and exhaust the quantities of air called for on the drawings. Contractor shall provide additional balancing dampers if required to obtain proper distribution. Air handling equipment shall be adjusted to between design air quantities and 10 percent overage. All registers and grilles shall be adjusted to within 10 percent of design air quantities. D. Balancing shall be done using approved calibrated measuring devices and approved methods. E. The fan RPM data specified is based on design calculations. Contractor shall adjust fan RPM as required to obtain specified capacity at the smallest possible static pressure. F. Contractor shall verify that all fans are rotating in the proper direction. 3.02 BALANCING REPORT DATA A. Balancing report data shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. For each air inlet or outlet 2. For each fan ~'~ -- 'r' ~; 3. ;.Eindow air conditioner ~ ~~ , -- =~°3 . ~ +~:__ r-- ; C:J~ _:~ _ =..,a 3 ADJUSTING - CFM - Fan RPM; motor RPM - Inlet and outlet static pressure - Motor nameplate current rating - Motor current draw - CFM - Outdoor air temperature - Unit nameplate current rating - Unit actual current draw A. If above tests indicate that design conditions are not being complied with, contractor shall make necessary corrections in equipment, installation, balancing, etc., and shall repeat tests as often as necessary to comply with design conditions, without increase in contract price. B. Contractor shall make all changes; adjust fan speeds; thoroughly clean all filters and systems; add volume dampers, etc. as required to provide specified capacities of all systems without increase in contract price. 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15045 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete operation and maintenance data to serve as a source and reference of information regarding the products and materials incorporated in this project to aid the Owner in maintaining and operating the mechanical systems. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Shop Drawings in General Provisions: Section 15010. B. Balancing of Air Systems: Section 15043. C. Demonstration and Instructions to Owner: Section 15046. D. Water Heater: Section 15424. E. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim: Section 15450. F. Window Air Conditioners: Section 15665. G. Fan: Section 15820. H. Motor Operated Dampers: Section 15863. I. Controls: Section 15900. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit plumbing and heating and ventilating information in the same manual. B. Submit one copy of the Manual to the Engineer prior to indoctrination of operation and maintenance personnel. Engineer will review the copy and return it to the contractor. with ~~ comments. Contractor shall make the corrections and submit three completed copies to the ~: engineer. The plumbing sub-contractor is to prepare the manuals. The heating sub-contractor is to provide the heating information to the plumbing sub-contractor. PART 2 -PRODUCTS -Instruction Manual Materials 1. Page Size: 8-1/2" x 11". 2. Paper: White bond, at least 20 Ib. weight. 3. Text: Neatly typewritten. 4. Dividers: Separate each portion of the Manual with neatly prepared labeled tab index divider sheets. 5. Binder: Use heavy-duty, black, 3-ring binders. 6. Cover: To have the following information on each manual: OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Name of Project General Subject of This Manual 7. Organization: Arrange manual in sections with title page, date, and index. 8. Contents: Include at least the following: 15045-OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility a. Descriptive Information: 1. Neatly typewritten index near the front of the Manual giving immediate information as to location within the Manual. 2. Complete nomenclature of all parts of all equipment. 3. Complete nomenclature and part number of all replaceable parts, name and address of nearest vendor, and all other data pertinent to procurement procedures. 4. Copy of all guarantees and warranties issued. 5. Manufacturer's bulletins, cuts, and descriptive data, where pertinent, clearly indicating the precise items included in this installation and deleting, or otherwise clearly indicating, all manufacturer's data with which this installation is not concerned. 6. Such other data as required in pertinent Section of these specifications. 7. A copy of all approved mechanical shop drawings. 8. A copy of all control and wiring diagrams. b. Complete operating procedures for all equipment. c. Complete inspection and maintenance procedures for all equipment. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 Use the manuals as a basis for instructions to the Owner. END OF SECTION r~ ,__-'= ~.' «~' L!~_ c'a ~ `-'. {- ~ - `~ .__ i ..,._a ~ ~~ ,., ~; - ~-- ~ j ~_; ~~•.~ 2 15045-OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15046 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide knowledgeable and experienced personnel to demonstrate and give Owner's representative complete operating instructions. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Shop Drawings, in General Provisions: Section 15010. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Section 15045. C. Water Heater: Section 15424. D. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim: Section 15450. E. Window Air Conditioners: Section 15665. F. Fans: Section 15820. G. Motor Operated Dampers: Section 15863. H. Controls: Section 15900. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ~ - -. A. Submit report of session signed and dated by attendees. _: PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTRUCTIONS ~,. A. After systems are complete, adjusted, balanced and tested, the systems and equipment shall be operated continuously for a period of 3 days of eight hours each, during which time contractor shall verify that systems and equipment operate satisfactorily. After systems and equipment have been found to operate satisfactorily, each contractor shall instruct Owner's operating personnel in the operation and maintenance of all equipment and systems. Operation and maintenance instructions shall be given twice with three weeks between each session and shall be scheduled by the architect. B. Instructions shall include demonstration of operation and set points of all controls. C. Instructions shall be given at the job site. D. The operating and maintenance manuals shall serve as a basis of instruction. Review all contents of the manual with Owner's operating personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. END OF SECTION 1 15046-DEMONSTRATION & INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER 07.043 Napoleon Fark Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15047 IDENTIFICATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Fans, disconnects, etc. shall have an identifying nameplate. 1.02 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Brady, Brimar Industries, Inc., Emed Company, McLoone Metal Graphics, Seaton, or equal. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES A. Nameplates shall be stamped metal. 0.02 aluminum, or two color engraved plastic or micarta, or neatly painted, or decals, at least 5" x 3", with 1/2" high letters. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - i __,• A. Contractor shall fasten nameplate to equipment and devices with screws. . _, END OF SECTION 1 15047-IDENTIFICATION 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete pipe systems to fixtures, equipment, devices, etc. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Tests: Section 15042. B. Sleeves and Sealing of Wall, Floor, and Ceiling Penetration: Section 15092. C Hangers, Supports, and Escutcheons: Section 15094. D. Valves: Section 15100. E. Water Service and Meters: Section 15401. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 INTERIOR PIPE MATERIALS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: Service Material -: Cold water Type "L" copper Hot water Type "L" copper .. Waste & vent Refer to "Interior Waste & Vent" paragraph 2.02 PLASTIC PIPE: PVC plastic 2.03 COPPER PIPE FITTING: Forged copper with sweated joints ~ .. 2.04 UNIONS: ` 2" and smaller: Screwed coupling type union PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install interior piping straight, parallel with walls, pitched slightly to drain at low points, and securely supported. B. Locate piping to avoid ductwork. C. Make joints water and gastight, under test pressures as specified in "Tests" paragraph and under actual service conditions. D. Verify exact sizes and locations of equipment connections prior to roughing-in for equipment furnished by others. E. Make final connections to equipment, unless otherwise noted. F. For copper pipe with sweated joints: Cut pipe to required length so pipe enters fitting to full depth. Clean and polish outer surface of pipe ends and inner surface of fitting. Apply flux and solder as 1 15060-PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Solder to be lead-free type. Taramet, or Silvabrite 100. G. Provide di-electric fittings where different pipe materials come together. Di-electric fittings must be suitable for intended service. H. Install unions so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled for servicing of equipment, devices, etc. I. Pitch condensate drain lines 1/4" per foot and provide sufficient cleanouts to allow for easy servicing. J. Provide water piping to plumbing fixtures, kitchen equipment, water using devices, and where shown. K. Provide offsets to absorb expansion and contraction. L. Horizontal pipes shall be concealed above ceiling unless otherwise indicated. M. Vertical pipes shall be concealed in walls or chases unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION w, ~.~ '; ~} ...f _... 2 15060-PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15092 SLEEVES AND SEALING OF WALL, FLOOR, AND CEILING PENETRATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Contractor shall provide and set in place sleeves where piping and ducts pass through walls, ceilings, and floors. B. Penetrations through walls, floors, and ceilings must be totally sealed on both sides. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15060. B. Ductwork: Section 15840. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Oversize sleeves to allow pipe and insulation to pass through sleeve with freedom of movement of pipe. B. For non-bearing walls, interior partitions, etc., sleeves shall be galvanized sheet metal of following gauges: 24 gauge for 2-1/2" diameter and smaller; 22 gauge for 3" to 6"; 20 gauge for sizes over 6". ~ . C. For bearing and exterior walls, floors, etc., sleeves for piping shall be Schedule 40Cgalvanized steel pipe. Sleeves for ducts shall be 22 gauge up to 12" duct width, 20 gauge up 30 30" duet.: width, and 18 gauge for duct widths over 30". D. For piping through footings or foundations, sleeves shall be cast iron. _ E. For roofs, see flashing paragraph in Section 15010. PART 3 -EXECUTION A. Sleeves shall be flush with walls and floors. - , B. Caulk between pipe and sleeve of exterior walls to make a watertight installation. C. Sleeves shall be grouted into masonry walls and tight to other walls. D. Sheet metal sleeves shall have flange overlapping wall construction by 1"and be fastened to construction. END OF SECTION 15092-SLEEVES & SEALING OF WALL, FLOOR, & CEILING PENETRATIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15094 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ESCUTCHEONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. All piping shall be adequately supported. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15060. B. Insulation: Section 15180. C. Interior Waste and Vent Piping: Section 15410. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Elcen, F & S Manufacturing, and Grinnell. 1.04 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. All supports and hangers shall conform to the latest requirements of the American National Standard Institute (ANSI) Code for pressure piping 831.1.0 and Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) of the Valve and Fitting Industry Inc. SP-58 and SP-69 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification. PART 2 -PRODUCTS -.. 2.01 HANGER TYPES - - A. For supporting from wood joists, beams, etc., provide side mounted angle bracket vuith bolt `--. through structure for attaching hanger rods. Elcen Figure 27 or 47. B. Hangers shall encircle pipe and pipe insulation. Strap hangers are not acceptable.-Elcen Clevis - type Figure 12, 12C, and 89, Grinnell Figure 260, F & S Figure 86. __ C. For horizontal pipes supported from walls, support pipes with "J" hooks. Elcen Figure 45 anct 46, Grinnell, F & S Figure 1788. D. For vertical pipes supported from walls, support pipes with "U" clamps. Elcen Figure 43 and 43A, Grinnell Figure 137, F & S Figure 137. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Hanger material in contact with the pipe must be same material as pipe, or coated with same material as pipe, or provided with Cush-A-Strip di-electric isolator. B. For insulated pipe provide galvanized sheet metal saddle with flared edges to protect pipe insulation. C. Minimum hanger rod shall be 3/8" dia. up to 2" pipe, 1/2" dia. for 2-1/2" and 3" pipe, 5/8" dia. for 4" and 5" pipe, and shall be vertically adjustable. D. Provide chrome plated brass or steel escutcheons around pipes through walls, floors, and ceilings 1 15094-HANGERS, SUPPORTS & ESCUTCHEONS 07.043 on finished side of rooms. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Secure hangers and supports from building structural system. Hanging from ceiling suspension systems, electrical conduits, ducts, piping, or other mechanical equipment or building components not designed for hanging is not allowed. B. Hangers and supports shall secure pipes in position to maintain specified pitch and allow for expansion and contraction. C. Maximum hanger spacing shall be 8'-0" for 1-1/4" and smaller pipe, 10'-0" for 1-1/2" and 2" pipe, and 12'-0" for 2-1/2" and over. Hangers shall also be located within 2'-0" of corners. D. Hang cast iron pipe with a hanger at each joint and maximum 5'-0" on centers. E. Hang plastic piping using no more than maximum hanger spacing as recommended by manufacturer. F. Install non-compressing insulation spacer between pipe and hanger. G. Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. H. Secure escutcheons to sleeve, but not to insulation with set screws or other approved devices. 3.02 ADJUST A. Adjust hangers and supports to place piping at proper pitch and elevations. END OF SECTION 3 ~ /' . . ...> . \ i ~ .., , _ . t .~_ .~ c , J ..._-., ..,.. rN - . ,\ ~ [--J 2 15094-HANGERS, SUPPORTS & ESCUTCHEONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15100 VALVES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Valves shall be provided to isolate equipment and sections of piping. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15060. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are: 1. Crane, DeZurik, Hammond, Jenkins, Milwaukee, Powell, Stockham, Walworth, and Watts for gate, valves. 2. Apollo, Crane, Frey, Hammond, Milwaukee, Watts, and Wolverine for ball valves. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Valves: Not less than 125 PSI working pressure. B. Material for renewable disc and seats to be suitable for intended service. C. Valves 2" and smaller in copper piping: Bronze construction and shall have solder connections or have screwed connects with adjacent union. D. Gate valves: 1. 2" and smaller: Threaded, inside screw, rising stem, screw-in bonnet, solid wedge, Cranef 428, Hammond IB 640. 2. 2" and smaller: Solder, inside screw, rising stem, screw-in bonnet, solid wedge, Crane 133.4, Hammond E. Ball valves: 1. 2" and smaller: Threaded, blowout proof stem, glass reinforced Teflon seats, chrome plated brass on stainless steel ball, full port opening, 2 piece bronze body rated at 6001NPG/15Q SUP, Apollo 77-100, Frey 800 Series, Milwaukee 8A-125, Watts B-6080,. 2. 2" and smaller: Soldered, blowout proof stem, glass reinforced Teflon seats, chrome plated brass or stainless steel ball, full port opening, 2 piece bronze body rated at 600 WOG/150 SUP, Apollo 70-200, Frey 800 Series, Watts B-6081. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Locate valves where accessible for operating and so that the bonnet assembly is removable. B. Locate valve with stems above the horizontal, unless otherwise indicated on plans. C. Valves for draining piping systems shall be piped to floor drain or provided with 3/4" hose thread connection. END OF SECTION 15100-VALVES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15180 INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15060. B. Sleeves and Sealing of Wall, Floor, and Ceiling Penetrations: Section 15092. C. Hangers, Supports and Escutcheons: Section 15094. D. Valves: Section 15100. E. Water Heater: Section 15424. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are: 1. Certain-teed, Knauf, Owens/Corning, or Schuller (Johns-Manville) for fiberglass insulation. 2. Armstrong, Rubatex, or Therm-a-cell for cellular insulation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS •_- ,. A. Insulation thermal resistances and minimum applied thicknesses shall conform to--ASHRAE 90 and Iowa Energy Code. _.: B. The following piping shall be insulated as follows: - = ; 1. Cold water - 1"fiberglass or 1/2" cellular 2. Hot water - 1"fiberglass or 1/2" cellular . r C. Fiberglass pipe insulation: 1. One or two piece heavy density fiberglass sectional pipe insulation with all service jacket. 2. Jacket shall be continuous vapor barrier with paintable surface and pressure sensitive lap seam. 3. Have maximum flame spread rating of 25 and maximum smoke developed rating of 50. 4. Maximum conductivity of 0.25 BTU-IN/HR-SO.FT-DEG. F. 5. Fittings, valve bodies, etc. shall be insulated same as straight sections with fiberglass tied securely in place with pre-mold plastic covers. 6. All joints and seams must be sealed without using staples. 7. Certain-teed 500 ASJ/SSL, Knauf ASJ/SSL, Johns-Manville MicroLok 650 AP-T, Owens/Corning 25 ASJ/SSL. D. Cellular pipe insulation shall be as follows: 1. Have maximum flame spread rating of 25 and maximum smoke developed rating of 50. 2. May be used only where allowed by code. 3. Fittings, valve bodies, etc. shall be insulated same as straight sections. 4. All joints and seams must be sealed. 5. Armstrong Armaflex AP, Rubatex R-180-FS, Therma-cell pipe insulation. 15180-INSULATION 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Apply pipe insulation neat and continuous through hangers, sleeves, walls, partitions, floors, ceilings, etc. B. Test, inspect piping and equipment before applying insulation. C. At unions, end of air chambers, connections to equipment, at valve body stems, etc. where pipe insulation is terminated and where pipe sizes are changed, seal the end of insulation with Zeston end caps or reducer. D. Pipe hangers shall encircle pipe insulation and have galvanized sheet metal saddle with flared edges to protect pipe insulation. E. Insulation shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION c,7 ~a r _...~..,1 !.~ ...., - l ~_J :, J 1 `_,.J _....~ 2 15180-INSULATION 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15401 WATER SERVICE AND METER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete water service and meter installation, including but not limited to: 1. Connection to utilities water main. 2. Procuring water meter from City Water Department, installing it where shown. 3. Reduced pressure backflow preventer. 4. Additional valves, meter by-pass, etc. as required by the City and/or water utility. 5. Remote reader and cabling. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Excavation & Backfill paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. B. Codes, Fees, & Permits: Section 15023. C. Sleeves & Sealing of Wall, Floor, & Ceiling Penetrations: Section 15092. D. Information on drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to shop drawing paragraph in General Provisions Section 15010. B. Submit disinfection report and signed certification. C. Submit backflow preventer test report. - PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER MAIN A. Type "K" copper. 2.02 UNDERGROUND GATE VALVES SHALL COMPLY WITH AWWA STANDARDS AND HAVE: A. Iron body. B. Bronze mounted. C. Double disc. D. Non-rising stem. E. Mechanical joint to match piping. F. Mueller or Clow. G. Cast iron valve box to grade with identified cover. 2.03 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Backflow preventer shall be manufacturer's approved by the water company. B. Domestic: Refer to Section 15440 Plumbing Specialties. PART 3 -EXECUTION 1 15401-WATER SERVICE & METER 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 3.01 FEES AND PERMITS A. Contractor shall obtain and pay all water service and meter fees, cross connection control device inspection, inspections, permits, and all other charges which may be required. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Set top of valve box flush with grade. B. Provide a minimum of 5'-6" cover over piping. C. Disinfect piping system. D. Provide report and certification. E. Extend full size drain pipe from vent outlet of backflow preventer through air gap funnel and discharge over floor drain. F. Provide testing of backflow preventer and submit copy of report. G. Piping to be straight and of uniform pitch. H. Install remote reader device and cabling back to meter. END OF SECTION .~ C*<j r r ,..__ , _. ._ __. ._J r ' _-_ ~ - __ <..: ~_ '~ -- f.. '. __ ._,.~ .. _ J ~,,~ _ ._ 2 15401-WATER SERVICE & METER - - 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15410 INTERIOR WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide waste and vent piping to all plumbing fixtures and equipment requiring those connections. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Excavation and Backfill paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. B. Codes, Fees, Health Standards, and Permits: Section 15023. C. Tests: Section 15042. D. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15060. E. Hangers, Supports and Escutcheons: Section 15094. F. Floor Drains: Section 15421. G. Cleanouts and Cleanout Access Covers: Section 15423. H. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim: Section 15450. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Underground waste and vent piping: Standard weight bell and spigot cast iron soil pipe with neoprene gaskets or lead caulked joints or Schedule 40 PVC if approved by City. B. Above ground waste and vent piping: 1. Standard weight bell and spigot with Neoprene gaskets or no-hub cast iron soil pipe with neoprene gaskets and 24 gauge 304 stainless steel clamping band; Clamp-All; Anaheim o_: ; Foundry; or lead caulked joints, or 2. Type "M" or DWV copper with soldered joints, or 3. PVC plastic with cemented joints. C. Drainage fittings: Long sweep type designed to aid in hydraulic flow. _ - PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Pitch waste and vent piping to drain and vent. Pitch branches 1/4" per foot. Pitch main runs 1/4" per foot; where limited, pitch may be decreased to 1/8" per foot. B. Conceal piping, except where noted. C. Waste and vent piping is minimum in quality and size and must be increased both in number and size if required to prevent siphoning of traps and if required to comply with applicable codes. D. Extend plumbing vents through the roof full sized, but increased to a minimum size of 4" and flashed. See flashing paragraph in section 15010. END OF SECTION 15410-INTERIOR WASTE & VENT PIPING 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15411 EXTERIOR SEWERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all material, labor, and equipment necessary to complete all exterior sanitary sewer work. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Excavation & Backfill paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. B. Tests: Section 15042. C. Cleanouts & Cleanout Access Cover: Section 15423. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Sanitary sewers shall be standard cast iron soil pipe or vitrified the pipe, or bell and spigot SDR-35 plastic pipe (ASTM D3034). Vitrified the pipe shall be first quality, double strength salt glazed, hard burned, highly vitrified sewer pipe, conforming in all respects to the Standard Specifications of the American Society for Testing Material. Make the connection to the existing sewer in strict accordance with the City Sewer Department requirements. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All pipe shall be carefully inspected and no defective pipe shall be laid, but must be immediately,° ,. removed from the work. ~~ B. No pipe shall be trimmed and all pipe which does not fit truly shall be rejected. a C. Lay pipe on a firm bed and in perfect conformity with the lines and levels established, using Clash°, "B" or "C" bedding. D. The grade and line of the pipe shall be obtained by the use of a laser or of batter boards and a top line set with a surveyor's level or other method equally satisfactory to the Architect. E. Keep with each pipe-laying crew a superintendent whose duty it is to see that the top line is in place at all times and that the pipe lines are properly graded. F. The bottom of the trench shall be carefully graded and shaped so that each pipe has the proper pitch and so that the pipe rests on 6" compacted sand with a uniform bearing throughout its entire length when laid to line and grade. G. For making joints, a bell hole shall be dug sufficient to eliminate pressure on bell. END OF SECTION 1 15411-EXTERIOR SEWERS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15421 FLOOR DRAINS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Floor drains shall be suitable for floor construction. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Excavation and Backfill paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. B. Interior Waste and Vent Piping: Section 15410. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Josam, Smith, Wade, Watts, and Zurn. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 FLOOR DRAIN TYPES A. FD-1- Cast iron body, integral P-trap, integral cleanout, cast iron rim and strainer, less = - backwater valve; Smith 2530, Wade W-2210, or Zurn Z-742 or cast iron-body, ~, adjustable polished bronze round strainer, separate P-trap; Smith 2010: A, Wade" W-1100-AX, or Zurn ZB-415-B. - ~ -~ ' B. FD-2- Same as FD-1, except polished bronze rim and strainer; Smith 2530, V1lade ~ ;:~ W-2210, or Zurn ZB-742. , C. FD-3- Cast iron body, sediment bucket, heavy duty ductile iron strainer, separate P-trap; Smith 2233, Wade W-1460-S, or Zurn. D. FD-4- Acid resisting porcelain enamel cast iron body and dome strainer, 6" deep sump, 9" x 9" three-quarter grate; provide separate deep seal P-trap; Smith 3425-13, Wade W-9110, or Zurn Z-1900-33-3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Floor drains shall be located at elevations shown on drawings or as directed by Architect. Top of rim and strainer to be flush with finish floor. END OF SECTION 1 15421-FLOOR DRAINS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15423 CLEANOUTS AND CLEANOUT ACCESS COVER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Interior Waste and Vent Piping: Section 15410. B. Exterior Sewers: Section 15411. 1.02 GIUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Josam, Smith, Wade, and Zurn. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cleanouts in floors shall be adjustable cast iron body with scoriated polished brass top, spigot for caulking into pipe, and brass cleanout plug with countersunk wrench hole. Zurn Z-1400-2, Wade W-6000, or Smith 4020. B. Cleanouts in unfinished walls or on exposed piping shall be caulking ferrule with tapered shoulder brass plug with raised head for cast iron pipe. Zurn Z-1440-A, Wade W-8550-R, or Smith 4405. Cleanout in copper or plastic pipe shall be similar. C. Cleanouts in finished walls shall be same as in unfinished walls, except accessible through sleeve and covered with polished chrome round access cover plate with securing screw. Zurn Z-1460-9, Wade W-8480-R, or Smith 4710. D. Exterior cleanouts shall be heavy duty all cast iron adjustable type with secured cover, lead seated plug. Install with 45 degree fittings and set top flush with road or walkway surface or in 24" diameter - 4" thick concrete pad. Set exterior cleanouts low enough so as not to interfere with lawnmowers when in an area in which grass will be growing. Zurn Z-1420-27, Wade W-7000-Z, or Smith 4240. , { PART 3 -EXECUTION , 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide cleanouts: - = -~ 1. At a maximum of 50'-0" apart. 2. Where shown on drawings. 3. At each turn. 4. End of each horizontal waste line. 5. Where required by code. B. Cleanout shall be full size of sewer, but a maximum of 4", extended to surface of wall or floor where concealed with 45 degree fittings and closed with brass plugs. C. Top of cleanout rim and top to be flush with finish floor. END OF SECTION 1 15423-CLEANOUTS & CLEANOUT ACCESS COVER 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15424 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Tests: Section 15042. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Section 15045. C. Demonstration and Instructions to Owner: Section 15046. D. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15060. E. Motor and Electrically Powered Device Wiring: Section 16150. F. Disconnects: Section 16170. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Rheem, Ruud, A.O. Smith and State. B. Certifying agency is U.L. C. Must comply with recovery and standby efficiency requirements of ASHRAE 90 and Iowa Energy Code. 1.03 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee tank against leakage due to corrosion for 3 years from date of project acceptance. Repair or replace all faulty equipment within guarantee period. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to shop drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. ,~_~ :_~ PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS A. Heater shall be electric. - B. Heater shall be vertical. C. Materials shall be: _ . 1. Welded steel tank. 2. Glass tank lining. ` 3. Steel with baked on enamel finish outer shell. 4. Blanket type glass fiber insulation. 5. High density magnesium cathodic protection anode. 6. Brass water connections. 7. Steel or cast iron base and legs. D. Heaters to be free of sharp edges, scratches on enameled surfaces, loose screws, loose panels, dents on outer jacket, etc. E. Thermostat with 110°F - 170°F water temp. range (adjustable). F. Low watt density immersion elements with nicotoy sheath. G. Brass pipe nipples for connection to hot and cold water piping systems. H. Drain valve on tank bottom or lower side to completely drain tank. I. Factory pressure tested at 300 PSI. J. High limit thermostat to shut off power if water temperature inside tank exceeds 190°F (87.8°C). 1 15424-ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility K. Temperature and pressure relief valve, 3/4" (min.) American Gas Assoc. and American Society of Mechanical Engineers rated, to relieve heater capacity, piped to floor, settings shall be 125 PSIG for pressure relief setting and nominally 210 degrees F for temperature relief setting. L. Anode rod rigidly supported in heater tank for cathodic protection. M. Size and capacity as shown on drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set heater on a painted welded angle iron steel stand with 18" minimum clearance from floor. B. Install heater, piping, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. C. After piping, valves, and accessories are connected, but prior to start-up and testing, flush heater unit under full system pressure. D. After flushing, drain heater tank, refill tank, and start-up unit in accordance with manufacturer's operating instructions. E. Test heater unit after field adjustments have been made and re-test until specification requirements have been met. F. Adjust thermostat to desired outlet water temperature. G. Upon completion of testing and adjusting, clean parts of heater unit to remove grease, sludge, and foreign substances. END OF SECTION ~__ _`. i _' ._ 2 ,` ~ c::~> __-~- ; _ _ _. . ~~ , .~. a 15424-ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15440 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15060. 6. Interior Waste and Vent Piping: Section 15410. C. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim: Section 15450. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. 1.03 GIUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Hammond, Mueller or Nibco for stop and waste. 2. Smith, Wade or Woodford for sill cocks. 3. Nidel, Hammond or Chicago for hose valves. 4. Fiat, Watts, Lawler, Febco, Conbraco or Cash Acme for backflow assemblies. 5. Armstrong, B & G, Taco, Wessels or Thrush for expansion tank. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 STOP AND WASTE (S & W) -Stop valve with waste opening arranged to drain pipe beyond; Hammond No. 500 or 501; Mueller H-8190; Nibco T-211-D. 2.02 SILL COCKS (SC) -non-freezing type, automatic draining, loose key, polished brass face, ~ - ~. vacuum breaker, hardened stainless steel stem. Lock nut on packing nut and bras .valve shat; 3/4" Smith 5609-PE; Wade W-8620-1; Woodford Model 65 -polished brass. Locafe~l approx.' 18" above grade. Where sill cocks are located in masonry walls, locate in block module: 2.03 HOSE VALVES A. HV-1- With 3/4" hose connection and wheel handle with Nidel Model 34-H vacuum breaker. Hammond No. 710. 2.04 MIXING FAUCET A. MF-1- Chicago 835 rough brass, polished chrome plated mixing faucet for exposed piping, pail hook, vacuum breaker, wall support plate, hose spout and wall brace with separate stops. Mount on wall over floor drain 42" above floor. Provide Fiat #889-AA hose and hose bracket and #889-CC mop hanger. 2.05 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. All bronze construction with stainless steel internal parts. B. Strainer. C. Ball valve before and after. D. Reduced pressure valve assembly with test cocks, intermediate atmospheric vent/drain outlet. E. Full size of adjacent pipe unless otherwise indicated. 15440-PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility F. Watts 900 or 909 Series, Lawler RZ-S, Febco 825 series, Conbraco 40-200 Series. G. Separate ball valve before entire assembly. H. Air gap funnel for vent/drain outlet. 2.06 EXPANSION TANK FOR USE ON POTABLE WATER SYSTEM A. Non-replaceable heavy duty FDA approved butyl rubber bladder. B. Charging valve. C. Steel construction. D. Baked epoxy finish. E. Airtight. F. Size and capacity as shown on drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install all plumbing specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Extend full sized drain pipe from vent outlet of backflow preventers and pressurized backflow preventers through air gap funnel and discharge over floor drain. END OF SECTION ;~-.~ ;.-. ,~ _ , .. . __ _....7 `, 2 15440-PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Codes, Fees, Health Standards and Permits: Section 15023. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Section 15045. C. Demonstrations and Instructions to Owner: Section 15046. D. Interior Waste and Vent Piping: Section 15410. E. Plumbing Specialties: Section 15440. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are: 1. Amstan, Crane, Eljer, or Kohler for vitreous china fixtures. 2. Elkay, Halsey Taylor, Haws, or Oasis for drinking fountains. 4. Sloan for flush valves. 5. Beneke, Church, or Olsonite for water closet seats. 6. Acorn, Bradley for wash fountains. 7. Lawler, Leonard or Symmons for thermostatic mixing valve. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ~ ~ ~ ___ 2.01 TRIM - A. Plumbing fixtures shall be best quality and free of imperfections. ~ ~ ~-- B. Fittings and trim shall be chrome plated brass, including supplies, stops, flush pipes; tailpieces; P-traps, union connections, faucets, brackets, and other trim. Trim concealed in cabinets are riot required to be chrome plated. C. Where a manufacturer's number for a complete unit is called for, the unit shall be modified if required to provide all details specified. D. Waste pipe and trap and hot water piping and hot water stop under handicapped lavatories and sinks shall be insulated with fully molded reusable flexible vinyl insulation kit in white or neutral gray color. E. Where accessible to public, all stops, valves, flow adjustments, screws, etc. shall be vandalproof. F. Each water connection to plumbing fixtures and water using equipment shall have a stop metal to metal, loose key operated and rigid supply pipe. G. Flush valves shall be Sloan Royal, quiet, concealed piping, exposed vandal-proof button offset from centerline, non-hold open type with vacuum breaker, stop with flush pipe and wall brace. 1.6 gallons per flush for water closets and 1.0 gallon per flush for urinals. Flush valves shall be compatible with the fixture they are being used with. Flush valves for water closets to be installed 42" above floor, except to be below grab bar on handicapped closet. Flush valves for 15450-PLUMBING FIXTURES & TRIM 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility handicapped fixtures to be on wide side of compartment. H. Water closet seats shall be white, extra heavy duty, molded solid plastic with replaceable plastic bumpers, self-sustaining check hinge, anti-microbial agent elongated open front, Beneke 527 SS/CH, Church 9500 NSSC, Olsonite 95CC-SS. Coordinate seat with bolt holes of water closet being provided. I. Fixtures shall be right or left hand, as shown on drawings or as directed by Architect. 2.02 FIXTURES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS Water Closets WC-1- Wall mounted vitreous china, siphon jet, elongated closet with flush valve, back inlet. Kohler K-4329. Chair carrier and waste fitting similar to Zurn Z-1203 and Z-1204 Series. WC-2- Similar to WC-1, except wall mounted with top of seat to be 17" - 19" above floor for wheelchair users. Chair carrier and waste fitting similar to Zurn Z-1207 paraplegic series. Cold water rough-in and flush valve to be modified and arranged to avoid grab bars. Flush valve to be installed on wide side of compartment. Lavatories L-1- Wall mounted vitreous china lavatory, 20" x 18" Amstan 0355, Eljer 051-1644, Kohler K-2032, chair carrier with concealed arms. Chicago 802 supply fitting with 1/2 GPM aerator and 390 lever handles, perforated strainer waste; 1-1 /4" P-trap, arranged for handicapped with rim at elevation as required to provide 29" clearance below lavatory and Eljer 803-0530, Amstan 7723-018, Kohler K-13885 offset grid strainer with waste piping offset back to wall with trap close to wall with hot water and waste pipe insulated. Clearance under lavatory shall be 27" minimum and extend 8"from front of lavatory. Urinals UR` ~- 1~/ashout wall hung vitreous china urinal, 1 gallon per flush, 18" wide, 12-3/8" projection, ,-.., ~ ' ~ built-in trap, 3/4" back inlet, 2" outlet, beehive strainer, chair carrier, concealed flush valve. --~' - , ; `Kohler K-4960-R. Bottom of urinal opening to be 24" above floor or as directed by ,_:_~• Architect. _~ --- Uf~ -~- `Same as UR-1 except bottom of urinal opening to be 17" above floor or as directed by = A"rchitect. ~• _ Wad Fount~r~ WF- 1 - Vandal resistant barrier-free wash fountain, 36". serves 3 users, terreon densified solid surface material, color as selected by Architect, push button with adjustable timer operation, liquid soap dispenser, equal to Bradley Terreon Tri-Fount model MF2939, thermostatic mixing valve with stop valve, strainer and check valves, 1-1/2" waste, P-trap, checkstops on supplies, and thermostatic mixing valve. Drinking Fountain DF -1- Dual height heavy duty barrier free wall hung drinking fountain with stainless steel construction, designed for wheelchair usage, vandal resistant chrome plated brass bubbler with anti-squirt nozzle and hood guard, removable vandal resistant drain strainer, automatic stream height regulator, self-closing vandal resistant push button operator, valve, backsplash, wall hanger, 1-1/4" P-trap, supply with stop, stainless steel cover plate. 2 15450-PLUMBING FIXTURES & TRIM 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility Halsey Taylor HDFFBLREBP. Lower bubbler outlet to be 36" above grade. Higher bubbler to be 40" above grade. Lower bubbler to be on left side. Service Sink Receptor SSR-1- 24" x 24" x 10" molded stone receptor Fiat MSB-2424, Mustee 63, Williams MTB-2424, or Zurn 24, with cast brass strainer, 3" P-trap. Vinyl bumper guard, mop hanger, hose, and hose bracket. Make watertight joint to wall. Chicago 897 mixing faucet with integral stops, pail hook, vacuum breaker, hose spout, and wall brace mounted on wall over service sink receptor. Thermostatic Mixino Valve TMV - Thermostatic mixing valve with checkstops, guaranteed valve and piping shall be arranged to provide a completely accessible and operating installation. TMV shall have an adjustable high temperature limit stop. Size and capacity as shown on drawings. Thermostatic mixing valves must comply and be listed with ASSE. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All fixtures shall be set in place, rigid, plumb, level, and at heights as directed by Architect, or as required by code. B. Each water connection to plumbing fixtures and water using equipment shat have a full size x 8" long vertical air chamber with capped top on all fixtures, except flush valves where air chamber shall be 20" long with capped top as close to fixture as possible. Provide additional air chambers as required to ensure quiet operation. Manufactured shock absorbers may be used. ~_ ; C. Each water connection to fixtures and water using equipment shall have an air gap or vacuum breaker. D. All piping through walls, floors, or ceilings shall have chrome plated brass escutcheon- plates - - fastened in place. E. Wall hung fixtures shall be securely hung. Wall hung water closets, wall hung lavatories, and`~wall hung urinals shall have a chair carrier. ' F. Chair carriers shall be securely braced to construction and shall be concealed with feet concealed in floor. Where feet cannot be concealed in floor, provide stub feet. Chair carriers for urinals shall have thrust bolts at bottom. Chair carriers for lavatories, and drinking fountains shall have mounting plate type hanger or concealed arms. Chair carriers shall be coordinated with plumbing fixtures. G. Clean fixtures and trim just prior to final inspection. Clean out all strainers and aerators and adjust or replace washers to prevent leaks at faucets and stops. Adjust pressure at drinking fountains to provide proper flow stream. H. Tool a transparent silicon sealant between fixtures and adjacent walls and floors in a neat workmanship-like manner. END OF SECTION 3 15450-PLUMBING FIXTURES & TRIM 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15665 WINDOW AIR CONDITIONERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Balancing of Air Systems: Section 15043. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Section 15045. C. Demonstration and Instructions to Owner: Section 15046. D. Motor and Electrically Powered Device Wiring: Section 16150. E. Information on drawings. 1.02 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Amana, Carrier, Fedders, and General Electric. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 WINDOW AIR CONDITIONERS A. Galvanized steel weatherproof cabinet with baked enamel finish. B. Slide out cooling chassis, serviceable from inside the building. C. Hermetically sealed compressor. D. Sound isolation partition. E. Removable front grille with adjustable air outlets. ~. F. Multiple speed room fan with control knob. _ :_ G. Multiple setting temperature control knob. H. Cleanable filter. - I. Heavy duty cord and plug. _- PART 3 -EXECUTION , . 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set sleeve in wall at height directed by Architect. END OF SECTION 1 15665-WINDOW AIR CONDITIONERS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15820 FANS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Balancing of Air Systems: Section 15043. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Section 15045. C. Demonstrations and Instructions to Owner: Section 15046. D. Ductwork: Section 15840. E. Flexible Connections in Ductwork: Section 15859. F. Controls: Section 15900. G. Motor and Electrically Powered Device Wiring: Section 16150. H. Information on drawings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are: ACME, Broan, Cook, Jenn Air, and Penn for ceiling mounted fans. B. ACME, Cook, Coolair, Greenheck, Hartzell, tLG, Penn or Twin City for propeller fans. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 CENTRIFUGAL INLINE FAN (~ A. 18 gauge steel construction. B. Insulated housing with baked enamel finish. C. Housing to have access door on each of 3 sides. __ D. Square type construction for connection to square duct. - E. Inlet and outlet duct collars. F. Venture throat fan inlet. G. Backward inclined statically and dynamically balanced aluminum centrifugal fan wheel. H. Ball bearings with lubrication fitting extended to where accessible. I. Adjustable belt drive unless otherwise noted. J. Motor and drive located outside of air stream. K. Disconnect. L. Quiet. M. Belt guard. N. Vibration isolators. 2.02 PROPELLER FANS A. Steel construction. B. Heavy steel frame. C. Propeller fan. D. Belt drive. E. Quiet operating. F. Non-radio interfering motor. G. U.L. listed. {. ,. 1 15820-FANS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility H. AMCA certification. I. Bearings with lubrication devices or the permanently lubricated type. J. Fan guard with hinges and latch. K. Motor operated damper as specified elsewhere. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install fans and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Adjust fan speed as required to obtain capacity specified. Clean unit to remove shipping grease, shipping tags, etc. C. Hang fans from steel angle fastened to trusses. Coordinate hanging with truss manufacturer. Hang fans plumb and level and parallel to trusses with spring and neoprene vibration isolators. END OF SECTION r,.;_,, -, i .3 ,.! . :~} ` i __ r `;,~ - -- ~..: 3 .:,, r-, ,.. ~. C..:~ _..:.._ 2 15820-FANS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15840 DUCTWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Duct dimensions shown on drawings are inside dimensions. Increase overall dimensions of lined ductwork to provide the net inside dimensions indicated. B. Fittings shall be designed to provide maximum air flow efficiency characteristics and shall have equal or better characteristics than those indicated on the drawings. C. Seal joints and seams to provide airtight duct construction. Sealing shall be done when duct joints are made. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Sleeves and Sealing of Wall, Floor, and Ceiling Penetrations: Section 15092. B. Fans: Section 15820. C. Flexible Duct Connections: Section 15859. D. Ductwork Accessories: Section 15860. E. Grilles and Registers: Section 15870. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are: Armco, Central Steel, Chicago Tube & Steel, Eastern Sheet Metal, Gary Steel Company, Gate City Steel, National Steel, U.S. Steel, Vincent Metal, or equal. 1.04 REFERENCES ~ ` _,. A. Ductwork material and construction shall be rectangular ferrous metal duct construction for commercial systems in accordance with ASHRAE standards listed in Table 4 in CYiapfer 1 0.1983 ASHRAE EQUIPMENT GUIDE AND DATA BOOK. Use ± 2 in. of water pressure column for exhaust ducts. B. Duct construction details shall be in accordance with "Low Velocity Duct Construction Standards" as published by The Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc: (SMACNA). C. Ductwork seal class shall be "C" as outlined in SMACNA air duct leakage test manual. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 Hangers: Rods, straps, or angle irons, minimum sizes and maximum spacing to conform with SMACNA. 2.02 Turns in ductwork: Long sweep elbows with inside radius equal to duct diameter or square elbows with double thickness turning vanes. 2.03 Changes in duct size: Uniformly tapered sections with a maximum included angle of divergence of 20 degrees for enlargements and maximum angle of convergence of 45 degrees for contractions. 15840-DUCTWORK 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 2.04 Ductwork: Galvanized steel unless otherwise noted. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Construct ductwork in accordance with ASHRAE and SMACNA. B. Seal joints and seams to provide airtight duct construction. C. Hang ductwork from building structural system. Hanging from ceiling suspension system, electrical conduits, piping, ductwork, or building components not designed for hanging additional loads is not allowed. D. If impractical to install ductwork of dimensions called for because of space limitations, obstructions, conflict with other trades, etc., change duct shape as approved by the Architect, maintaining same air flow resistance (approximately same or larger net cross sectional area). E. All ductwork in the occupants' zone shall be free of sharp edges. END OF SECTION ~,., . . r _. ~, :7 ~`.. f ti ~`~ `_ ___ _,..; l._. 2 15840-DUCTWORK 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15859 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS IN DUCTWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Fans: Section 15820. B. Ductwork: Section 15840. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Duro Dyne, Elgen, or Ventfabrics. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS IN DUCTWORK A. Heavy glass fabric 30 oz. per sq. yd. B. Double coated with neoprene for interior installations. C. Waterproof. D. Airtight. E. Fire resistant. F. Duro Dyne Neoprene, Elgen Neoprene, or Ventfabric Ventglass for interior installation. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install with slack. - B. Secure in place with continuous steel angle around perimeter of duct. C. Install with a minimum of 4" between equipment and ductwork. ; D. Install so as not to restrict air flow. E. Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. F. Provide at all duct connections to all vibrating equipment, where shown, etc. END OF SECTION 1 15859-FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS IN DUCTWORK 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15860 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide volume damper in exhaust branch ducts. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Balancing of Air Systems: Section 15043. B. Ductwork: Section 15840. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are: Duro Dyne, Elgen, Ventfabrics, Young Regulator, for damper bearing and locking quadrants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 VOLUME DAMPERS A. Full length steel rod (1/4" dia. for 0"-12" long damper, 3/8" dia. for 12"-24" long damper, and 1/2" dia. for dampers longer than 24"). B. Turned back leading and trailing edges. C. Turned back side edges when damper width exceeds 18". D. Bearing at one end of rod. .._ _ - E. Locking quadrant at other end of rod. -=.-: F. Same gauge as duct for 0"-12" long damper, 2 gauges heavier than duct for 12"-24" long damper, and 4 gauges heavier than duct for dampers longer than 24". ~" G. 1 /4" shorter than width of duct for end clearance. _ - H. Same material as adjacent ductwork. 2.02 VOLUME DAMPER BEARINGS A. Steel. B. Cadmium plated finish. C. Bolted to duct. D. Gasket. E. Ventlok 603 and 607, Duro Dyne SB-112, 114, and 138, Elgen RP-L. 2.03 VOLUME DAMPER LOCKING QUADRANT A. Steel. B. Cadmium plated finish. C. Bolted to duct. D. Steel handle. E. Position indication. F. Locked in place with a wrench. G. Ventlok 620, 635 and 641, Duro Dyne SRHS 148, 388, and SRH 228, Elgen EQR and EHV. PART 3 -EXECUTION 1 15860-DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories in accordance to manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Adjust dampers as required during air balancing and lock in position when balancing is completed. END OF SECTION _._ ._. ~. ~.. ~_ ~__ ~; :;.'~ c ~~ ._. ::::: r_ .. ~. .~ 2 15860-DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15863 MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Fans: Section 15820. B. Ductwork: Section 15840. C. Controls: Section 15900. D. Motor and Electrical Device Wiring: Section 16150. 1.02 GIUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Arrow, Barber Coleman, Dowco, Honeywell, Johnson, Louvers and Dampers, NCA Manufacturing, Ruskin, and Vent Products. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS ' , - , A. Galvanized steel or extruded aluminum channel frame. _ B. Parallel end pivoted blades. ' C. Interlocking and overlapping aluminum blades. `. D. Stainless steel or non-ferrous bearings. E. Full length blade reinforcement at edge of blade. -- - F. 1/2" polyfoam insulated blades. ~ - G. Vinyl or polyurethane gasket on blade tips. H. Tight closing. I. Non-ferrous interlocking blade rod. J. Electric motor operator of adequate torque mounted outside of air stream. K. Outdoor air and exhaust air dampers to be low leakage type with blade edge and end seals. L. Dimensions as shown on drawings. M. Dowco IBM & IBO; Louvers and Dampers TDS-400-UD; Ruskin IL-35; Vent Products 5700. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install motor operated dampers in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Adjust damper so that it opens fully when called for to be open and closes tightly to prevent backdrafts when called for to be closed. END OF SECTION 1 15863-MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15870 REGISTERS AND GRILLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Grilles and registers in the same room shall be similar in appearance. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Balancing of Air Systems: Section 15043. B. Ductwork: Section 15840. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Anemostat, Barbaire, Carnes, Krueger, Price Industries, Titus, and Tuttle & Bailey. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. B. Shop drawings shall include tabulation of rooms with grille and register type, size, and CFM. PART 2 -PRODUCTS %- ~ , , 2.01 EXHAUST GRILLE (E.G. -1): A. Steel or aluminum construction. B. Horizontal louvers fixed at 40 degree angle. C. White enamel finish. D. Airtight gasket around perimeter. ~ ~ .- E. Carnes RSAAH, Tuttle and Bailey T70D, Reliable GFX, R.I. Register 620, Titus;350RL. 2.02 OUTSIDE GRILLE (O.G. -2): A. Heavy duty aluminum vandalproof construction with 1"margins, 30 degree deflection bars, airtight gasket, with aluminum screen behind louvers and white enamel finish. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install grille or register in each duct opening unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasten grilles and registers to duct opening with screws. Screw heads shall be same color as grilles and registers. END OF SECTION 1 15870-REGISTERS & GRILLES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15879 WALL LOUVER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Ductwork: Section 15840. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are American Warming, Arrow, Construction Specialties, Dowco, Greenheck, Louvers & Dampers, National Controlled Air and Ruskin. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 15010. B. Include performance data, CFM, free area, static pressure drop, and overall dimensions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL LOUVERS SHALL ~_ . ~ -__ A. Be all extruded aluminum construction. B. Have box frame on all sides fastened to opening. _ - C. Have face dimension as shown on drawings. D. Be 4" thick. E. Have blades on approximately 45 degree angle on approximately 3.0" spacing. - F. Have vertical ridge in blades for rain barrier. G. Have blades fastened to jambs with stainless steel screws. H. Have a maximum air pressure drop of 0.15" W.C. and a maximum of 1000 FPM free area velocity. I. Have removable aluminum 1/2" mesh bird screen with mounting frame on inside face of louver. J. Have baked enamel finish to match adjacent brick color as approved by Architect. K. Drainable blade type. L. American Warming LE-2121-ES, Arrow EA415D, Construction Specialties 4157, Dowco DBE-4, Louvers & Dampers IEL-4-204, and Ruskin ELF375D. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install wall louvers and brick vent flush with face of wall, plumb, level, and placed in block module and positioned to be in harmony with outside appearance of building as directed by Architect. B. Securely fasten to structure. C. Caulk around perimeter for watertight joint as approved by Architect. END OF SECTION 15879-WALL LOUVER 07.043 PART 1 -GENERAL A. System shall be electric type. Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 15900 CONTROLS B. Mechanical contractor shall provide all control devices, switches, and wiring diagrams to electrical contractor. Electrical contractor to install switches and provide wiring. C. Refer to motor wiring and motor control paragraphs in Division 16. D. Control wiring shalt be in conduit and shall conform to all requirements of the electrical contract. E. Sequence of Operation: 1. Control of fan #1: Provide identified flush wall mounted "toilet room exhaust on-off" switch with pilot light. 2. Control of fan #2: Provide "high-low-off" two-speed switch on wall. When the switch is on the "high" position, the fan is to operate on high speed. When the switch is in the "low" position, the fan is to operate on low speed. When the switch is in the "off" position, the fan shall not operate. When the fan operates, the associated motor operated damper in the fan discharge and the motor operated damper in the outdoor air intake shall open. Both motor operated dampers to be closed when the fan is not operating. 3. Control of fan #3: Provide "on-off-automatic" switch on wall. When switch is in the "on" position, the fan shall operate continuously. When the switch is in the "off" position, the fan shall not operate. When the switch is in the "automatic" position, the fan shall be cycled on and off by the room thermostat. When the temperature rises above 75°F (adjustable), the fan shall start. When the temperature drops below 75°F (adjustable), the fan shall stop. When the fan operates, the associated motor operated damper in the outdoor air intake on the opposite side of the room shall open. The motor operated damper is to be closed when the fan is not operating. END OF SECTION _:- 15900-CONTROLS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED INFORMATION SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, and Applicable requirements of Division I form a part of this specification. 1.02 GENERAL INFORMATION A. Where "provide", "install", or equivalent words are used or are understood, contractor shall furnish and completely install system, service, material, or device mentioned with all necessary associated conduit, wiring, etc., as required for a complete operating installation. B. Where the word "contractor" is used, it shall refer to the Electrical sub-contractor. C. The drawings and specifications for equipment, devices, systems, etc. are based upon the dimensions, capacities, ratings, weights, performance, accessibility, sound, etc. of manufacturer specified. Equipment, devices, systems, etc. made by manufacturers specified as acceptable manufacturers may also be acceptable providing they meet the dimensions, capacities, ratings, weights, material, quality, performance, accessibility, service organization, sound, etc. of that specified. The acceptability of equipment, devices, systems, etc. other than those specified as being "equal" shall be judged by the Architect or his engineering representative. Where equipment used is one of the acceptable manufacturers but not the one specified on the drawings alters the design requirements indicated, the contractor shall pay for changes required by other trades to accommodate the substitution. (Refer to "Substitutions" in the General Conditions). D. All work shall be installed in keeping with manufacturer's standards and requirements., unless _~ otherwise noted. 4 1.03 VERIFICATION OF SITE CONDITIONS ,.__ . , A. Refer to General Conditions. B. Contractor shall visit the site and contact City, Owner, and utility companies and verify site conditions, soil conditions, points of new connections, utilities, etc. before submittirig his`bid: C. No increase in contract cost will be permitted because of the contractor's unfamiliarity with the site conditions. 1.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Contractor shall furnish information on exact location and size of chases and openings to the General Contractor. Contractor shall also provide and set in place sleeves, inserts, forms, etc. required for his work. Contractor shall coordinate this work with the General Contractor. B. If contractor fails to supply General Contractor with required information in time or if contractor fails to set sleeves, inserts, forms, etc., contractor shall arrange and pay General Contractor for required cutting and patching to match original condition. 16010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility C. Cutting shall be neat, located accurately, and not larger than necessary. D. Contractor shall patch drives, sidewalks, parking lots, etc. cut under his contract, to match existing construction. Restore landscaping to original condition and or to match that of the immediate surrounding area. 1.05 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING SERVICES AND OWNER'S OPERATION A. Work shall be scheduled to minimize interruption of existing electrical service and owner's operation. Interruptions shall be approved in advance in writing by Architect. Interruptions may be during the normal working day. 1.06 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Refer to General Conditions and Division 2. B. Contractor shall provide underfloor and underground excavation and backfill for the installation of his work. C. Contractor shall contact utility companies to accurately locate existing utilities and obstructions. If he cuts or damages utilities, it is his responsibility to pay for appropriate repairs. D. Perform work in accordance with OSHA requirements. E. Excavate no deeper or wider than necessary. Excavated materials which are considered unsuitable by the Architect and surplus excavated materials which are not required for backfilling shall be deposited by the contractor on the site as directed by the Architect. Provide all necessary shoring required to prevent cave-ins. Trenches saturated with water shall be dug out deeper and backfilled with compacted clean sand. F. Support conduits uniformly on 6" minimum thickness of clean, compacted sand. G. Any questionable soil conditions must be reported to the Architect before installing any work. H. ~~ter con¢~iits have been installed, tested, and inspected, and all rubbish, rocks, stones, wood, ~~. rergov~d from the trench, the trench shall be backfilled. ~-, ; I. ~lathing!but clean, compacted sand shall be placed within 6" of any conduit. =_~.J. ~xcessiv~gxcavation, excavation to reach undisturbed soil, and bedding of all conduits shall be G_: -k38ckfilled with clean, compacted sand. K. ~ckfill u~tcjer drives, parking, sidewalks, floor slabs, and close to transformer etc. with clean sand ~mpactei~in 6" layers by uniformly rolling, pneumatic tamping, or other approved equipment to 90% maximum density at optimum moisture content. If necessary, moisten backfill or allow to dry to correct moisture level before compacting. Perform backfilling and compacting in presence of Architect. L. Backfill (except within 6" of conduit) in lawn areas may be clean earth, tamped and settled with water in 8" layers. M. Contractor shall be responsible for correcting any settling. N. Contractor shall be responsible for resurfacing of existing drives, sidewalks, and paving areas where the resurfacing is made necessary by the installation of his work. 2 16010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 1.07 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Contractor shall maintain at the project a set of prints on which daily record of changes and deviations of underground work shall be recorded. B. Upon completion of the project and prior to final payment of the contract, the contractor shall submit to the Architect the marked-up drawings. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of other contractors and construction. Report conflicts in locations, available space, etc. to Architect in writing before equipment is purchased or installed, or as soon as possible. B. Locate equipment, conduit, devices, panelboards, fixtures, switches, boxes, meters, services, etc. approximately as shown, called for, or as directed. Lighting fixtures, switches, panelboards, etc. shall be located to be in harmony with each other and with diffusers, registers, grilles, thermostats, and other equipment which is to be located in the same vicinity. All work which does not conform to above shall be relocated as directed by Architect or his engineering representative without an increase in contract cost. 1.09 WORKMANSHIP A. Refer to General Conditions. B. Work must be done in first class manner by experienced tradesmen. Workmanship of inferior quality, as determined by the Architect or his engineering representative, shall be redone as required for a first class installation without an increase in contract cost. 1.10 MATERIALS A. Refer to General Conditions. B. Equipment and material shall be new and in undamaged condition. - _ - C. Similar materials and devices such as fixtures, switches, receptacles, etc. shall be of the-same --- style and the same manufacturer for uniformity and future serviceability throughout the project: D. Equipment and material stored by the contractor on the site and/or installed shall be kept dry and protected from the weather. Replace or refinish damaged items, as directed by the Architect or his engineering representative. 1.11 PAINTING PROVISIONS A. Equipment, such as panelboards, disconnects, light fixtures, etc. shall have manufacturer's standard finishes, equal to a prime coat and baked enamel finish coat. B. Unless otherwise noted, finish painting on job site is not required by this contractor. Finish painting will be the responsibility of the General Contractor. 1.12 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Refer to General Conditions. B. Before purchases are made, submit eight copies or more of shop drawings of all equipment, devices, fixtures, controls, etc. to Architect in not more than four groups. 3 16010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility C. Each shop drawing shall clearly indicate equipment which is to be utilized and its dimensions, finishes, performance, associated wiring diagrams, sequence of operation, parts lists, service organization and evidence that it has been reviewed and approved by the contractor. D. No equipment shall be purchased or installed until shop drawings have been reviewed in writing by Architect and his engineering representative. Exact item to be provided shall be clearly identified on the submission. The reproduction of catalog pages without item identification is not acceptable. E. Architect and his engineering representative will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. F. Architect and his engineering representative assume no responsibility for the correctness of reviewed shop drawings. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 GUARANTEE A. Refer to General Conditions. B. All equipment, devices, fixtures, etc. and workmanship shall be guaranteed to operate properly and be free of defects for at least one year after final payment for completion of the work as evidenced by the issuance of the final certificate of payment by Architect. C. All failures or malfunctioning during the one year guarantee period shall be repaired or replaced as soon as possible at no charge to the Owner. Repaired or replaced work shall be guaranteed for one year, from time of repair or replacement, same as new work. 1.14 CLEANING A. Refer to General Conditions. B. ,Equipment, fixtures, devices, etc. shall be kept as clean as possible during construction. C.>,Keep sits=orderly and clean at all times during the construction. Storing of materials shall be in ~", ' ~acco'rdance with the wishes of the Owner in areas designated for that purpose. ._ __' _-- ' ~ D..QII shippi~lg materials, excess materials, scraps, debris, etc. shall be removed from site. i_:_ . E.--~-labels; stickers, etc., which are only to assist in the installation or shipping of equipment, shall be remQv_ed and the entire installation left in a clean, usable condition. Labels which are intended to `remain,; g~ch as those from a listing agency shall be left intact. ~- t J _.... F. All electrical items damaged by exposure to the weather shall be replaced or refinished by the contractor, as directed by the Architect or his engineering representative. G. At the completion of the work, the contractor shall completely clean each permanent unit and perform all service functions required for placing in use and qualifying for the required guarantees. 1.15 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. Certain equipment including concession's equipment will be provided and set in place by others. B. Contractor shall rough-in and make final electrical connections to equipment. 4 16010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility C. Electrical contractor shall provide outlet, disconnect, or solid terminal connection as required. D. Contractor shall obtain equipment shop drawings from Owner or general contractor. Contractor shall coordinate with equipment requirements and install rough-ins at proper locations. E. Contractor shall assist in placing equipment into operation which have that contractor's connections. 1.16 FUTURE EGIUIPMENT A. Contractor shall provide rough-in of services for future equipment. B. Rough-in shall consist of an empty raceway system. Conductors will be provided by others at a future date. Provide blank wall plate. C. tf equipment is selected and/or purchased before rough-ins are installed, contractor shall obtain equipment shop drawings. Contractor shall coordinate with equipment requirements and install rough-ins at proper locations. 1.17 VANDALPROOF PROVISIONS A. Where accessible to public, all screws shall be vandalproof. END OF SECTION 5 16010-GENERAL PROVISIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16020 SCOPE OF WORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work covered by this specification shall include furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and services required to construct and install the complete system shown on accompanying plans and specified herein. This work shall include, but is not limited to the following: Following codes, paying fees, and obtaining permits Verification of site conditions Cutting and patching, excavation and backfill, coordination Guarantees, cleaning, flashing, identification Project record documents Painting provisions Shop drawings Connections to equipment provided by others Demonstration and operating instructions, parts lists Wiring and control diagrams Equipment supports Raceways Conductors Outlet, pull and junction boxes Enclosures Switches and receptacles Wall plates Motor and electrically powered device wiring Motor controllers Disconnects Electric service Main switch Grounding Lighting panelboards Lighting fixtures Emergency lighting Telephone empty conduit system Wiring of equipment provided by others Work shown on Electrical drawings All other equipment and devices required for complete operating systems. END OF SECTION 1 16020-SCOPE OF WORK 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16023 CODES, FEES, HEALTH STANDARDS AND PERMIT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Equipment, devices, systems, etc. shall be complete, safe, efficient, and shall conform to the following: 1. All specification requirements. 2. NFPA Codes. 3. U.L. 4. N.E.C. 5. Owner's insurance company. 6. Applicable codes. 7. Ordinances. 8. Statutes. 9. OSHA. 10. International Building Code. 11. American Disabilities Act of 1990. 12. All other regulative agencies, without increase in contract cost. B. Equipment, materials, accessories, etc. shall not contain dioxane, PCBs, formaldehyde, asbestos, or any other harmful chemicals or contaminates. r- 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. General Conditions. ,- . -' B. "Electric Service" Section 16410. PART 2 -EXECUTION - 2.01 INSTRUCTIONS A. Contractor shall post all bonds, obtain and pay charges for all permits required for the installation of his work and arrange and pay for all required inspections. B. Contractor shall pay all fees and taxes imposed by State, Municipal, or other bodies. C. If certain work is done by others, such as utility company or a municipality, all charges for such .work shall be paid by the contractor under whose contract the work is included, unless otherwise stated in these specifications. END OF SECTION 1 16023-CODES, FEES, HEALTH STANDARDS & PERMITS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16045 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete operation and maintenance data to serve as a source and reference of information regarding the products and materials incorporated in this project to aid the Owner in maintaining and operating the electrical systems. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Shop Drawings in General Provisions: Section 16010. B. Demonstration and Instructions to Owner: Section 16046. C. Lighting Fixtures: Section 16500. D. Emergency Lighting: Section 16620. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit three copies of the Manual to the Architect prior to providing instruction to the Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS -Instruction Manual Materials 1. Page Size: 8-1/2" x 11 ". 2. Paper: White bond, at least 20 Ib. weight. 3. Text: Neatly typewritten. 4. Dividers: Separate each portion of the Manual with neatly prepared labeled tab index divider sheets. 5. Binder: Use heavy-duty, black, 3-ring binders. ~, _? 6. Cover: To have the following information on each manual: OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Name of Project General Subject of This Manual 7. Contents: Include at least the following: a. Neatly typewritten index near the front of the Manual giving immediate information as to location within the Manual of all emergency information regarding the installation. b. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of all electrical equipment involved including: lubrication, disassembly, reassembly, and the appropriate wiring and control diagrams. c. Complete nomenclature of all parts of all equipment. d. Complete nomenclature and part number of all replaceable parts, name and address of nearest vendor, and all other data pertinent to procurement procedures. 1 16045-OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility e. Copy of all guarantees and warranties issued. f. Manufacturer's bulletins, cuts, and descriptive data, where pertinent, clearly indicating the precise items included in this installation and deleting, or otherwise clearly marking out, all manufacturer's data that does not apply to this installation. g. Such other data as required in pertinent Section of these specifications. h. A copy of all reviewed electrical shop drawings. i. A copy of all control and wiring diagrams for electrical equipment. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 Use the manuals as a basis for instructions to the Owner. END OF SECTION ____: ':...:~ ~: ..) =:: ..._ 2 16045-OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16046 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide knowledgeable and experienced personnel to demonstrate and give Owner's representative complete operating instructions. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Controls: Section 15900. B. Shop Drawings, in General Provisions: Section 16010. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Section 16045. D. Emergency Lighting: Section 16620. E. Light Fixtures: Section 16500. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTRUCTIONS A. After systems are complete, adjusted, balanced and tested, the systems and equipment shall be operated continuously for a reasonable period during which time contractor shall verify that systems and equipment operate satisfactorily. After systems and equipment have been found to operate satisfactorily, the contractor shall instruct Owner's operating personnel in the operation, and maintenance of all equipment and systems. Operation and maintenance instruptions shaltbe given once (one hour session) and shall be scheduled by the architect. - B. Instructions shall include demonstration of operation and set points of all controls. - - C. Instructions shall be given at the job site. D. The operating and maintenance manuals shall serve as a basis of instruction. Review all contents of the manual with Owner's operating personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. END OF SECTION 1 16046-DEMONSTRATION & INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16047 IDENTIFICATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide an identifying nameplate for: Systems, equipment starters, panelboards, devices, disconnects, etc. B. Use symbols, nomenclature, and equipment numbers used on the drawings and specifications. Nameplates shall include the equipment designation as well as the voltage configuration such as: "PANEL A - 120/240V - 1 Phase - 3 W". 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Disconnect: Section 16170. B. Lighting Panelboards, Type LP: Section 16475. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Brady, Seton, or equivalent. B. Embossed tape shall not be used as a substitute for engraved metal or plastic nameplates. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to shop drawings paragraph in General Provisions, Section 16010. ~.. , _.- PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS _ A. Nameplates shall be stamped metal or two color engraved plastic or micarta, at leas3l" x 3", with 1/4" high letters. B. Labels for branch circuit conductors shall include panelboard and circuit number. Ldbels shall be of the wrap around type as manufactured by Brady or equivalent. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fasten nameplates to equipment and devices with screws or high quality contact cement (EPOXY). Install "SPARE" or "SPACE" labels with double-faced tape to facilitate removal and installation of a permanent label in the future. END OF SECTION 1 16047-IDENTIFICATION 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16092 SLEEVES AND SEALING OF WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PENETRATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. All penetrations through walls, floors, and above ceilings must be totally sealed on both sides. B. Types of penetrations involved include conduits, conduit openings (sleeves), wires, etc. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Raceways: Section 16110. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Acceptable sealants include plaster, mortar, fire safing insulation, etc. as approved by the Architect. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Caulk around conduits through exterior walls to make a watertight installation. B. Pack insulation between conduit and wall between heated and unheated spaces to prevent cold air from entering. Provide appropriate sealant compound as directed by the architect or his engineering representative. "~ ,- END OF SECTION 1 16092-SLEEVES & SEALING OF WALL, FLOOR & CEILING PENETRATIONS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide raceway systems complete with connectors, bushings, elbows, couplings, locknuts, expansion fittings, and jumpers as required. All raceway systems shall be concealed, unless specifically called for otherwise as in the case of a surface raceway system such as that manufactured by the Wiremold Company. Wiring of every kind, except where otherwise noted in these specifications, including low voltage control and signal cabling, shall be extended in a raceway system. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Sleeve and Sealing of Wall, Floor, and Ceiling Penetrations: Section 16092. B. Conductors: Section 16120. C. Junction or Pull Boxes: Section 16131. D. Enclosures: Section 16133. E. Switches and Receptacles: Section 16140. F. Lighting Fixtures: Section 16500. G. Emergency Lighting: Section 16620. H. Telephone Service and Empty Conduit System: Section 16740. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers include Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation, Carlon, Republic Steed, Wheatland Tube Company, and other American companies for circular conduits. B. Acceptable manufacturer for surface conduit systems is Wiremold. C. Circular steel, aluminum, or PVC electrical conduit shall be listed by Underwriters' L-aboratories and shall bear the U.L. label. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Conduits shall be rigid steel, or intermediate metal conduit (IMC), with threaded couplings and fittings or EMT with compression type couplings and fittings. Indentor connectors are not acceptable. Set screw connectors may be used if contractor includes a green insulated grounding conductor sized per N.E.C. 250-95 for all grounding. B. PVC electrical conduit of the heavy wall, type 40, may be utilized for conduits embedded in the earth or in concrete where permitted by code. Where conduit extends upwards through floor exposed for a short terminal extension, it shall be schedule 80 PVC (where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction), rigid steel, or IMC. Where PVC conduit is used, the electrical contractor shall provide a green insulated grounding conductor, with minimum size as required by Table 250-95 of the N.E.C. Grounding conductors shall be appropriately bonded to the grounding bus in the panelboard to provide adequate continuity to safely carry any fault current which may be imposed upon it. C. Conduit shall be sized per Chapter 9 of the National Electrical Code, except that minimum 16110-RACEWAYS 07.043 acceptable size shall be 3/4". Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility D. Flexible conduit (Greenfield) shall be used only for final conductor extension to lighting fixtures where the conduit is concealed by the suspended ceiling, where flexibility is required to prevent transmission of vibrations and noise to the conduit system. Provide green insulated grounding conductor where flexible conduit is used. E. All conduits in finished areas shall be concealed. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install conduit systems as indicated on the drawings and in conformance with these specifications. B. All conduits shall be installed in straight, horizontal, or plumb runs and shall have smooth concentric bends and shall run parallel to or at right angles to the wall, floor, or ceiling. Where conduits are surface mounted they shall be run tightly against wall or ceiling (unless other support means is called for on the drawings). C. Conduits shall be supported with steel clamps spaced a maximum of 8' on center and within 3' of every box as required by the N.E.C. Plastic anchors or plastic inserts, steel pipe straps, or baling wire shall not be used as a means of conduit support. D. Conduit terminations at cabinets and boxes shall be rigidly secured with locknuts and bushings as required by the N.E.C. On all conduit 1 1/4" and larger or where #4 or larger conductors are utilized, bushings shall be of the insulated type. E. Seal wall, ceiling and floor penetrations as specified elsewhere. END OF SECTION <~~ ~ .--- -, -~_~ c~,,.r _ . __.. ~ ../ 1 ..:: J ... ~_., ,i r---... .._. t 2 16110-RACEWAYS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Every electrical device and each run of fixtures shall be provided with a box for terminal connections. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Raceways: Section 16110. B. Junction or Pull Boxes: Section 16131. C. Switches and Receptacles: Section 16140. D. Lighting Fixtures: Section 16500. E. Emergency Lighting: Section 16620. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Carol, Essex, Rome, and Southwire. B. Conductors shall be U.L. listed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Conductors #10 AWG or smaller physical size shall be solid copper. Conductors of #8 AWG or larger physical size shall be stranded copper. Insulation for all conductors #2 and smaller shaN~be 600 volt, type THWN or THHN. Conductors larger than #2 shall have 600 volt, type`~THW or XHHW insulation. Minimum conductor size shall be #12 AWG copper, except that control conductors may be #14 AWG copper if protected as required by the National Electrical CAde - -, B. Ampacity for conductors protected at 100 amps and below shall limit the conductor3emprrrature rise to 60 °C to meet U.L. limitations for fused switches and circuit breakers. Conductors protected at over 100 amperes shall have ampacities limited to temperature rise of`75°'C to conform to the U.L. limitations stated. C. The following color coding shall be utilized for all conductors. For sizes up to and including #6, the insulation shall be of the colors stated. For sizes larger than #6, the electrician shall identify the conductors by wrapping both ends for a length of 6 inches with the proper color of 3M brand marking tape. 120/240V/1 PH System: A Leg -Black B Leg -Red Neutral -White Ground -Green Isolated Ground -Green with Orange Stripe(s) D. Post means of identification of each conductor at each panelboard per NEC 210-4(d). PART 3 -EXECUTION 16120-CONDUCTORS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Conductor splices shall be made with screw pressure and wire nut type units only. Solder shall not be utilized for conductor splicing. Splices shall be made in boxes only. B. Panel, motor, and equipment feeders shall be continuous, without splice. C. Where aluminum is utilized, the contractor shall increase the conductor size to equal or exceed the ampacity of the copper conductor sizes called for on the drawing and shall provide a shop drawing submittal on the conductor for each application. Conduit size shall be increased as required by the National Electrical Code commensurate with the wire size selected. When aluminum conductors are utilized, conductor contact surfaces shall be scratch brushed until bright and shiny and a liberal amount of an anti-oxidation compound shall be immediately applied to all connections. D. Where fixtures are wired end-to-end using the fixture wiring area, wiring shall be of high temperature fixture wiring classification. Boxes shall be accessible. E. Provide a green insulated grounding conductor in every run of conduit. Connect grounding conductor to receptacles, switches, lights, associated outlet boxes, electrical gear, motors, and miscellaneous equipment for grounding. END OF SECTION . -, ~: ., - -. .,~_ z~ _ - _ o.: r-- "_ ~`....i -...- 2 16120-CONDUCTORS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16130 OUTLET BOXES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Boxes shall not be less than 1-1/2 inches deep except where very shallow boxes are specifically called for on the drawings. B. Every electrical device and each run of fixtures shall be provided with a box for terminal connections. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Raceways: Section 16110. B. Conductors: Section 16120. C. Junction or Pull Boxes: Section 16131. D. Switches and Receptacles: Section 16140. E. Lighting Fixtures: Section 16500. F. Emergency Lighting: Section 16620. G. Telephone Service and Empty Conduit System: Section 16740. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Boxes shall be equal to Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, Raco, Steel City, T & B. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Boxes for ceiling mounted lighting fixtures shall be a minimum size of 4" x 1-1/2". Wall mounted fixtures may have single gang boxes where the configuration of the fixture requires._ All boxes shall be galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Boxes for fixtures. shall _ have fixture studs. Every box shall be enclosed with cover or appropriate device which encloses the box. B. Boxes for switches and outlets shall be 2 1/2" deep or double gang devices as applicable. Provide support leg for boxes for equivalent to Erico "Caddy" H-series. C. Boxes in or on exterior walls shall be weatherproof type equal to Bell or Perfect Line with conduit thread hubs inside box. D. Boxes recessed in concrete or masonry type construction shall be masonry type with ends turned in toward center. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Switch and receptacle boxes shall be recessed in all finished areas. Special consideration shall be given to the hole size cut in concrete blocks to accommodate masonry boxes. Any excess hole size which will show beyond a normal wall plate shall be carefully mortared to fill in the gap. B. All boxes shall be accessible. C. Connect green ground wire to boxes. END OF SECTION 16130-OUTLET BOXES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16131 JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Boxes shall be provided in the wiring or raceway systems wherever required for pulling of wires and/or making connections. Each box shall have the dimensions required by the National Electrical Code for the number of conductors enclosed in the box. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Raceways: Section 16110. B. Conductors: Section 16120. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Boxes shall be a standard manufactured unit by Columbia, Hoffman, Hope, Lew, Steel City, or acceptable equal. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Boxes shall be constructed of code-gauge aluminum or galvanized sheet steel except where cast boxes are required because of dampness or hazardous conditions. B. Boxes shall be furnished with screw-fastened covers. PART 3 -EXECUTION ;= =" 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Boxes shall be supported independent of the conduit. B. Where several feeders pass through a common pull box the feeders shall be tagged:_to indicate clearly the electrical characteristics, circuit number, and panel designation. C. Mount boxes where they are accessible. END OF SECTION 1 16131-JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16133 ENCLOSURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide enclosures for switches, panelboards, controllers, junction boxes, control panels, etc. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Identification: Section 16047. B. Disconnects: Section 16170. C. Lighting Panelboards, Type LP: Section 16475. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Enclosures shall be: 1. NEMA-1 general purpose where located indoors, except where the environment requires a more stringent NEMA rating as described below. 2. NEMA-3R rainproof, sleet resistant where located outdoors. B. Enclosures shall be U.L. listed. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Enclosures shall be steel or aluminum. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 Install enclosures with screws. 3.02 Install enclosures firmly to walls, equipment, or ceiling as required by code. Enclosures shall_be mounted securely in place so as not to depend on the conduit for support. 3.03 Install enclosures with threaded devices independent of conduits. Enclosures shall be mounted at industry standard elevations unless otherwise called for on the drawings. END OF SECTION 1 16133-ENCLOSURES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16140 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Switches shall be single-pole, double-pole, or 3-way, as indicated by the drawing symbols. B. Receptacles shall be duplex, single, GFI, or of a special NEMA configuration as indicated by the drawing symbols. C. Switches and receptacles shall be ivory on light walls and brown on dark walls. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Raceways: Section 16110. B. Conductors: Section 16120. C. Outlet Boxes: Section 16130. D. Wall Plates: Section 16145. E. Lighting Fixtures: Section 16500. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Eagle, Hubbell, Leviton, P & S (Pass and Seymour), and Sylvania. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 16010. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Standard toggle switches shall be rated for 20 amperes, 120 volts AC with screw terminals . arranged for side and back wiring. B. Switches shall be specification grade; Leviton #1221, Eagle #2221, Sylvania #1221 A; Hubbell,,. ~- #1221, or equivalent by other acceptable manufacturer. C. Duplex receptacles shall be specification grade rated at 20 amps, 120 volts, 3 wire. Receptacles shall have screw terminals arranged for side and back wiring. D. Receptacles of 20 amp rating shall be Leviton #5362, Eagle #5362, Sylvania #5362, Hubbell #5362, or equivalent by other acceptable manufacturer. E. Ground fault interrupting (GFI) receptacles shall be Leviton #6399, Eagle #647, Hubbell #GF-5362, or equivalent by other acceptable manufacturer. F. Switches and/or receptacles with push-in "speed wiring" provisions which do not use screw pressure to maintain electrical continuity are not acceptable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 1 16140-SWITCHES & RECEPTACLES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Convenience outlets shall be mounted 18" above the finished floor unless otherwise called for on the drawings. B. A weatherproof receptacle shall consist of a single or a duplex receptacle, as called for on the drawings, mounted in a box with a gasketed, weatherproof, cast metal cover plate and cap over each receptacle opening. The cap shalt be provided with aspring-hinged flap which will automatically be closed whenever a male receptacle body is not plugged in. C. Switches shall be mounted 4'-0" above the finished floor unless otherwise called for on drawings for specific locations or purposes. D. Connect green grounding conductor to every convenience outlet and switch. Grounding conductor shall terminate at the ground bus located in the panel serving the device. END OF SECTION .. ~'.. = t C'.N .. _._ ~ ~ 4..... ,.,-. ..__~ ...... ..., ~ 4 ~, `i •.. __,_ ~ ~ A :".~.:. i..,- ~ ` 7 \ ~ J - , ~'+J _ 2 16140-SWITCHES & RECEPTACLES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16145 WALL PLATES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Wall plates for convenience outlets, switches, telephone outlets, empty junction boxes, etc. in all finished areas shall be #430 stainless steel. B. Wall plates in unfinished rooms shall be galvanized steel of type conforming to the surface box or recessed box provided. Wall plates for recessed devices shall not be installed on surface units. The surface units shall have surface plate conforming to box dimensions. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Outlet Boxes: Section 16130. B. Junction or Pull Boxes: Section 16131. C. Switches and Receptacles: Section 16140. D. Telephone Service and Empty Conduit System: Section 16740. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are: Eagle, Hubbell, Leviton, P & S (Pass & Seymour), and Sylvania. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 16010, PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS _ - A. Stainless steel wall plates shall be .030 thick, type AISI 430 nonmagnetic stainless steel Eagle ` 97,000 Series, Hubbell 97000 Series, Leviton 8400 Series, P & S Sierra Series, or Syfvartia 3800„ Series. B. Galvanized steel wall plates with corrosion resistant zinc plated finish formed with turned back smooth edges to cover rough edge of boxes. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Wall plate must fully cover the wall hole provided for recessed outlets. This must be carefully coordinated with the contractor responsible for wall construction. Wall plates shall hold in intimate contact with the wall and shall be plumb and square. END OF SECTION 1 16145-WALL PLATES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16150 MOTOR AND ELECTRICALLY POWERED DEVICE WIRING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Every motor and/or electrically powered unit containing a motor shall be furnished complete with the appropriate controller, either integral with the device or as a separate unit. Electrical contractor shall provide the wiring through the disconnect and controller to the final motor or electrically powered device terminal. B. Controller with disconnect within sight and disconnect at power unit (where required) and complete wiring diagrams, installation instruction, switches, wall plates (where required) as called for under Wall Plates, relays, pilot lights, etc., shall be provided and delivered to the electrical contractor by the HVAC, plumbing or other mechanical contractor who furnishes motor or power device. C. Provide control wiring for certain items; refer to Section 15900 Controls for specifics. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Controls: Section 15900. B. Raceways: Section 16110. C. Conductors: Section 16120. D. Enclosures: Section 16133. E. Motor Controllers: Section 16160. F. Disconnects: Section 16170. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Electrical contractor shall furnish and install conduits and wiring conforming to Sections 16110 and 16120. B. Electrical components for control will be provided by the contractor who furnishes the motor or power device. ~ ~ i PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Electrical contractor shall provide power wiring through disconnect and controller to final motor or electrically powered device terminal. B. The separate controller shall be installed complete and operable by electrical contractor. Electrical contractor shall furnish wire where typical THWN or THHW conductors are appropriate; other types to be furnished by equipment contractor. Electrical contractor shall provide and install conduit where required. C. Provide control wiring for certain items; refer to Section 15900 Controls for additional requirements. END OF SECTION 16150-MOTOR & ELECTRICALLY POWERED DEVICE WIRING 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16160 MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Each motor of 1/8 horsepower or larger shall be provided complete with thermal overload protection. Polyphase motors shall have overload protection in each ungrounded conductor. The overload protection shall be provided either integral with the motor or controller or shall be mounted in a separate enclosure. Unless otherwise specified, the protective device shall be of the manually reset type. B. Provide control wiring for certain items; refer to Section 15900 Controls for specifics. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Controls: Section 15900. B. Raceways: Section 16110. C. Conductors: Section 16120. D. Motor and Electrically Powered Device Wiring: Section 16150. E. Disconnects: Section 16170. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are Allen-Bradley, Cutler-Hammer, G.E., ITE, Square D, and Westinghouse. B. All units shall be sized as required by the National Electrical Code or as recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment for the intended function. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Refer to shop drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 16010. B. Shop drawings to include a schedule listing devices being served. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All motor controllers and disconnects shall be horsepower rated for the motor load to which they are applied. Motors and/or electrically powered devices shall state on their nameplate that they are designed for the NEMA electrical voltage configuration to which they are being applied. B. The "heater" units or fuses as applicable for motor running overload protection shall be furnished as part of the controller. C. Connections to Manual-Off-Automatic selector switches shall be such that only the normal automatic regulatory control devices will be bypassed when the switch is in the Manual position; all safety control devices, such as low or high pressure cutouts, high temperature cutouts, and motor-overload protective devices shall be connected in the motor-control circuit in both the manual and the automatic positions of the selector switch. 1 16160-MOTOR CONTROLLERS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Remote controlling pushbuttons, thermostats, relays, and the like required for the operation of the motor or electrical device shall be furnished as a part of the motor or device as required for normal or intended operation for installation by electrical contractor. Every magnetic starter shall have at least one operative pushbutton device, whether on the starter cover or remote. B. Provide control wiring for certain items; refer to Section 15900 Controls for additional requirements. END OF SECTION f,., .~ L~'. -_ :,:~ c`~ ,-- ,~ ~ :? i _.:.J .. 2 16160-MOTOR CONTROLLERS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16170 DISCONNECTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Disconnects at controllers and the disconnects at the load shall be non-fused in all cases where the branch circuit protection is equal to or less than the values in N.E.C. Table 430-152 unless fused disconnects are specifically called out on the drawings. Under any other condition these disconnects shall be fused as required by this table. Fuses where required, shall be provided with the disconnect by the contractor providing the disconnect. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Controls: Section 15900. B. Raceways: Section 16110. C. Conductors: Section 16120. D. Enclosures: Section 16133. E. Motor and Electrically Powered Device Wiring: Section 16150. F. Motor Controllers: Section 16160. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are G.E., I.T.E., Square D, or Westinghouse. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to shop drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 16010. B. Shop drawings to include a schedule listing devices being served. PART 2 -PRODUCTS , . 2.01 MATERIALS A. Disconnects shall be "heavy duty" type with enclosure NEMA rated for the specific environment::in which it will be installed. B. Disconnects shall have ahandle-to-door interlock to prevent the door from being opened while the switch is in the "on" position. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Electrical contractor shall install disconnect where indicated and where required by N.E.C. such that all fused units are readily accessible. B. Electrical contractor shall provide and install safety switches (including fuse box cover units required for running overload protection of fractional horsepower motors) which are for concession equipment without integral controllers with disconnects in specification sections other than 15000. C. All disconnects for equipment specified in the 15000 sections shall be furnished with the 1 16170-DISCONNECTS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility equipment as specified in section 16150 and 16160. D. Identification where called for on schedule on the drawings shall be by means of an engraved micarta plate furnished with the controller by the same contractor who furnishes the controller. The micarta nameplate, with white letters on a black field, shall be epoxied to the front face of the disconnect or combination starter by the electrical contractor. The micarta nameplate shall also state the maximum fuse size as called for on the schedule on the drawing. E. All fuses shall be time delay type equal to "Fusetron", or to Shawmut "Amp-Trap" or to Bussmann "Low-Peak". END OF SECTION r, _ .. t A 7 ;~ (. f ~•7 - i i »~ ~ ~.,i - ; i , '-- i C-~-J - 2 16170-DISCONNECTS 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16410 ELECTRIC SERVICE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Installations shall conform to the National Electrical Code, OSHA requirements, state and local codes and ordinances, utility company requirements. Changes required to meet these requirements shall be done at no charge to the Owner. B. Electric service voltage and configuration shall be 120/240 volts, single phase, 3 wire. C. Local power company is: MidAmerican Energy Co., Iowa City, Iowa. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Lighting Panelboards: Section 16475. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Contractor shall provide all material, equipment, and labor. None shall be provided by the local power company. B. Service shall be underground and a minimum of 2'-6" below finished grade. Conductor insulation shall be rated for 600 volts. C. Underground service shall be extended from existing concession stand. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall provide trench, conduit, and backfill underground service as called #or on the drawings. Backfill shall be carefully tamped in 6" layers. The excess backfill shall form amound - over the trench route. Contractor shall recheck for trench settling, cave-in, erosion, animal . damage, etc. at the termination of the project and shall repair the area to equal the original condition of the earth surrounding the trench. END OF SECTION 1 16410-ELECTRIC SERVICE 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16450 SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT GROUND PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Ground neutral of electrical system, devices, and equipment as required by the National Electrical Code. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Raceways: Section 16110. B. Conductors: Section 16120. C. Lighting Panelboards, Type LP: Section 16475. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturer is EFCOR, Joslyn, McGraw Edison, OZ-Gedney or T&B. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Grounding electrode conductor shall be insulated copper sized per Table 250-94 in conduit. B. All electrical connections to the water main shall be by means of approved grounding clamps. C. Grounding rod shall be 5/8" x 10'-0" copperweld (copper clad steel). D. Grounding hub for the grounding electrode conductor shall be equal to T & B #3940 or EFCOR° GAH75 with grounding bushing equal to OZ/Gedney type "BL". - PART 3 -EXECUTION - 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Bond the grounding electrode conductor to the water service on the street side of the meter with - an approved grounding clamp. B. Provide a jumper of the same size as the grounding electrode conductor around the water meter. C. Conduit protecting the grounding electrode conductor shall be bonded to the conductor at each end with a grounding hub or a grounding bushing. D. Install ground rod driven full depth into the ground near the point of the service entrance to supplement the water service ground. Bond the driven ground rod to the grounding electrode conductor with a conductor of the same size as the grounding electrode conductor. E. System neutral, main switch enclosure, and all conduits shall be bonded to the grounding electrode conductor in the main switch enclosure or in the panel enclosure, as applicable. The neutral conductor shall be grounded at no other place within the electrical system unless specifically called for by installation instructions of equipment being used. END OF SECTION 16450-SYSTEM & EQUIPMENT GROUND 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16475 LIGHTING PANELBOARDS, TYPE LP PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The lighting panelboard shall consist of automatic short circuit and over-current protective devices of the circuit breaker type assembled into a single interior unit which shall be mounted in a sheet-steel enclosure, consisting of a box and front design to be mounted in or against a wall or partition as called for on the drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Raceways: Section 16110. B. Conductors: Section 16120. C. Enclosures: Section 16133. D. Electric Service: Section 16410. E. System and Equipment Ground: Section 16450. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable manufacturers are G.E., I.T.E., Square D, or Westinghouse. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 16010. B. Shop drawings to include copy of picture from catalogue. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Panelboards shall be surface or flush, as indicated on the Panel Schedule. B. Bus shall be copper sized to meet U.L. requirements for the total number of spaces provided,_ whether used or vacant. Bus ampacity shall equal or exceed the panel feeder electrical protection size in amps. .. C. Panel door shalt have flush, latch, lock, and hinge. Panel front shall be true dead-front design with no openings or gaps. All panel locks shall be keyed alike. Doors shall include a directory pocket with clear plastic face. Circuits in panel shall be numbered by assigning a number to every space in the standard manner, whether that space is utilized or not. Numbers on left side of panel shall be odd numbers; on right side shall be even. D. Circuit breakers shall be molded plastic case type, 1, 2 or 3 poles as indicated on the panel schedule, quick-make, quick-break with trip-free operating handle, position indication and thermal-magnetic trip device, temperature compensation, bolt-in type. E. Contractor shall provide panelboard with ground bus bar and isolated ground bus bar. F. Panelboard shall be Square D Type NQOD for 120/240V, single-phase, or 3 wire. PART 3 -EXECUTION 16475-LIGHTING PANELBOARDS, TYPE LP 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Identify panel with engraved micarta nameplate with white letters on a black background. Micarta nameplate shall be affixed at the top of the outside face of the panelboard, directly above the door. B. All burrs shall be carefully removed from around the panel door for safety. C. Contractor shall provide a complete and accurate typewritten directory on the card provided with the panel. END OF SECTION c,~ t, _•,~, __ i. _ - _..,- .. : '} ~ _) _ } _. e •-~ 2 16475-LIGHTING PANELBOARDS, TYPE LP 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide lighting fixtures complete with lamps as herein specified and/or as called for on the drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Conductors: Section 16120. B. Switches and Receptacles: Section 16140. C. Lighting Fixture Schedule on drawings. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable fixture manufacturers as scheduled on the drawings. B. Fixtures shall be U.L. listed and labeled. C. National Electrical Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall include ballast manufacturer and type for fluorescent lighting fixtures. B. Submittals shall clearly indicate complete unit to be provided and all accessories. ;~ ~: C. Submittals shall include photometric data including coefficients of utilization tables and distra"6ution curves. D. Submittals shall include listings and charts of finish selections for fixtures having finishes being selected by the Architect as indicated in the fixture schedule. _" ` E. Refer to Shop Drawings paragraph in General Provisions: Section 16010. F. Provide submittal on lamps. Submittals shall include lamp manufacturer, catalog number, fixture designation and manufacturer's specifications. G. Fixtures not complying with this section shall not be acceptable. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Lighting fixtures shall be of the type and quality called for on the Lighting Fixture Schedule on the drawings. B. Fixtures shall be U.L. listed. 2.02 BALLASTS (ELECTRONIC TYPE) 1 16500-LIGHTING FIXTURES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Ballasts shall be U.L. listed. Ballast for fluorescent fixtures shall be high power factor, solid state electronic type, CBM certified by ETL, hermetically sealed with two resetting units. Crest factor of less than or equal to 1.7 and ballast factor of 85% to 115%. Electronic ballast shall be rated for 20% or less total harmonic distortion. B. Ballasts shall not cause interference with normal radio reception. All ballasts installed which cause objectionable noise shall be replaced by the contractor at no cost to the Owner. Ballasts to have minimum 2 year warranty. C. Ballasts may serve all lamps in the fixture unless multiple ballasts are required for separate switching. D. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Advance Discrete -Electronic. 2. Motorola Electronic Ballast -Electronic. 3. Universal Magne-tek -Electronic. E. Ballasts for compact fluorescent lamps shall be high power factor. F. HID fixture ballast shall be high power factor, quiet type ballast, epoxy encapsulated. 2.03 LAMPS A. Fluorescent lamps for 4'-0" long fixtures shall be 32W/T-8 type, tri-phospher, 4100K color temperature, with a minimum of 2,700 initial lumens and a color rendering index (CRI) of 85 minimum unless noted otherwise on the drawings. Fluorescent lamps of all types shall be equal in color and CRI as above. B. Incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted, 130V, extended service type, unless otherwise noted r;-c~n the lighting fixture schedule. ~. ~~ C. ~ ~lcceptabl~ Manufacturers for fluorescent and incandescent lamps: _ _. 't_ ` ._t ° 2. Sylvania. T~3. Philips. _ .._,:. _ ~ ~,~ .~~ ~ - D. = f-ligh''Intensity Discharge (HID) lamps shall be clear unless otherwise noted on the lighting fixture ~_~chedale on the drawings. ~, E `dcceptable Manufacturers for HID lamps: 1. G.E. 2. Sylvania. 3. Philips. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Surface mounted fixtures shall be supported and stabilized by at least 3 control points not in a straight line, so that the fixtures hang plumb, level, and square without wobble. B. All broken, cracked, warped, defective, etc. lenses shall be replaced prior to substantial completion. C. Lighting fixtures shall be spaced as directed by the Architect /Engineer in conformance with the ceiling pattern, ventilation inlets and outlets, sprinkler heads, etc. 2 16500-LIGHTING FIXTURES 07.043 Napoleon Rark Concession & Restroom Facility D. Clean alt fixtures of fingerprints and construction dust and debris prior to substantial completion. END OF SECTION 3 16500-LIGHTING FIXTURES 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 16740 TELEPHONE SERVICE AND EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide empty conduit system for telephone cabling. B. The local telephone company will extend service cabling to the telephone terminal board shown on the drawing. Service beyond this point shall be by the telephone equipment company selected by the Owners. The selected company will provide and install cabling for the telephone instruments in the empty conduits furnished by the electrical contractor. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Cutting and Patching Paragraph in General Provisions: Section 16010. B. Sleeves & Sealing of Wall, Floor & Ceiling Penetrations: Section 16092. C. Raceways: Section 16110. D. Outlet Boxes: Section 16130. E. Switches and Receptacles: Section 16140. F. Wall Plates: Section 16145. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Necessary hardware shall conform to paragraph 1.02 above. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS _... A. Outlet boxes, wall plates and raceways as specified elsewhere. _ .~ B. 3/4" plywood -grade AC good on one side for terminal board and painted with fire retardant paint, 12" x 12". C. #6 green main ground. D. 1/4" polypropylene pull line in the service conduit. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Electrical contractor shall provide a complete empty conduit and box system as indicated on the drawings. B. At individual telephone outlets, provide empty standard outlet box in wall for telephone device. Extend 3/4" empty conduit to telephone terminal board. C. Provide wall plate matching other wall plates in the room. D. Mount telephone terminal board. 1 16740-TELEPHONE SERVICE & EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility E. Provide a #6 green ground from entrance cable termination on telephone terminal board to grounding point of electrical service and make connection. F. Electrical contractor shall provide trench and conduit for telephone service where called for by the local telephone company. The electrical contractor shall review with the local telephone company the location and routing of the required trench. Provide empty 4" PVC with long sweep steel elbows for underground telephone service entrance with pull rope. END OF SECTION _, ~._._ .. .: __. _ .;... ... .~ -. a _... r--~ ..l f' ., J 2 16740-TELEPHONE SERVICE & EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM 07.043 SECTION 311000 -SITE CLEARING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Napoleon Park Concession ~ Restroom Facility A. Clearing and protection of vegetation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 1000 -Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. B. Section 01 5000 -Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal. C. Section 01 7000 -Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products. D. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Topsoil removal. E. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Fill material for filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. F. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Fill material for filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. G. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fill Material: As specified in Section 31 2323 -Fill and Backfill PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING UTILITIES AND BUILT ELEMENTS A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their . requirements; obtain required permits. ~~ B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. ~ , D. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. . 3.02 VEGETATION A. Scope: Remove trees, shrubs, brush, and stumps in areas to be covered by building structure and paving. B. Install substantial, highly visible fences at least 3 feet high to prevent inadvertent damage to vegetation to remain: 1. Around trees to remain within vegetation removal limits; locate no closer to tree than at the drip line. C. Vegetation Removed: Do not burn, bury, landfill, or leave on site, except as indicated. 1. Chip, grind, crush, or shred vegetation for mulching, composting, or other purposes; preference should be given to on-site uses. 2. Trees: Sell if marketable; if not, treat as specified for other vegetation removed; remove stumps and roots to depth of 18 inches. 1 31 1000 -SITE CLEARING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 3. Sod: Re-use on site if possible; otherwise sell if marketable, and if not, treat as specified for other vegetation removed. 4. Fill holes left by removal of stumps and roots, using suitable fill material, with top surface neat in appearance and smooth enough not to constitute a hazard to pedestrians. 3.03 DEBRIS A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Cleanup spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION "', ,~ . _ ;:-: -.., f_ ~ _ c.- j . _ ~ _ 31 1000 -SITE CLEARING 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility SECTION 312200 -GRADING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal and storage of topsoil. B. Rough grading the site. C. Replacement of topsoil and finish grading. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 1000 -Site Clearing. B. Section 31 2316 -Excavation. C. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Filling and compaction. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protect above- and below-grade utilities that remain. B. Protect plants, lawns, and other features to remain as a portion of final landscaping. C. Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from grading equipment and vehicular traffic. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Topsoil excavated on-site. 1. Free of roots, rocks larger than 1l2 inch, subsoil, debris, large weeds and foreign matter. B. Other Fill Materials: See Section 31 2323. PART 3 EXECUTION %' a_:, , 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated: 3.02 PREPARATION - A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. ~ - B. Stake and flag locations of known utilities. C. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain, from damage. D. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. 3.03 ROUGH GRADING A. Remove topsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded, without mixing with foreign materials. B. Do not remove topsoil when wet. C. Remove subsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded. D. Do not remove wet subsoil, unless it is subsequently processed to obtain optimum moisture content. E. When excavating through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with sharp axe. 1 31 2200 -GRADING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility F. See Section 31 2323 for filling procedures. G. Stability: Replace damaged or displaced subsoil to same requirements as for specified fill. 3.04 SOIL REMOVAL and STOCKPILING A. Stockpile excavated topsoil on site. 07.043 B. Stockpile subsoil to be re-used on site; remove remainder from site. C. Stockpiles: Use areas approved by City of Iowa City; pile depth not to exceed 8 feet; protect from erosion. 3.05 FINISH GRADING A. Before Finish Grading: 1. Verify building and trench backfilling have been inspected. 2. Verify subgrade has been contoured and compacted. B. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 1/2 inch in size. Remove soil contaminated with petroleum products. C. Where topsoil is to be placed, scarify surface to depth of 6 inches. D. In areas where vehicles or equipment have compacted soil, scarify surface to depth of 6 inches. E. Place topsoil to level finish grade. F. Except as specifically indicated otherwise, place topsoil to the following compacted thicknesses: 6 inches. ~_ Place~psoil during dry weather. ~''. .r-_, - ~~ - - H:- Remove roots, weeds, rocks, and foreign material while spreading. ~- - L., N~~np7ants spread topsoil manually to prevent damage. ;,, -- ~. _. ~.. Fii~e'z~r'ade topsoil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain profiles and contour of ~-- subgrade. r.~.. ... t4~ Ligh4ly?compact placed topsoil. -.., L. The City of Iowa City will seed or sod all lawn areas after completion of the project. Prepare damaged lawns for seeding by the Owner. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of subgrade: Plus or minus 1/10 foot from required elevation. B. Top Surface of Finish Grade: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove unused stockpiled topsoil and subsoil. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing water. B. Leave site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping. END OF SECTION 31 2200 -GRADING 2 07.04 3 SECTION 312316 -EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating for footings, slabs-on-grade, paving, and utilities within the building. B. Trenching for utilities outside the building. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 7000 -Execution and Closeout Requirements: General requirements for dewatering of excavations and water control. B. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Soil removal from surface of site. C. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Fill materials, filling, and compacting. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. B. Protect plants, lawns, and other features to remain. C. Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain and protect from damage. C. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. 3.02 EXCAVATING A. Excavate to accommodate new structures and construction operations. - B. Notify Architect of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in area uritil notified to resume work. - . C. Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet to angle of repose or less until shored: D. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. E. Cut utility trenches wide enough to allow inspection of installed utilities. F. Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter. G. Correct areas that are over-excavated and load-bearing surfaces that are disturbed; see Section 31 2323. H. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. I. Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site. J. Stockpile excavated material to be re-used in area designated on site in accordance with Section 31 2200. K. Remove excess excavated material from site. 1 31 2316 -EXCAVATION Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B. Provide for visual inspection of load-bearing excavated surfaces before placement of foundations. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Prevent displacement of banks and keep loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing. END OF SECTION _, :~ cat . .% ,_ ~1 ..,...J '? ~~~ 31 2316 -EXCAVATION 2 07.043 SECTION 312323 -FILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility A. Filling, backfilling, and compacting for footings, slabs-on-grade, paving, and utilities within the building. B. Backfilling and compacting for utilities outside the building. C. Filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal (demolition) operations. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Removal and handling of soil to be re-used. B. Section 31 2316 -Excavation: Removal and handling of soil to be re-used. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 698 -Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)); 2000a. B. ASTM D 1556 -Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method; 2000. C. ASTM D 2487 -Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System); 2000. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Finish Grade Elevations: Indicated on drawings. B. Subgrade Elevations: 6 inches below finish grade elevations indicated on drawings, unless otherwise indicated. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source. ,_ -. > C. Fill Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on proposed and actual materials ' _- used. D. Compaction Density Test Reports. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS - A. Provide sufficient quantities of fill to meet project schedule and requirements. No area is available to store materials on site in advance of need. B. When fill materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where indicated. 1. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 2. Prevent contamination. 3. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials. C. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. Granular Fill: see "GENERAL FOUNDATION NOTES" on Structural Drawing S-101. 1 31 2323 -FILL Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility B. Controlled Fill: see "GENERAL FOUNDATION NOTES" on Structural Drawing S-101. C. General Fill: Subsoil excavated on-site and conforming to the following: 1. Low-plasticity, cohesive type. a. Liquid Limit: Less than 45 percent. b. Plasticity Index: Less than 23 percent. 2. Free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rocks larger than 2 inches, and debris. 3. Conforming to ASTM D 2487 Group Symbol CL. D. Topsoil: See Section 31 2200. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Filter Fabric: Polypropylene type, black non-biodegradable, non-woven, needle punched; "ADS-6600" manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc.. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 07.043 A. See Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for testing and analysis of soil material. B. Where fill materials are specified by reference to a specific standard, test and analyze samples for compliance before delivery to site. C. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. D. Provide materials of each type from same source throughout the Work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A:% Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. c ~~'> See,S~ction 31 2200 for additional requirements. --- ~.~ Verify subdrainage, dampproofing, or waterproofing installation has been inspected. _ . f3: Vecif~_-structural ability of unsupported walls to support imposed loads by the fill. G'V ~.._J ~~- 3.02 -P~2EP~ARA~'ION ;:_; P.rr Scar~and proof roll subgrade surface to a depth of 8 inches to identify soft spots. =_~ ___ Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with general fill. C. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. D. Until ready to fill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into excavation. 3.03 FILLING A. Fill to contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials. B. Fill up to subgrade elevations unless otherwise indicated. C. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. D. Systematically fill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. E. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. F. Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 9 inches compacted depth. 31 2323 -FILL 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility G. Slope grade away from building minimum 6 inches in 10 ft, unless noted otherwise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. H. Correct areas that are over-excavated. 1. Load-bearing foundation surfaces: Fill with Controlled Fill. 2. Other areas: Use general fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to minimum 97 percent of maximum dry density. Compaction Density Unless Otherwise Specified or Indicated: 1. Refer to "GENERAL FOUNDATION NOTES" on Structural Drawing S-101 2. At other locations: 90 percent of maximum dry density. J. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.04 FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS A. Use general fill unless otherwise specified or indicated. B. Under Footings: 1. Use compacted existing soil. Employ geotechnical engineer to test base of excavations. 2. If existing soil cannot meet bearing requirements over-excavate and fill up to footing bearing elevation with Controlled Fill as recommended by geotechnical engineer. C. subgrade Under Interior Slabs-On-Grade, where over-excavation is required: 1. Use Controlled Fill 2. Fill up to subgrade elevations below capillary barrier. D. Barrier Under Interior Slabs-On-Grade: 1. Use granular fill. 2. Depth: 6 inches deep. 3. Maintain dry condition prior to placement of concrete. E. Over Buried Utility Piping and Conduits in Trenches: 1. Bedding and Haunching Layers: Use Fill Type controlled fill. 2. Cover with general fill. '._ 3. Fill up to subgrade elevation. `.` " _. -a- 4. Compact in maximum 8 inch lifts to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 5. See Section 02317 for additional requirements. F. At Lawn Areas: ~ - 1. Use general fill 2. Fill up to 6 inches below finish grade elevations. 3. Compact to 90 percent of maximum dry density. 4. See Section 31 2200 for topsoil placement. G. Under Monolithic Paving: 1. Use additional Fill Type Controlled Fill as required to achieve final subgrade elevation. a. Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of General Filling: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations. B. Top Surface of Filling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B. Perform compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ASTM D1556. 3 31 2323 -FILL Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 C. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM D 698 ("standard Proctor"). D. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. E. Frequency of Tests: Comply with recommendations of geotechnical engineer. F. Proof roll compacted fill at surfaces that will be under slabs-on-grade. 3.07 CLEAN-UP A. Remove unused materials; leave area in a clean and neat condition, properly prepared for subsequent grading operations. END OF SECTION Q:'~ ,- ._ __ , , -- . _. r t. _-- -;- - e:: ~~ - C_7 i ' _.._ 31 2323 -FILL 4 07.043 SECTION 321313 -CONCRETE PAVING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete sidewalks and integral curbs. Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Preparation of site for paving. B. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Compacted subbase for paving. C. Section 03 1000 -Concrete Forming and Accessories. D. Section 03 2000 -Concrete Reinforcing. E. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. F. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Sealant for joints. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 211.1 -Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1991 (Reapproved 2002). B. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. C. ACI 305R -Hot Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 1999. D. ACI 306R -Cold Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 1988 (Reapproved 2002). E. ASTM C 39/C 39M -Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2005. F. ASTM C 94/C 94M -Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2005. G. ASTM C 173/C 173M -Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the.: Volumetric Method; 2001. ~., H. ASTM C 309 -Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds fo~Curtng Concrete; 2003. :- 1.04 SUBMITTALS _ y' A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on joint filler, admixtures, and curing compound. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout. C. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. D. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not place concrete when base surface temperature is less than 45 degrees F, or surface is wet or frozen. 1 32 1313 -CONCRETE PAVING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Wood form material, profiled to suit conditions. B. Joint Filler: Preformed; flexible, closed-cell foam. 1. Thickness: 3/8 inch. 2. Product: "Sealtight Ceramar" manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01600 -Product Requirements. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel and Welded Wire Reinforcement: Types specified in Section 03 2000. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Concrete Materials: As specified in Section 03 3000. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B. 1. Product: "L&M Cure R-2" manufactured by L8~M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 -Product Requirements. B. Joint Sealer: Self-leveling polyurethane as specified in Section 07900. 2.05 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN -NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE A. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACt 301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. ``'B. Ad"oiixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates - ~ ~ recommended by manufacturer. -.- - ~ ~ 1. ~ Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C 260. ' ~ --2.---=Water-Reducing Admixture (Mid-Range): ASTM C 494, Type A; providing for 12-15 percent ~- --, ~~~ ~-' ~ reduction of water content in concrete mix. ' ~ ~ ~ ~ C. ~~Corrcrete Properties: ,.`_'_ `-.~ ° =Cement Content: Minimum 525 Ib per cubic yard. -_~ 2 ~--~ Water-cementitious Materials Ratio: Maximum 48 percent by weight. ~_.., 3. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 4. Slag Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 5. Total Air Content: 6 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C 173/C 173M. 6. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch. 2.06 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C 94/C 94M. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. 3.02 SUBBASE A. See Section 32 1123 for construction of base course for work of this Section. 32 1313 -CONCRETE PAVING 2 07.043 Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 3.03 PREPARATION A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. B. Coat surfaces of manhole frames with oil to prevent bond with concrete pavement. C. Notify Architect minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. 3.04 FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, profile, and gradient. B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. C. Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. 3.05 REINFORCEMENT A. Place dowels to achieve pavement and curb alignment as detailed. 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete as specified in Section 03 3000. B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. C. Place concrete continuously over the full width of the panel and between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. 3.07 JOINTS A. Align curb, gutter, and sidewalk joints. B. Place 3/8 inch wide expansion joints at 20 foot intervals and to separate paving from vertical surfaces and other components. 1. Form joints with joint filler extending from bottom of pavement to within 1/4 inCh•of finished surface. _ 2. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. f ~, C. Provide sawn joints: 1. At 4 feet intervals or as otherwise indicated on Drawings. D. Provide keyed joints as indicated. E. Saw cut contraction joints 1 /8 inch wide at an optimum time (not more than 24 hours;~.after finishing. Cut 1/3 into depth of slab. 3.08 FINISHING A. Sidewalk Paving: Light broom, texture perpendicular to direction of travel with troweled and radiused edge 1/4 inch radius. B. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Make two applications in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.09 JOINT SEALING A. See Section 07 9005 for joint sealer requirements. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1/4 inch in 10 ft. 3 32 1313 -CONCRETE PAVING Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility 07.043 B. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1 /4 inch. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000. 1. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. B. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M. For each test, mold and cure three concrete test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 75 cu yd or less of each class of concrete placed. 1. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. 2. Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken. C. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Do not permit pedestrian or vehicular traffic over pavement until 75 percent design strength of concrete has been achieved. END OF SECTION L _i •• -.. - I t A ~....-..a ..._......_ ..1 1 ~..,~ __ _. _. 1 ~ ~; , l`_J ~. rv ~_. . - ` ... f -+ y ' 'rl 32 1313 -CONCRETE PAVING 4 Pr~J 3e 5 Prepared by: Terry Trueblood, Parks & Rec, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5110 RESOLUTION NO. 07-214 RESOLUTION SETTING A PUBLIC HEARING FOR AUGUST 21, 2007, ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATE OF COST FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF NAPOLEON PARK RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING, DIRECTING CITY CLERK TO PUBLISH NOTICE OF SAID HEARING, AND DIRECTING THE PARKS AND RECREATION DIRECTOR TO PLACE SAID PLANS ON FILE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, THAT: That a public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-mentioned project is to be held on the 21st day of August, 2007, at 7:00 p.m. in the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. 2. That the City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice of the public hearing for the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the City, not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days before said hearing. 3. That the copy of the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-named project is hereby ordered placed on file by the Parks and Recreation Director in the office of the City Clerk for public inspection. Passed and approved this 24th day of Tiny , 20~Z_ ATTEST: CITY LERK M Pratern Appro d by CI y Attorney's Office y /y~d7 It was moved by Champion and seconded adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: x x x x x x by Vanderhoef the Resolution be ABSENT: Bailey Champion Elliott Lehman O'Donnell Vanderhoef X Wilburn parks/res/res/napoleon park restroom public hearing.doc NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PROPOSED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY FOR THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA. Public Notice is hereby given that a Public Hearing will be held in Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall at 410 East Washington Street, Iowa City, Iowa at 7:00 PM, C.S.T. on the 21st day of August, 2007, at which time interested persons may appear and file objections to the plans, specifications, proposed form of contract or to the cost of said proposed project. The proposed plans, specifications and form of contract maybe examined at the City Clerk's Office of the City of Iowa City, Iowa prior to said hearing. CITY OF IOWA CITY By::s/Marian K. Karr City Clerk `~. Prepared by: Terry Trueblood, Parks and Recreation, 220 S. Gilbert, Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5110 RESOLUTION NO. 07-251 RESOLUTION APPROVING PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT, ESTIMATE OF COST FOR THE NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY, ESTABLISHING AMOUNT OF BID SECURITY TO ACCOMPANY EACH BID, DIRECTING CITY CLERK TO PUBLISH ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS, AND FIXING TIME AND PLACE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. 11 WHEREAS, notice of public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the above-named project were published as required by law, and the hearing thereon held. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY IOWA, THAT: 1. The plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the above-named project are hereby approved. 2. The amount of bid security to accompany each bid for the construction of the above-named project shall be in the amount of 10% of bid payable to Treasurer, City of Iowa City, Iowa. 3. The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice for the receipt of bids for the construction of the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the city 4 to 45 days prior to the date for filing bids. 4. Bids for the above-named project are to be received by the City of Iowa City, Iowa, at the Office of the City Clerk, at City Hall, before 2:00 p.m. on the 11th day of September, 2007. At that time, the bids will be opened and. announced by the Parks and Recreation Director or designee, and thereupon referred to the Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, for action upon said bids at its next meeting to be held at City Hall (in Emma J. Harvat Hall), Iowa City, Iowa, at 7:00 p.m. on the 18th day of September, 2007 or at a special meeting called for that purpose. Passed and approved this 21st day of Ausust _, 2007. MA OR Appr ed by ATTEST: ~ - ~' CITY RK City Attorney's Office~~~~~7 P&R/res/Napoleon concess PB~S.doc Resolution No. p7-251 Page ~_ It was moved by O'Donnell and seconded by Bailey the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: x Bailey g Champion x Correia ~_ Elliott x O'Donnell ~ Vanderhoef x Wilburn SECTION 001113 -ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY PROJECT: NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION 8~ RESTROOM FACILITY NOTICE TO POTENTIAL BIDDERS; Notice is given hereby that the City of Iowa City will receive sealed bids for construction of the above project until 2:00 pm, local Time, on September 11, 2007. The Project is described in general as: A 1700 SF Building for concessions, restrooms, and storage. The building structure consists of CMU walls and wood-framed truss roof with standing seam metal roof panels Offers shall be on a stipulated sum basis for a General Construction Contract, including respective mechanical and electrical work; segregated bids will not be accepted. Bid Security in the amount of ten percent of the bid must accompany bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Bids will be received at: City Clerk's Office, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240. Bids will be opened and publicly read aloud immediately after the specified closing time. Bids received after that time will not be accepted. All interested parties are invited to attend. EXAMINATION OF PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS: Printed Procurement Documents may be obtained from the Architect's office upon depositing the sum of $50.00 (refundable) for each set of documents. The deposit amount will be refunded within ten calendar days following bid opening, provided complete sets of documents in satisfactory condition are returned, postpaid, to: Neumann Monson Architects, 221 E College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240. Printed sets of Procurement Documents may be examined at: Neumann Monson Architects 221 E College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 Owner: City of Iowa City City Clerk's Office, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240. Construction Update Plan Room 521 3rd Ave. SW, Cedar Rapids, IA 52404 McGraw Hill Dodge Construction 474 First Avenue, Coralville, IA 52241 Dubuque Builders Exchange 801 Cedar Cross Road, Dubuque, IA 52003 Master Builders of Iowa 221 Park Street, PO Box 695 Des Moines, IA 50309 Construction Update Plan Room 1406 Central Avenue, Box T, Fort Dodge, IA 50501 North Iowa Builders Exchange 25 West State Street, Suite B, Box 1154, Mason City, IA 50401 Illowa Builders Exchange 520 - 24th Street, Rock Island, IL 61201 Construction Update Plan Room 612 Mulberry, Waterloo, IA 50704 F.W. Dodge Corporation 939 Office Park Road, Suite 121, W. Des Moines, IA 50265 Marshalltown Construction Bureau 709 South Center, Box 1000, Marshalltown, IA 50158 OTHER REQUIREMENTS Products and materials incorporated in the Work of this Project are Exempt from Iowa sales tax and local option sales tax. Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond will be required in the full amount of the contract. Work required by the proposed contract shall begin upon ISSUANCE OF THE OWNER'S "NOTICE TO PROCEED'; the Work must be completed with all equipment placed in operation on or before the completion date noted on the contractor's bid form, subject to an extension of time which may be granted by the Owner. Provisions in Articles 73.15 through 73.21 of the Code of Iowa seek to provide opportunities for targeted small businesses to participate in the construction of this project. The Owner has established a goal of five percent of the bid price for certified small businesses. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive irregularity in the bids and in the bidding and to enter into such contract as shall be deemed to be in the Owners best interest. SITE ASSESSMENT: SITE EXAMINATION Examine the project site before submitting a bid. PREBID CONFERENCE A bidders conference has been scheduled for 10:00 am on September 5, 2007 at the Parks Division Building, 2275 S Gilbert Street, Iowa City, IA 52240. All general contract and subcontract bidders are invited. Representatives of the Owner and Architect will be in attendance. Information relevant to the Bid Documents will be recorded in an Addendum, issued to Bid Document recipients. END OF ADVERTISEMENT FOR BID 2 Printer's Fee $ 15.~i ~" CERTIFICATE OF PUBLICATION STATE OF IOWA, JOHNSON COUNTY, SS: THE IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN . FED. ID # 42-0330670 I, c~S B;Ea~-B~eeieka, being duly sworn, say that I am the legal clerk of the IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN, a newspaper published in said county, and that a notice, a printed copy of which is hereto attached, was published in said paper~_ time(s), on the follo ing date(s): Legal Clerk Subscribed and sworn to before me this 1 S~ day of A.D. 20 f~ ~- Notary .Public • ~~ s Mr ~ Ex~j~ .wrN,.ry Z7, Zoos OFFICIAL PUBLICATION NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PROPOSED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY FOR THE CITY OF IOWA CRY, IOWA. Public Notice is hereby given that a Public Hearing will be held in Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall at 410 East Washington Street, Iowa City, Iowa at 7:00 PM, C.S.T. on the 21st day of August, 2007, at which time interested persons may appear and file objections to the plans, spec cations, proposed form of contract or to the cost of said proposed project. The proposed plans, specifications and form of contract may be examined at the City Clerk's Office of the City of Iowa City, Iowa prior to said hearing. The proposed plans, specifications and form of contract may be examined at the City Clerk's Office of the City of Iowa City, Iowa prior to said hearing. CITY OF IOWA CITY By::s/Marian K. Karr City Clerk 76166 August 6, 2007 Printer's Fee $ ~ `~ `j `~ CERTIFICATE OF PUBLICATION STATE OF IOWA, JOHNSON COUNTY, SS: THE IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN FED. ID # 42-0330670 I, £eeicka, being duly sworn, say that I am the legal clerk of the IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN, a newspaper published in said county, and that a notice, a printed copy of which is hereto attached, was published in said paper time(s), on the f owing date: ' '' Legal Clerk Subscribed and sworn to before me this J L _~_ day of A.D.20~_. -- -~-~-~~jj~~ ry Fublic o v C } r = t~iy Cyr ~ ~;,res ,,. J~nueuY 27, 2~ 3 ,_,.~ OFFICIAL PUBLICATION SECTION 001113 -ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY PROJECT: NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION & RESTROOM FACILITY NOTICE TO POTENTIAL BIDDERS; Notice is given" hereby that the City of Iowa City will receive sealed bids for con- struction of the above project until 2:00 pm, local Time, on September 11, 2007. The Project is described in general as: A 1700 SF Building for concessions, rest- rooms, and storage. The building struc- ture consists of CMU walls and wood- framed truss roof with standing seam metal roof panels Offers shall be on a stipulated sum basis for a General Construction Contract, including respective mechanical and electrical work; segregated bids will not be accepted. Bid Security in the amount of ten percent of the bid must accompany bid in actor- dance with the Instnictions to Bidders. Bids will be received at: City Clerk's Office, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240. Bids will be opened and publicly read aloud immediately after the specrfied closing time. Bids received after that time will not be accepted. All interested parties are invited to attend. EXAMINATION OF PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS: Printed Procurement Documents may be obtained from the Architect's office upon depositing the sum of $50.00 (refund- able) for each set of documents. The deposff amount will be refunded within ten calendar days following bid opening, provided complete sets of documents in satisfactory condition are returned, post- paid, to: Neumann Monson Architects, 221 E College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240. Printed sets of Procurement Documents may be examined at: Neumann Monson Architects 221 E College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 Owner. City of Iowa City City Clerk's Office, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240. Construction Update Plan Room. 521 3rd Ave. SW, Cedar Rapids, IA 52404 McGraw Hill Dodge Construction 474 First Avenue, CoraMlle, IA 52241 Dubuque Builders Exchange 801 Cedar Cross Road, Dubuque, IA 52003 Master Builders of Iowa 221 Park Street, PO Box 695 Des Moines, IA 50309 Construction"Update Plan Room 1406 Central Avenue, Box T, Fort Dodge, IA 50501 North Iowa Builders Exchange 25 West State Street, Suite B, Box 1154, Mason City, IA 50401 Illowa Builders Exchange 520 - 24th Street, Rock Island, IL 61201 Construction Update Plan Room 612 Mulberry, Waterloo, IA 50704 F.W. Dodge Corporation 939 Office Park Road, Suite 121, W. Des Moines, IA 50265 Marshalltown Construction Bureau 709 South Center, Box ' 1000, Marshalltown, IA 50158 OTHER REQUIREMENTS Products and materials incorporated in the Work of this Project are Exempt from Iowa sales tax and local option sales tax. Pertormance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond will be required in the full amount of the contract. Work required by the proposed contract shall begin upon ISSUANCE OF THE OWNER'S "NOTICE TO PROCEED"; the Work must be completed with all equip- ment placed in operation on or before the completion date noted on the contractor's bid form, subject to an extension of time which may be granted by the Owner. Provisions in Articles 73.15 through 73.21 of the Code of Iowa seek to provide opportunities for targeted small business- es to participate in the construction of this project. The Owner has established a goal of five percent of the bid price for certified small businesses. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive irregularity in the bids and in the bidding and to enter into such contract as shall be deemed to be in the Owners best interest. SRE ASSESSMENT: SITE EXAMINATION Examine the project site before submit- ting abid. PREBID CONFERENCE A bidders conference has been sched- uled for 10:00 am on September 5, 2007 at the Parks Division Building, 2275 S Gilbert Street, Iowa City, IA 52240. All general rontract and subcontract bid- ders are invited. Representatives of the Owner and Architect will be in attendance. Information relevant to the Bid Documents will be recorded in an Addendum, issued to Bid Document recipients. END OF ADVERTISEMENT FOR BID 76738 August 29, 2007 ~ 09-18c07 ~y~~ 16 Prepared by: Terry Trueblood, Parks & Rec, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5110 RESOLUTION NO. n7-~R~ RESOLUTION AWARDING CONTRACT AND AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO SIGN AND CITY CLERK TO ATTEST A CONTRACT FOR THE NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY. WHEREAS, Apex Construction of Iowa City, Iowa, has submitted the lowest responsible bid of $255,025 for construction of the above-named project. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, THAT: 1. The contract for the construction of the above-named project is hereby awarded to Apex Construction, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 2. The Mayor is hereby authorized to sign and the City Clerk to attest the contract for construction of the above-named project, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 3. The Parks and Recreation Director is hereby authorized to execute change orders as they may become necessary in the construction of the above-named project. Passed and approved this ~ 3th day of September , 20 n~ MAYOR ATTEST:~'j .es.-.~ ~ ~4-~ CI CLERK Approved by City Attorney's Office 9/~a-~o '7 It was moved by Rai 1 P~ and seconded by Correia the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: x x x NAYS: ABSENT: Bailey Champion Correia Elliott O'Donnell Vanderhoef Wilburn P&R/RES/napoleon concession award.doc NOTICE OF CLAIM Pursuant to Chapter 573 of the Iowa Code To: City of Iowa City C/o City Clerk 410 E. Washington St. Iowa City, IA 52240 ,.,, {-:~ :, STATE OF IOWA ) ~ -~ SS. ~, ~.~ COUNTY OF POLK) ~ ~ _ y ~-~ ~` The undersigned being duly sworn upon oath slates that he is the attorney i~ .ct -= of Systems Management & Balancing, Inc. and that as such he is authorized to mace this affidavit; that he is familiar with the books and the business of the claimant and that the attached account for $850.00 against A'Hearn Plumbing & Heating, Inc. remains unpaid after allowing all just and lawful offsets, payments and credits; and that the items thereon represent materials, supplies, or equipment furnished, sold and delivered to said contractor on the dates indicated for use in connection with the public improvement for the Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom, 2501 S. Gilbert St., Iowa City, Iowa. Jerrold anek AT0008176 505-5th Avenue, Suite 835 Des Moines, IA 50309-2317 Attorney in fact for Systems Management & Balancing;: Inc. Subscribed and sworn to before me on this 11 ~' day of November 2009 by Jerrol Wanek. Notary Pu lic -- State of Iowa Via Certified Mail ~ ~ ~~ 'tFOomni~bllllOnbK 705510 Cc: ~ ~ _ .--- ~~~ Apex Construction 418 Yvette St. S.W., P.O. Box 2297 Iowa City, IA 52244-2297 e .~ ~ Statement Systems Management & Balancing, Inc. 925 S.E. Olson Drive Waukee, IA 50263-8455 Date 11/4/2009 To: A'Hearn Plumbing 8i Heating, Inc. P.0. Box 248 Hiawatha, IA 52233 Amount Due Amount Enc, $850.00 Date Transaction Amount Balance Napoleon Park Concession & Rest- 00 850 850.00 07/15/2008 INV #2445. Due 08/14/2008.Orig. Amount $850.00. TAB RTPORT . ISSUED 7-15-08 _.,a - $ ~ ;;, :~ . ~~~ -- 4 -"` y; .„-- .~ ~; ~;, .. y i~ 1-30 DAYS PAST 31-80 DAYS PAST 81-90 DAYS PAST OVER 90 DAYS Amount Due CURRENT DUE DUE DUE PAST DUE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 850.00 $850.00 CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. 4218 Yvette Street SW PO Box 2297 Iowa City, IA 52244 Phone: (319) 339-1543 Fax: (319) 339-1562 November 13, 2009 Jerrold Wanek 505 - 5`~' Avenue, Suite 835 Des Moines, IA 50309-2317 C ,~ ~. ~' ~ : ; , y ;, Re Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Notice of Claim A'Hearn Plumbing & Heating Dear Mr. Wanek: Enclosed please find a copy of our Subcontract Agreement with A'Hearn Plumbing and Heating for a total amount of $53,000.00, along with signed Waiver of Lien documents totaling the amount we paid of $53,000.00. Please let me know if this documentation will not satisfy /release the Notice of Claim you have filed. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Sincerely, Karen Fink Office Manager Cc: City of Iowa City .,r 4 ~_. ~ A • ~ ~~,~ W d «~® ~t t~ ~, ~ ~-----'' SUB-CONTRACT AGREEMENT 0 - l APEX CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. ~~~' 4218 Yvette Street SW~ PO Box 2297 Iowa City, IA 52244-2297 Phone (319) 339-1543 ~ Fax (319) 339-1562 THIS AGREEMENT, made this Zlst day of. September 2007 by and between Apex Construction Company, Inc of Iowa City, Iowa Hereinafter called the Contractor, and A'Hearn Plumbing & Heating Inc - of Hiawatha, Iowa __ hereinafter called the Sub-contractor. Witnesseth, That for the consideration hereinafter named, the said Sub-Contactor agrees with the said Contractor, as follows: SECTION 1 The Sub contractor agrees to furnish all labor, material and equipment, necessary to perform and complete all the work for: Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility - ZSOI SGilbert Street - ~ '"" ~'~ /owa City, IA T' (Protect) As described in Section 2 hereof, and in accordance with the drawings, specifications and addenda Nos. 1 toy ~.': 2 ~' ,'"~ Inclusive prepared by BiU Hoejer ~ r'~ ~ ~ '~'° -~, ,,. (Architect-Engineer) of Neumann Monson Aschitects w; ~„ tti7 ~ L.a.l SECTION 2. Scope of Work: The Sub-contractor agrees to promptly begin said work within Five(S) days, after notificatioN6y said Contractor, and completes alt work as follows And as scheduled to the full satisfaction and subject to the approval of said Architect-Engineer: Complete Mechanical as shown on plans and as specified Work including providing and installing all exterior under ground piping jor water and sewer lines, tie ins, rough in jor new building, interior piping, fixtures, stands and mounting brackets, all HVAC including ductwork, fans, drjfusers, grilles, insulntion, controls, and balancing aU in accordance with plans and specifications * Subcontractor is responsible jor cleanup and removal ojtheir construction debris SECTION 3. The Sub-contractor shall take out and pay for Employers' Liability or Workman's Compensation Insurance, Public Liability and Property Damage; also all state and/or federal taxes, assessments, Unemployment Compensation Contributions or other charges, and necessary city and/or state permits and%or licenses to do business as required by Law, and certificate of same to be deposited with the Contractor before any work is started. SECTION 4. No extra work or changes under this contract will be recognized or paid for, unless agreed to in writing by the Contractor before the work is done or the changes made. No oral agreements will be made by either party. SECTION 5. This contract shall not be assigned by the Sub-contractor without first obtaining permission in writing by the Contractor. SECTION 6. Sub-contractor agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions of the general contract and by all provisions of the A.I.A. document known as The General Conditions of The Contract For The Construction Of Buildings (latest edition). SECTION 7. The Sub-Contractor certifies that he is in compliance and will continue to comply with all present and future applicable Federal, State and local price and wage regulations in the performance of the work under this Agreement and agrees to Indemnify the General Contractor and to save the General Contractor harmless from any liability whatsoever of any kind or character, for any violations of Federal, State or local statutes, laws, ordinances or regulations. IN CONSIDERATION WHEREOF, the said Contractor agrees that he will pay to the said Sub-contractor, in Monthly payments,. the sum of Fifty Three Thousand and 00/10:- Dollars (x53,000.00) for said materials and work, said amount to be paid as follows: Ninety-Five per cent (9S %) of all labor & material which has been placed in position by said Sub-contractor, to be paid on or about the 30` of the following month, except the final payment, which the said Contractor_shall pay to the said Sub-contractor within 31 days after final acceptance of the project by the Architect-Engineer and Owner and shall have submitted satisfactory evidence that all obligations have been paid, and has filed all necessary Iowa Sales and Use Tax report forms and any other required reports. The Contractor and the Sub-contractor for themselves, their successors, executors, administrators and assigns, hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants of this agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, they have executed this agreement the day and date written abo TO A'Hearn Plumbing & Heating Inc. 255 Robins Road, Box 248 Hiawatha. IA 52233 ,.~nC~3f~~3~-OI ~l~ By Job # 0790 Code: Dy A'Hearn Plumbing & Heating Inc. Sub-contractor NOV-20-2008 11 16 AM _, ~, ~.\ f_,'i - -,~ ~% ~ ~. lU Fsrti~l WAY'V~~2 QF ~~N' ~' FOIL AND IN CC?NSIDERATION OF TIC SUl~ OF $~9, o~r other Valuable considezation, receipt of wlsich 1S hereby ~C1LA4wladged, the under-sign¢d hereby waives ~ releases any and all liens, claims or rights of liens upon the follawin; described promises situated in ehneon ` C.aunty, Iowa, legally described as or lacat$d at: Na..nlaww ~r wL /~ww..~.~i~w /L 1~ ~... ~~~if1~. •~._ ~a__ ~___.._ which the undarsi~ted mty have under the statutes of tha State of Iows relatiag to mechanics liens or for ~y other zeaeam whoever on aooount of labor or rnetaiala ar both, fiunished or v-+hinh may ba f~unish,ed by the undesaigaed upon tlu said pranisea above describod or any building ar cotrox- tbera4n. Type of labor and rnaterisls fi~ini91]ed Lair, teriala 9Y1t~ ~'Aill'Dnl~rlt fnN Manse of Owner: A'l~e,arn_Plum6iria & Hleetmg Sn~ Qated this ~ a~' day of N 4 (/~'1h ~ _ 2Q0$_ Please sagn arad tCturn to Apex. bona ~etlon Go.. lnc. p'O Box 2247 Iowa City, IA 52244-?.297 P, 2 . ,..u'~ ,ten i 5 d a (sig~d} •-- J- b ~; ~ ~ . S ~~~~ ~ r~ C;1Lkeunxnts and Sattuy~10Si0o Magl~aeiAAylbo~nant~Vob FoldrxslNapoleon ParklWAiYER QP 1.IEN.doe Z8/Z0 ~-d 1`IVI1~liSN7~ X~eld Z99T~EE6TE 9~:EZ 968Z16tlTt ~~ l `'' .,, -y :., ~;~ ... a~ .. , Partial WAIVER OF LIEN = `~ ~ ` ,~a -._ ~' d:,w ~ ra .,. FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF THE SUM OF $ 21,500.59 or other valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the under-signed hereby waives and releases any and all .liens, claims or rights of .liens upon the following described. premises .situated in Johnson. County, Iowa, legally. described as or located at: _ Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility, Iowa City, Iowa which the undersigned may have under the statutes of the State of Iowa .relating to mechanics aiens or for .any. other reason whatsoever on account of labor or materials or both, furnished or which may be furnished by the undersigned upon the said premises above described or any building or construction thereon. Type. of labor and materials furnished Labor, Materials and Equipment .for all Mechanical work, including Plumbing and HVAC. Name of Owner:. A'Hearn Plumbing & Heatin s Dated this ~I ~~ day of Apra / 200. ,_ Please-sign and return to Apex Construction Co., Inc. PO Box 2297 Iowa City, IA 52247-2297 ...,1 Partial WAIVER OF LIEN ~ u. ~"~ _.. `,~ . ~ ~ =, FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF THE SUM OF $ 12~upr other valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undue-signed hereby waives and releases any and all liens, claims or rights of liens upon the following described premises situated in Johnson.. County, Iowa, legally described as or located at: Napoleon Park Concession & Restroom Facility, Iowa Citv, Iowa which the undersigned may have under the statutes of the State of Iowa relating to mechanics liens or for any other reason whatsoever on account of labor or materials or both, furnished or which may be furnished by the undersigned upon the said premises above described or any building or construction thereon. Type of labor and materials furnished Labor and Materials for Mechanical, Plumbing and HVAC Name of Owner: A'Hearn Plumbing & Heating Dated this / 7 ~~ day of ~ 6G~/' 2007. Please sign and return to Apex Construction Co., Inc. PO Box 2297 Iowa City, IA 52247-2297 ~^ (signed) ~~' C:\Documents and Settings\Apex Construction\Local Settings\My DocumentsVob Folders\Napoleon Park\WAIVER OF LIEN.doc _j y'' . ~ -..... u:va Partial WAIVER OF LIEN ~ `i~'' ~'? .~.., FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF THE SUM OF $ 1~3,452.~4, or other valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the under-signed hereby waives and releases any and all liens, claims or rights of liens upon the following described premises situated in Johnson County, Iowa, legally described as or located at: Napoleon Park Concession & Re~troom Facility, Iowa City, Iowa which the undersigned may have under the statutes of the State of Iowa relating to mechanics liens or for any other reason v~hatsoever on account of labor or materials or both, furnished or which may be furnished by the undersigned upon the said premises above described or any building or construction thereon. Type of labor and materials furnishedLabors Materials and Equipment for all Su b con~r'c. ~-Fdr Name of der: A'Hearn Plr~u /mbin~ & Heating Dated this ~ ~~ day of I'~b/'~ Y' 20Qt'~. $ Please sign and return to Apex Constructidn Co., Inc. PO Box 2297 Iowa City, IA 522#7-2297 (signed) ~'H~~rn P~~~ ~~ ~- ~ ,~ {F~~ ~..-~ ~i ~ . d ~~~ 7~e~'J~r C:\Documents and Settings\Apex Construction\Local SettingsWly pocumentsUob FoldersWapoleon Pazk\WANER OF LIEN.doc 'Prof 4f 1 Prepared by: Mike Moran, Parks & Recreation, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5100 RESOLUTION NO. 10- RESOLUTION ACCEPTING THE WO K FOR THE NAPOLEON PARK CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILI PROJECT WHEREAS, the Parks & Recreation Director has r commended that the work for construction of the Napoleon Park Concession and Restroom Fac lity Project, as included in a contract between the City of Iowa City and Apex Construction Com any of Iowa City, Iowa, dated September 18, 2007, be accepted; and , WHEREAS, the performance and payment bond ha~re been filed in the City Clerk's office; and WHEREAS, the final contract price is $255,344.13. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, THAT said improvements are hereby accept d by the City of Iowa City, Iowa. Passed and approved this 12th day of MA ATTEST: //GZ~-~~~~ 7~ . 7C~Lt~ CITY LERK It was moved by Champion and adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: x x X X X ~_ _~ 20_x. Approved by ~l Ct~~ ~'"~~- City Attorney's Office ~ ~ zl~ 0 9 by Mims the Resolution be ABSENT: Bailey Champion Dickens Hayek Mims Wilburn Wright Parkcreclres/accept concession.doc 12109 D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described herein was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly registered Architect under the laws of the State of Iowa. KEVIN W. MONSON Signature Date Registration expires June 30, Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Date issued: G -001 COVER SHEET C -1 00 SEWER PROFILE, FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY C -101 SITE PLAN S -101 FOUNDATION AND ROOF FRAMING PLANS S -501 STRUCTURAL DETAILS A -101 FLOOR FLAN AND NOTES A -201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -202 EXISTING BUILDING ELEVATIONS, ALTERNATE ENDS A -301 BUILDING SECTION AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-501 DETAILS PLUMBING P-1 01 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN H-1 01 HVAC FLOOR PLAN E-1 01 ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN E-1 02 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES, PANEL& ABBREVIATIONS 0 T --I I i I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described herein was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. MICHAEL D. BRENNEMAN Swett" Data My license renewal date is December 31, Pages or sheets covered by this seal REFERENCE INDICATORS: FZEVI5ION WHIBER REVISION 5Y*MWL 8'-O" FIN.FLR. ELEVATIONS ROOM ioi ROOM IDENTIFICATION SECTION IDENTIFICATION A i SHEET WHERE SHOWN �I Ill t"111.i/ =. G�l'T'Il1%1 � ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION i Al SHEET WHERE SHOWN ELEVATION SECTION IDENTIFICATION I DETAIL i01 DOOR NUMBED? MATERIAL i iLLLL =zi IML j GOMPAGTED SILL GOMPAGTED GRANULAR SILL WOOD STUD WALL (PLAN) EARTH DGONGRETE BATT INSULATION R161D INSULATION STEEL PLYHOOD I<?OU6H MOOD I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described herein was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. GARY B. MINER Signature Date My license renewal date is December 31, Pages or sheets covered by this seal am Ck 80 �M E � 6 wtAM C' roan 0 t 4 1 w R A. CAV-0 � ♦ �` am 4 tt no Y WpvA 6 ?� aarcae A• p ¢ � � a J?G p � ow r� # s 11 Qoe x Wo. n �i�wato Q` Y s J� aAQCxew -� •r "� '� rt pp rt rt t C 4 C t t p, ono tr � � r rt t g fa � ? — d p •oa•nm AW i G g tir+e�� won rt t G !� •ocwmY� n A'q� CQlOM i y!p '&* n B��eM * � t � � ��° •oeorr a wrsm wve+w yd ten � 1 n O t t A is 00 AM C S / f..Jwd" rQ411W/4^ x f� � Cdl� r�},, Rat t011.Q0 AK i � < mwp +.e I � ? �rt 44. w�° � �° °"� � u.o•! ro CPtl+U AK � S E tr \ tr1 Y Cali 3• G x Cap- x 0 b# COirAa 3F rt S f ArAtc I k* € rt < s FF. aoo x 'en°i d nAOr W a Q n �ewc d vAn K rt tr A� 4 h Ak CA9x varAOm n G C Aw. Q noOa�Of tf' d' {". M'eerc sm, vwrOrt G •*YWW M7 Q ` 4== $ °,.ns • t � t � \\ etrla � rAec rt„ < � / `.-- m � t �t 4 3 t w4nrr A� Ef 8 j, n J G � xx,o, : < x 8 � �$ � � � A.e � / • a "x�nrt � Are 9 t ,mow oo�aia m tt II rt x x '• w. on am weo� re•no •o it -.off t t C t near p A C A h # t K 2 —G. � 4 i oA a• 3 FE 1#Q.Ma AK � BRAOFOf1O ONirE t Aw t} /r 1� War rK w�.owa ops 04 t QQ4RQ A b A AK iRWlPI I E ���i --�L 1rtt Al QllblY at xo"= OR n G 4 G t1m( V QYV � n t Ave ow S LL1 wxrAnc>wr non' v.e eatMn° p q we tayom �. AW TW 4 G Aw Qa� � X99 wa¢ rs+av 2F 6 P a L4=x �yCT a • HAPOLEON PARK w e U 0 d Z 4 tl) 1 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants; MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309 -788 -3476 FAX 309- 788 -3484 M2 &tructural EngineersLLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364-0666 Fax: 319%364 -1456 Project Title: CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY CrFY OF IOWA CITY B Project No„ 07.043 Drawn by: Checked by. Issue: Date Description 07 -23 -07 ao 5ET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON- INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. C C© P Y FR I G I-i "i UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: C C-VER SHEET A Sheet Number: 0.� 0 01 A C on N K V EA I A IOWA Cff Y N 1 +nvr 1W ip a" uw• +..,,.. _ _ w s000Ni' µ YP ,. ,aw , ••.,.• r "•' t +! 7w u+ nr • K K a.wew� - ,, r`'"A. •1 f'F a.,a,....,n'h:w ` n r fti Z:' n-7 C zt* sr at MOM♦ ----- - ----- 2W ------------------ 'wow - ------- ---------- ----------------------- - 40NOW 7 �7 09 -.0 MH#N2 TA L 41 .011 > Ile 8`SD SEE SHEET. 1355 FOR PROFILE gyp ..,{..•. NI-1 to C= Cr- .01 I-0 MH# SM-2 U WOOD" MW GYM MHO SM4 8W X TH BOX VWNt + 4a3 Sal --- ------- 27203' OW 1, 19 WPOM P" M sww PiP 150+00 SEE SHEET 1 PW 354 M M 4 W STRUCTU NO. 3 J X.� W C=D C==) C=D V.- 6 SOFTBALL FIELDS ? SEE %W IY56 ........ . . M" OF M --------- - ----- MW Ni RM RIM W/ SMX11K NIX a rM WAX Irs 1.50% 26 OF 840SO 0 0.045V 3W OF o 8 V OF W, $0 0.045% •`• 646.00 1E 639.75 ED STUB 4a OF SCSI) Q 0.045% " 8DROP PKCW MOM CONNECTION 163VOF WSD @ O.M% 1E=61&92 Ila TE EA Z5 U E3A N IT A` r e"4EWET 1EU61 tag a, 6D5.1 z _ _ .w South River """orridor Interco for NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319-338-7879 FAX D Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC M M 114-19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201-8008 PHONE 309-788-3476 FAX 309-788-3484 M2&tructural EngineemLLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364-0666 Fax: 319/364-1456 Project Title: i '1• Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No..- 0-1.045 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 01-23-0-7 BID 5ET Note., FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. @ 0 Q F:1 --r FR 1 0 F-1 -r UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: SEWER PROFIL" Sheet Number: C-100 EMM wan tw MH N2 ffim 0�a Rem 8`SD DROP CONNr=cnc*f "Swo "d EL 1631f OF 84"SD @ 0.04511/9 ffl_ 9" EL jjm.� 6.10 AT S8 11,2E 153+M 154+M 155M 157+OD 158+m 159+m 16D+OD 161fM 162+00 ... . . . ...... ..... .... .... .... .... ... ... ...... ..... . ....... to C= Cr- .01 I-0 MH# SM-2 U WOOD" MW GYM MHO SM4 8W X TH BOX VWNt + 4a3 Sal --- ------- 27203' OW 1, 19 WPOM P" M sww PiP 150+00 SEE SHEET 1 PW 354 M M 4 W STRUCTU NO. 3 J X.� W C=D C==) C=D V.- 6 SOFTBALL FIELDS ? SEE %W IY56 ........ . . M" OF M --------- - ----- MW Ni RM RIM W/ SMX11K NIX a rM WAX Irs 1.50% 26 OF 840SO 0 0.045V 3W OF o 8 V OF W, $0 0.045% •`• 646.00 1E 639.75 ED STUB 4a OF SCSI) Q 0.045% " 8DROP PKCW MOM CONNECTION 163VOF WSD @ O.M% 1E=61&92 Ila TE EA Z5 U E3A N IT A` r e"4EWET 1EU61 tag a, 6D5.1 z _ _ .w South River """orridor Interco for NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319-338-7879 FAX D Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC M M 114-19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201-8008 PHONE 309-788-3476 FAX 309-788-3484 M2&tructural EngineemLLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364-0666 Fax: 319/364-1456 Project Title: i '1• Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No..- 0-1.045 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 01-23-0-7 BID 5ET Note., FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. @ 0 Q F:1 --r FR 1 0 F-1 -r UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: SEWER PROFIL" Sheet Number: C-100 IN kf on R 9 7, i J j I I 1 �I' t ,r / r +f t 6 0 ti 17 x, N, �, 1 r � 1 i" . ` I f j 1' t i i � � � � / ...- ...., - ^"'r f,,......_ J is is 00 Cl) Q 1-1 1 '1 j , 11 1 1 / `ss !� ! f J f 1 � t � � 1 � \ k S 4 � e \ i t \ ti �i t + l 0; Is, q 0) t ss EXISTING BUILDING Of NEW BUILDING jr \ `� � t t ', � `, C) /sl ss Ch "is 01 lk < /* 1 /I� A I 4 C, is, � � � � � � } CC'S � i�l� c.l� �. A;v V is s, C) uo 0 > El > /V j'i ? 1. Al , \,';4, 40 g -A V, ` C \ cO O O �� � I /4 ff 4 j'!/� A -- --------- 41 ?N/ 7_7 1V 10. XX 3 � J Xf PARK PLAN 1 100' F9 3 6\ iS M I I r_ SOUTH GILBERT STREET is - - -- _ ----- /WF'XISTING POWER POLE --EXIS-9NG -fftEP"ONi�E`STAI�_�_ EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE -&5- 8- TREE TO REMAIN U5 -- 4 TREE TO EXISTING LjPHT POLE I* REMAIN EXISTING P G_ DEMO TING PAU��G EXISTING WATER V PAVING AS NECESSARY X PHONE EXISTING BUILDING \N REFER TO DRAWING SHEET A-202 (2) TREES FOR DEMO WORK ASSOCIATED TO REMAIN WITH ALTERNATE BIDS EXISTING PAVING (3) TREES TO REMOVEID", 11", N EXISTING LIGHT POLE BURIED IST G ..� x \ \ - 11 ELECTRICAL LINE A t 1 / M NH LE TO BE MOVED (3,5- 2 BY OWNER PRIOR To COMMENCEMENT OF PROJECT 4Q -\OEXISTING FLAGPOLE cA <<; REROUTED ELECTRICAL` -&\5, 2 3 SITE DEMOLITION /CLEARING PLAN t " =30' DEMOLITION NOTES: 1- LOCATE ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO DIGGING. RELOCATE/REROUTE AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE WORK OF THIS PROJECT. SOUTH GILBERT STREET EXISTING POWER POLE L_XIS-T-fNG'-1aEP1=nNi1� A�ESTAC_________ ELECTRICAL SERVICE; VSEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS /-----2" EMPTY CONDUIT FOR TELEPHONE EXISTING SERVICE ELECTRICAL SERVICE -6- 5, TREE TO 6�� TREE TO _-6-5--_� /REMAIN EXISTING LPHT POLE REMA14 Z 0 — EXISTING P)1,>VING- -PATCH P PAVING pvlNG EXISTING WATER V E BACK IN 5 2" WATER SERVICE; T INTO EXISTING SERVICE AT VALVE 653.75 P& NE 4.1 y ALIGN EXISTING BUILDING BUILDINGS _> /l tf QP BASE BID: NO WORK NEW / BUILDING (2) TREES N1. ALTERNATE BIDS: REFER L TO SHEET A-202 TO REMAIN F.F. 654,50 L EXISTING PAVING EXISTING LIGHT POLE IST NG M NH LE 654---d GZ v .Jo 0 EXISTING FLAGPOLE 9 0 00 -fs v 2 REROUTED ELECTRICAL _-,,-_., AN <11\ 2 SITE IMPROVEMENTS PLAN mme SITE NOTES: 1- ALIGN EAST FACE OF NEW FOUNDATION WITH EAST FACE OF EXISTING BUILDING (INCLUDING ADDITIONAL 6" WALL THICKNESS OF EXISTING BUILDING IN ALTERNATE #1) 2- LOCATE NEW BUILDING 15'-0" AWAY FROM CENTER OF EXISTING MANHOLE A 3- GRADE SITE FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM AND AROUND THE NEW AND EXISTING BUILDING; MAINTAIN EXISTING GENERAL DRAINAGE FLOW DIRECTIONS. 4- REPLACE ALL PAVING DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION _q %.W NEUMANN MONSON A 4 A R C H I T E C T S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319-338-7879 FAX Ll Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114-19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201-8008 PHONE 309-788-3476 FAX 309-788-3484 IN AN M2&tructurai EngineersUP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364-0666 Fax: 319/364-1456 Project Title.- CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No..* 07.045 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Note.- FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON—INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. @ C Q F=1 --y- FR 10 H -T UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: k SITE PLAN" Sheet Number: C —101 C A 0 I 0 Cl c�. r C) C; w E3 rr rz M N N it LQ I to ku r <c 0 Kr 1* - 0 ki N it r CN ii it «r *t- r-- �C W 'a k') � 4 w. N SK- om 1 2 A TOP PLATE ANCH. 2' -0" BOLT SPACING "SIMPSON" SKEWED NUC210 -2 OR "SIMPSON" HUC210 -2 EQUN (TYP.) OR EQUN. (TYP:) mill ci R N DBL. TRUSS v • J Q Q � Ri "CC 41 ! -4" 9 SPACES AT 4' -0" = 36' -0" "SIMPSON" LUS210 OR EQUIV. (TM AT DBLE., 2x's) SIMPSON" A35 OR EQUIV. ROOF TRUSSES SHALL BE AT TOP CHORD SUR /L210 OR DESIGNED TO CANTILEVER EQUIV. AT BTM. CHORD (1YP.) PERIMETER OVERHANG. LIVES SAD AT OVER i i G IS PROVIDE 2x ROOF SHEATHING SUPPORT BLOCKING AT RIDGE LINES (TYP.).. "SIMPSON" A35 OR EQUN, AT TOP CHORD 7HA29 OR EQUN, BTM_ CHORD (TYP.) (2) SIMPSON" TBE6 AT EA, GIRDER BR6. (7YP. 6 PLACES) Li w t„> Z � Qa % N � Q Ll • Rot 260 lbs. RL 400 lbs. �P' �0 �o Q � Q N W Q (2) BEVEL CUT 2x 12's 2' -.�" (TYR AT CORNERS) Rot 305 lbs. TYR RZ 490 lbs, NNWPTUMFRN&Mffl Mill Z "SIMPSON" A35 OR EQUIV. I t:::: N AT TOP CHORD THA29 0 END JACK l EQUN, BTM. CHORD (TYP. T 24 O.C. ze L2 0 SPACE ANCHOR BOLTS AT 4' -0" O.C. MAX J INDICATES LOCATION OF TRUSS BLOCKING PANELS III I (20 SETS) DBL. TRUSS QR W N � Q U O Q N LW It k N7 I N it 0 r C* II 0 6 Q L (N a N y I N d- o N k 0 it 0 t k V k a I R C) ( II I :�. I W U u � M «I t-► i M K N ze Q CL I b A 1 '_A 2' -8'' 3' -4" 5' -0" 3'_g" 4' -8" 3' -4` Q. 6' -8" 2' -8" N FOUNDATION PLAN TOP PLATE ANCH, 2' -0" L 2' -0" 2' -0" 4' -0" 2' -0" 2' -0" 4' -0" 2' -0" 2' -0" 2 SPACES AT 4' -0" =8' -0" 4 SPACES AT 2' -0" = 8' -0" 2' -3" Z SCALE: "siMPSON" LGT2 TIEDOWN OR EQUIV. 0 1/4" = 1' -0" END JACK TRUSS .S EA. END OF GIRDER TRUSS AT 24" O.G. GIRDER TRUSS 2 PLY + ROOF FRAMING PLAN 2 "SIMPSON" A35 OR - EQUN, AT TOP CHORD HGUS28 -2 OR EQUIV. 946DNRY NOTES: Continued- BIM, CHORD SMUCTURAL WOOD FRMING NOTES J. Concrete masonry units are to be Type 1, normal weight, with a minimum EW J Q Q � Ri "CC 41 ! -4" 9 SPACES AT 4' -0" = 36' -0" "SIMPSON" LUS210 OR EQUIV. (TM AT DBLE., 2x's) SIMPSON" A35 OR EQUIV. ROOF TRUSSES SHALL BE AT TOP CHORD SUR /L210 OR DESIGNED TO CANTILEVER EQUIV. AT BTM. CHORD (1YP.) PERIMETER OVERHANG. LIVES SAD AT OVER i i G IS PROVIDE 2x ROOF SHEATHING SUPPORT BLOCKING AT RIDGE LINES (TYP.).. "SIMPSON" A35 OR EQUN, AT TOP CHORD 7HA29 OR EQUN, BTM_ CHORD (TYP.) (2) SIMPSON" TBE6 AT EA, GIRDER BR6. (7YP. 6 PLACES) Li w t„> Z � Qa % N � Q Ll • Rot 260 lbs. RL 400 lbs. �P' �0 �o Q � Q N W Q (2) BEVEL CUT 2x 12's 2' -.�" (TYR AT CORNERS) Rot 305 lbs. TYR RZ 490 lbs, NNWPTUMFRN&Mffl Mill Z "SIMPSON" A35 OR EQUIV. I t:::: N AT TOP CHORD THA29 0 END JACK l EQUN, BTM. CHORD (TYP. T 24 O.C. ze L2 0 SPACE ANCHOR BOLTS AT 4' -0" O.C. MAX J INDICATES LOCATION OF TRUSS BLOCKING PANELS III I (20 SETS) DBL. TRUSS QR W N � Q U O Q N LW It k N7 I N it 0 r C* II 0 6 Q L (N a N y I N d- o N k 0 it 0 t k V k a I R C) ( II I :�. I W U u � M «I t-► i M K N ze Q CL I b A 1 '_A 1 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON A R C H 1 T E C T S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 -338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309 - 788 -3476 FAX 309 -788 -3484 M2 &tructural Engineers LLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 -1330 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax: 319/364 -1456 Project Title: CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 07.043 Drawn by: MDB Checked by: Mi Issue: Date Description 07 -23 -07 1310 5ET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL, COPYRIGt -IT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED, UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED, Sheet Title: FOUNDATION AND r� ROOF FRAMING PLANS Sheet Number: 2' -8'' 3' -4" 5' -0" 3'_g" 4' -8" 3' -4` 9' -4" �=r 6' -8" 2' -8" FOUNDATION PLAN TOP PLATE ANCH, 2' -0" L 2' -0" 2' -0" 4' -0" 2' -0" 2' -0" 4' -0" 2' -0" 2' -0" 2 SPACES AT 4' -0" =8' -0" 4 SPACES AT 2' -0" = 8' -0" 2' -3" Z SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" BOLT SPACING ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 946DNRY NOTES: Continued- SMUCTURAL WOOD FRMING NOTES J. Concrete masonry units are to be Type 1, normal weight, with a minimum net area compressive strength equal to 2,800 psi, 1. All structural framing lumber shall be Southern Pine No. 2 grade GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES GENERAL FOUNDATION NOTES Continued CONCRETE NOTES 4. Use Type S mortar. or better with the type and grade clearly marked, 1. Design fLive Loads 4. After rough grade has been estoNshed, and prior to the 1. Except where modified by these Plans and Specifications, all concrete 5. Grout used in reinforced block cores is to have a minimum f'c of 2. All wood in contact with concrete or masonry shall be pressure treated preservative lumber. Att steel nails, bolts and connectors in contact with Snow ................... ............................... 30 PSF Plus Drifting) ( g) placement of compacted fitl material, the subgrade shall be roofrolted in the p presence of a geotechnicol representative to work shall conform to the requirements of ACt 301-84, ' Speciflcotions for Structural Concrete for Buildings and ACi 318 -89, 2800 PSI at 28 days* All grout and coarse grout to be installed ,n pressure treated lumber shall be galvanized to G185 thickness specifications or stainless steel, (Based on 30 PSF ground snow load) delineate areas of weak or loose soils, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ". accordance with U.B.C. 2404 requirements, AI! bars shall be properly placed as indicated and securely tied prior to the placement of FOOTING Wind ................................................ per 18C 2003 Requirements ` 5. Disturbed soils at bearing level shall be removed prior to 2 Concrete 28 Day Comte Strengths. g 3. Al! nailing of lumber shall conform to IBC table 2304.9.1 Fastening Schedule, except as otherwise indicated (90 MPH, Exposure C) concrete placement. 6. All reinforcing bars in mosonry walls shall comply with ASTM A615, Design Dead Loads Roof, 6. fill material that m be required to bring the su rode Any may eq n9 b9 Footings 3000 PSI ""' �.'.'. �!"..'..'..""""... .'... "'... "....'�......'......' Slabs -on- Foundation Walls 4000 PSI Grade 6o specifications. All tops shat! be 48 bar diameters minimum. Roof sheathing shall be 1 2 inch thick APA rated 32 16 sheath* g / / 'rig MARK SIZE THICKNESS REINFORCING To chord .. .... ............................... 10 PSF Top 10 PSF to bearing elevation is to be placed in lifts not #o exceed 9 inches. All fi# material shall be compacted to the following grade, ........................ 7, All bond beams shall be continuous, unless spec,'fically indicated otherwise. fastened with 8d common nails at 6 inches on- center at all supported edges and at 12 inches on- center at all intermediate supporting yNj1 3' -0" CONT. 1 P-0" 3 - #5 CONT. Bottom chord ............................... requirements., J. Concrete reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with the following Reinforcement for bond beams shalt continue uninterrupted around all members, unless indicated otherwise. Stagger joints parallel with the 2. Refer to Architectural floor Plans for dimensional location of non- standards: comers, intersection walls and through control joints. All bond beams shall be grouted solid. roof trusses. Use metal plywood sheathing clips between trusses. F3.5 " 3 -6 SQUARE ' " 1 -0 ' " 4 - #4 x 3 -2 6TM. EA. WAY bearing partition wolfs, door and window locations, and dimensions g � Under slabs. Material should be compacted to at Rer'nforcing bars . ............................... ASIM A615, Grade 60 WOOD TRUSS NOTES not shown on the structural plans. least 95X of its maximum Standard Welded wine fabric .............................. ASTM A185 STRUCTURAL STEEL NOTES Proctor Dry' Density (ASTM D -698). 1. Wood roof trusses are to be designed and manufactured to support the NOTES.' J. Unless otherwise noted, elevations are to the TOP of beams, footings, slabs, etc, Under footings; Material should be compacted to of 4. Limit slab areas, by control or construction joints, to approximately � square feet. J. Structural Steel is to be fabricated and erected in accordance with A15C Specifications for Structural Steei Buildings" latest edition. design loads indicated under the General Notes. 1. FOOTINGS ARE TO BE CENTERED UNDER WALLS AND COLUMNS. least 98% of its maximum Standard 2. The roof trusses shall be designed to resist a minimum net uplift pressure 4. Building insulation, Nashings, vapor /moisture protection, and Proctor Dry Density (ASTM D -698). 5. Reinforcing hall run continuous through construction joints. g9 T 2 Material of 10 sf, p 2. LAP FOOTING REBAR 2'4" MINIMUM AT SPLICES. fireproofing are not shown on the structural plans and details. Refer to the Architectural drawings and specifications far requirements. g sP 7. Granular fill material shalt be a clean, well crushed stone g containing less that 6% passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve. MASONRY NOTES Structural Steel Pfafes, Channels, Angles ..... ASTM A36 Structural Steel Wide t7ange Shopes ............ MSTM A992 Structural Tubing ASIIN A500 Grade B 3, The truss s shown are schematic on . The member sizes and ' orientation are the responsibility of the truss manufacturer. Po tY 3. PROVIDE (3) 15 2'-6" X 2' -6" L -BAR LAP - SPLICES AT ALL f �/ % ` �' ............ ............................... -" GENERAL FOUND47ION NOTES 8. Controlled fill material shall be a granular soil with at least 18% fines or a low plasticity cohesive soil free of or material and P � 9� 1. Except where modified by these Plans and Specrf,cabons, all masonry work shall conform to the requirements of ACI 530 -99 '8uildin q g J. All bolts for structural steel shad be 3/4 diameter galvanized ASTM A325, 4, The drawings show Hera! requirements for connections and anchorage, Tire g truss manufacturer design famish FOOTING CORNERS & T- INTERSECTIONS. EQ. ' ' �''. `/ / ;. /r EQ. I. Net allowable soil bearing pressure used for design is 1500 PSF. The Contractor shall retain the services of a Geotechnical • debris with a liquid limit less than 4516 and a plasticity index less Code Requirements for Masonry Structures and ACI 530.1 -99, unless otherwise .noted. shall and all connections and accessories ss required for complete insfaJlafion of the wood roof buss framing system, ,/�� TOF Engineer to verify the assumed bearing capacity used for g g y than 201, The controlled fill material used shall be approved by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to placement and compaction, "Specifications for Masonry Structures" 4. Anchor bolts shall be ASTM A307 OR ASTM A36, galvanized. including individual truss chord /web lateral bracing and lateral web bracing end ('SEE PLAN design and to approve and monitor the placement of all fill , 2. Tire masonry design is based on a compressive stress (f m) of 2000 5. All welding shall conform to the latest A.W.S. Specifications. Use E70XX pa g, based on the design loads load transfer #o shear walls parallel #o bracing, indicated. n/Jmaterial. " psi at 28 -days assuming no special inspection, electrodes, CL R. 2. Locate, verify and mark the location of underground 5. The hip comer jack trusses shall have minimum 2x10 bottom chords. utilities prior to excavation for footings. 6. Provide 1 inch non - shrink, non- metaNic, grout under all column base Girder trusses shall have minimum 2x6 bottom chords. plates, unless noted otherwise. J. Exeovations shall be free of water and loose soil prior to 6. The maximum allowable roof truss live load deflection shall be limited to concrete placement. 7. Connections not detailed on drawings shall be designed by fobricotor span 1480 and the total load deflection limited to spon /360. and be subject to Archifects/Engineers review. 7. Truss shop drawings ore to be sealed by a structural engineer licensed l I I in the State of Iowa. I 1 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON A R C H 1 T E C T S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 -338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309 - 788 -3476 FAX 309 -788 -3484 M2 &tructural Engineers LLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 -1330 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax: 319/364 -1456 Project Title: CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 07.043 Drawn by: MDB Checked by: Mi Issue: Date Description 07 -23 -07 1310 5ET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL, COPYRIGt -IT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED, UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED, Sheet Title: FOUNDATION AND r� ROOF FRAMING PLANS Sheet Number: C Ds A I h Q 0 z N BOND BEAM REINF. J (24124) L —BARS MATCH SAME SIZE AS TYP. REINF BOND BEAM T— INTERSECTION 1 2 3 4 5 TYP. BOND BEAM REINF. BOND BEAM AT CORNERS (24124) L —BARS MATCH SAME SIZE AS TYP. REINF. TYP. BOND BEAM REINF. AT CORNERS SCALE 1/2" = V-0" CONT. TREATED 2x6 TOP-- - PLATE ATTACHED TO LINTEL W/ 518" DIA, (GALV.) THREADED STUDS (SEE PLAN FOR SPACING) 8" CMU WALL (SEE PLAN -- FOR VERT. REINF. REQUNTS.) CENTER VERT, REBAR IN--\ BLOCK CORE, GROUT CORES W/ REBAR SOLID FULL HT. LAP- SPLICE REBAR 30" MIN. 3/4" THICK COMPRESSIBLE -� FILLER WITH SEALANT TWO -ROD TRUSS - TYPE HORIZ. JT. REINF AT 16" 0. C. f 6 'N f 14 x 1' -4" DOWELS DRILL AND WEDGE FIT AT 48" O.C. GROUT CORES W/ DOWELS SOLID SEE PLAN CONT. (`3�TYP. THICKENED SLAB 5501 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 3/4" THICK 14 (2018) L -BARS AT COMPRESSIBLE 10" O.C. ALL SIDES OF FILLER W/ STOOP SEALANT #4 AT 10" O.C.EA. WAY FIN. FLOOR CO "COMPACTED CLEAN FREE 'W DRAINING GRANULAR FILL BELOW SLAB AT DOORS d- s z ; TOF Y 'SEE LAN) 14 VERT. AT 16" O.C. 8" 2) 14 HORIZ. TOP AND BTM, K�_. TYP. SECTION AT DOOR 5501 SCALE: 1/2 = 1' -0" I Yt`IUAL bUILUINU Z:)t_L 1 BUN SCALE: 1/2* = 1' -0" NOTE: ALL LINTELS SHALL BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A153 SPECIFICATIONS AFTER SHOP FABRICATION IS COMPLETED, PROVIDE 314" DIA. HOLE CENTERED IN LINTEL 4" CONT. TYR BOND BEAM REINF A IN FROM BRG. FOR THRU LINTEL, INFILL EA. SIDE W/ EBAR TO PASS THRU MASONRY AND GROUT SOLID 518" DIA. THREADED ROD AT 2' -0" O.C. WELDED TO LINTEL I OV -PA C6x8.2 3116 4012 PROVIDE 30 LB. ROOFING - FELT AT LINTEL BEARING. PL 5 x 5116 x CONT. GROUT CORES SOLID - SECTION A -A FULL HEIGHT AT LINTEL BEARING LINTEL L I CONT. TYP. BOND BEAM REINF PROVIDE (2) 518" DIA, THRU LINTEL, INFILL EA. SIDE W/ (12/2) ANCHOR BOLTS MASONRY AND GROUT SOLID B AT 2 114" GA. 518" DIA. THREADED ROD AT 2 "0" O.C. .WELDED TO LINTEL 7:� IN& 15 B 3116V 4012 PROVIDE 30 LB. ROOFING - FELT AT LINTEL BEARING PL 5 x,5/16 x CON. GROUT CORES SOLID - FULL HEIGHT AT LINTEL BEARING SECTION B -B LINTEL L2 /""'5 SECTION AT LINTEL 5501 SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" l 4 8" ROOF TRUSS BLOCKING PANEL (SEE DETAIL 7/S501) CONT. TREATED 2x6 TOP PLATE ATTACHED TO WALL W/ 518" Db4. (812) GALV, ANCHOR BOLTS (SEE PLAN FOR SPACING) 8" BOND BEAM REINF W/ (2) 14 x CONT. GROUT SOLID. LAP- SPLICE REBAR 2' -0" MIN. CENTER VERT. REBAR IN BLOCK CORD GROUT CORES W/ REBAR SOLID FULL HT. LAP- SPLICE REBAR 24" MIN, 314" THICK COMPRESSIBLE FILLER WITH SEALANT (3) 15 x CONT, HORIZ, f�`;:�` LAP - SPLICE REBAR 30" MIN. REFER TO FDN. PLAN AND ! / FTC. SCHED. FOR M. SIZE; f AND REINF. REQMNTS. Tdir iEE PLAN) _' f 8d NAILS AT 12" O.C. 8d NAILS AT 4" O.C. AT INT. SUPPORTS THRU ROOF SHEATHING ROOF SHEATHING PRE - FABRICATED 2x BLOCKING PANELS . PROVIDED BY TRUSS WOOD TRUSSES SUPPLIER AT 2' -0" O.C. SINGLE SHEET OF 112" THICK APA RATED SHEATHING NOTCHED AT CONT. 2'x6 TRUSS CHORDS. ATTACH TOP PLATE TO TRUSS WEBS, TOP AND BOTTOM W/ 8d NAILS AT 4" O.G. Lh ROOF TRUSS BLOCKING PANEL SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 1 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON A R C H I T E C T A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309- 788 -3476 FAX 309 -788 -3484 M2 &tructural Engineers LLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 -1330 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax: 319/364 -1456 C [am Project Title: CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 0-1.04 Drawn by: MOB Checked by: mP5 Issue: Date Description 0 -1-23 -07 E31 D SET Nate: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. CG7P YR103 -IT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED, Sheet Title: "RUCTURAL DETAILS Sheet Number: S-501 C Lembli 0 2 4 GENERAL NOTES: ROOM FINISHES: -ALL FLOORS: CONCRETE, HARDENED AND SEALED -ALL WALLS: PAINTED (EPDXY IN RESTROOMS) -BASE: RUBBER COVE BASE AT SHEETROCK WALLS -ALL CEILINGS: PAINTED SHEETROCK DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE: -ALL DOORS -ALL HM FRAME HEADS 4" TALL /C2 f A-301 oe 8' -O" TYP. it A3 4 A -201 41' -4" 8" 0 r c0 Co 101-2" 29' -10" 00 T T- _1 T T STORAGE 00 d' _r �} T T c N �� � B1 (DTYP/ A E,, _r A2 A-301 . SIM. ca r �r r r co o00 Nil, S11 11 1 �. ' � 4' -2" 5' -6" 0 A-301 - CV O r ' In r 1 A4 CONCESSIONS A-20 a 00 0 o A-301 ti, ` r (116 � EG A i 1 3' -211 b 0 CHASE 12O MEN B l �!A2> d - ( } °a _ `• D 8" 3 " -8n 1 1 ca � 6' -0" Err 4' -On 6" 4' -8" 3' -6" n 7' -2" 2' -O" 5' -6n 2 r_6rr HA D DRYER CV) Al A-01 B4 A5 3' -0" A-301 A-01 r WOMEN ..� c , HAND DRYE A-01 � 0o r 0 C\I 7 0 a1 CV r 0 0 C ad 119 2' -8" �P3' -4" r_Orr 3 -8n 41 - ' 31-411 6' -$" 2' -81 1' -4" 11100 A5 A- 1 1 A-5of TY . OOR PLAN 321313; 8' -0n CONCRETE APRON, SLOPED a " /Fi- z� C2 A -301 2 3 �- 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC C M 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309- 788 -3476 FAX 309- 788 -3484 M2 &tructural EngineersLLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax: 319/364 -1456 Project Title: co-ki I iui so CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: Drawn by. Checked by: Issue: 01.045 .045 Date Description 4 -7-23 -07 E310 SET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS, LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON — INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. @ CC)PYFRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A, FLOOR PLAN Sheet Number: A-101 D C B A 1 2 3 4 WEST ELEVATION 1 /4" = 1' -0" AlNORTH ELEVATION 1 /4" = 11 -0" NG ILO )R ►LC )R C3SOUTH ELEVATION 1/4" = 1' -91 07 4113; PEAK VENT A3EAST ELEVATION 1/411 - 11-011 1 2 3 4 5 ILOR 1), TYP DR 2), TYP. COR 1) DR 2), TYP. NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7$78 319 - 338.7879 FAX D Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC C 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309 - 788 -3476 FAX 309- 788 -3484 M2 &tructural EngineersLLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, lows 52401 Phone: 319 /364 -0666 Fax: 319%304 -1456 Project Title, Mn , W T�Inlqk' CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 0 -1.043 Drawn by, Checked by: Issue: Date Description 07 -23 -0-1 BID SET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. C CC:)I=YFRIGI-IT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED, UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS Sheet Number: A 01 C s A 9 QQ 1 2 3 4 5 REMOVE ALL 12 DOWNSPOUTS AND PROVIDE pr 4 TO OWNER x r Y WOOD PANELING TO REMAIN � HM DOOR AND FRAME TO REMAIN � POURED CONCRETE WALL TO REMAIN ALTERNATE #1: EXISTING GUTTER & FASCIA TO REMAIN, TYPICAL ALTERNATE #2: REMOVE GUTTER & FASCIA, TYPICAL 7 — IT I � REMOVE TRELLIS � l 2' -0" 181-011 21-011 ALTERNATE BID DEMOLITION, EXISTING BUILDING NORTH ELEVATION 1/411 = 1' -011 REMOVE LOUVER; ALTERNATE #1: EXISTING FASCIA TO REMAIN, TYPICAL D 1 REINSTALL IN NEW CMU VENEER_' � ALTERNATE #2: REMOVE FASCIA, TYPICAL .r. z:z- ., ,.. _ I' I CMU WALL TO REMAIN i 1 18' -0" i 1 ALTERNATE BID DEMOLITION, EXISTING BUILDING SOUTH ELEVATION 1/411 = 1' -0" 6" Emanalloullaftall r o 1 -FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS 2- BASE 81D: NO WORK REGARDING EXISTING BUILDING 3 -REFER TO SECTION 012300 FOR FURTHER DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES. M. 1160011.0 1 VT-4 ta I ALTERNATE #1: EXISTING GUTTER & FASCIA ALTERNATE #2: 07 6200 METAL FASCIA EXISTING SOFFITS TO REMAIN - 04 2000; SMOOTH 4" CMU (COLOR 1) 04 2000; ROCKFA MU VENEER (COLOR 1) 04 200 ; SMOOTH 4" CMU VENEER (COLOR 2) 04 2000; FLASHING, VENTS, AND WEEPS .__._,_�` (VE�KAS �ATTO�PTOO) REMOVE SIDEWAL REPOUR AFTER CMU VENEER INSTALLED 04 2000; 6" CMU DOWN TO FOOTING EXISTING SHINGLED ROOF TO REMAIN STEEL COLUMNS TO REMAIN I I I HM DOOR ND FRAME I I I I I TO REMAIN I I II REMOVE II I C I TRELLIS I I EXISTING VENT PIPE TO REMAIN REMOVE BOX AND CONDUIT; REINSTALL CONCEALED IN NEW CMU II REMOVE SIGN AND PROVIDE TO OWNER II L__ HM DOOR AND FRAME TO REMAIN CONCRETE / CMU WALL TO REMAIN REMOVE SIGN AND PROVIDE TO OWNER II REMOVE LIGHT FIXTURE; REINSTALL ON NEW CMU REMOVE ELEC. BOXES; L J REINSTALL ON NEW CMU � HM DOOR AND FRAME TO REMAIN I O REMOVE PLUMBING � FIXTURES AND � Q CAP LINES 21' -11" 54' -0" 2' -2" EXTEND EXISTING PIPE THROUGH NEW CMU VENEER ALTERNATE BID DEMOLITION, EXISTING BUILDING WEST ELEVATION 1/411 = 1' -0" D 3 r- vtP,TIA 1^ 1 )r-M, Ir MI"r- rr% rlr—\ 1 A l., 1 c� - 2" AIRSPACE d- T ALTERNATE BID DEMOLITION, EXISTING BUILDING EAST ELEVATION 1/411 11-91 ALTERNATE #1: EXISTING FASCIA TO REMAIN, TYPICAL ALTERNATE #1: EXISTING FASCIA C 3 I nl ft/= Tn Q1= neAIKI ALTERNATE #2: REMOVE FASCIA, TYPICAL �yiCTlAlt:i ni IV�G ,,.^•� ,� ALTERNATE #2: 07 6200 METAL FASCIA ALTERNATE BID, EXISTING BUILDING SECTION 1/4" = 1' -0" 00 4• • , . . . . . • . .. , . ; . ; ALTERNATE # 1: EXISTING GUTTER & FASCIA �. ALTERNATE #2: 7 6200 METAL FASCIA .r • f.: 'i . t 0 .ti `t• .r. • 04 2000• SMOOTH CMU COLOR 1 •t. ( ) 't• it . . • •4 .. .• r •M1 t' 4 • r 4• • • • • •• - co •t: 4r t _ 04 2 aao• R oG KFA E CMU (COLOR R 1 ) n. .. ... t. ..• 04 2000; SMOOTH CMU (COLOR 2) ALTERNATE #1: EXISTING GUTTER & FASCIA ALTERNATE #2: 07 6200 METAL FASCIA ALTERNATE BID DEMOLITION, EXISTING BUILDING NORTH ELEVATION ALTERNATE BID, EXISTING BUILDING NORTH ELEVATION 114" = 1' -0" 1/411 = 1' -0" C2 BLOCK OVER EXISTING VENT PIPE LINTEL: GALVANIZED L4 X 5 -1/2 X 5/16 (LLV) A -202 ,.TYP, EXISTING LIGHT B 5 OPENING WITH MINIMUM 8-INCHES BEARING EACH END. ROOF: I I I I I I I ALTERNATE #1: EXISTING SHINGLED ROOF TO REMAIN ALTERNATE #2: 07 4113 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING OVER SHINGLES a 7. 4 . r •• - - 04 2000• SMOOTH CMU (COLOR 1 • • • t • ' • • • • �/ f •• t ! E IST N %) EXISTING G 0 42 0DOOR R OC K F A C CMU (COLOR • , DOOR ♦ • ' ,, •, EXI S TIN G S TE EL COLUMNS 4 s +rti SMOOTH C COLOR 2 04 2000• SM H M U ALTERNATE BID, EXISTING BUILDING NORTH ELEVATION ALTERNATE BID, EXISTING BUILDING WEST ELEVATION 1 /4" = 1' -0" 1 /4" = 1' -0" LINTEL: GALVANIZED 5/16" THICK PLATE OR GALVANIZED L3 -1/2 X 3 -1/2 X 5/16. LINTEL: GALVANIZED L4 X 5 -1/2 X 5/16 (LLV} EXISTING VENT PIPE LINTEL: GALVANIZED L4 X 5 -1/2 X 5/16 (LLV) MINIMUM 8- INCHES BEARING EACH END. WITH MINIMUM 8- INCHES BEARING EACH END. -T ,� J� WITH MINIMUM 8-INCHES BEARING EACH END. EXISTING LOUVER ALTERNATE #1: EXISTING FASCIA / ALTERNATE #2: 07 6200 METAL FASCIA ALTERNATE #1: EXISTING GUTTER & FASCIA B3 ALTERNATE #2: 07 6200 METAL FASCIA 1/411 if-al • i 1 2000; SMOOTH CMU (COLOR 1) - 12000; ROCKFACE CMU (COLOR 1) 12000; SMOOTH CMU (COLOR 2) LINTEL: GALVANIZED L5 X 5 -1/2 X 5/16 (LLV) WITH MINIMUM 8- INCHES BEARING EACH END. 1 2 3 4 5 Iff ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309- 788 -3476 FAX 309 -788 -3484 M2&tructural Engineers -UP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax. 319/364 -1456 ME Project Title: iii Mal CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project Not: Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: 01 .045 Date Description -0.7 BID SET U7 - 23 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES, READ PROJECT MANUAL. C CQPYFRICHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED, UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A EXISTING BUILDING ELEVATIONS Sheet Number: r riryt 4' r • . S • • . . • .. t„ ' r 4 • • • • t r • 1/411 if-al • i 1 2000; SMOOTH CMU (COLOR 1) - 12000; ROCKFACE CMU (COLOR 1) 12000; SMOOTH CMU (COLOR 2) LINTEL: GALVANIZED L5 X 5 -1/2 X 5/16 (LLV) WITH MINIMUM 8- INCHES BEARING EACH END. 1 2 3 4 5 Iff ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309- 788 -3476 FAX 309 -788 -3484 M2&tructural Engineers -UP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax. 319/364 -1456 ME Project Title: iii Mal CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project Not: Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: 01 .045 Date Description -0.7 BID SET U7 - 23 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES, READ PROJECT MANUAL. C CQPYFRICHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED, UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A EXISTING BUILDING ELEVATIONS Sheet Number: r 1 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S � PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309 -788 -3476 FAX 309 - 788 -3484 M2&ructural EngineersLLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone. 319/364-0666 Fax: 319/364 -1456 Project Title: 01 V2 4 CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.; 07.043 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 0w7-23 -07 BID SET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES, READ PROJECT MANUAL. C C(DPYR10H7 UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: BUILDING SECTION AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Sheet Number: A.�301 1 D B A 1 2 3 4 5 07 2500; VAPOR BARRIER SEE STRUCTURE Ix 0.�HEADER � DRINKING FOUNTAI.N. A A /� / 08 3313; COILING COUNTER DOOR HOUSING 06 2000; $" CEDAR SOFFIT 06 2000; s gr" CEDAR FASCIA 061000; TREATED BOARD ON TREATED 2X4 BLOCKING BLOCKING AND FRAMING 08 3313; BASE SLAT 05 5000; GALVANIZED LINTEL SEE STRUCTURE 08 3313; COILING COUNTER DOOR TRACK 07 9005; SEALANT 0$ 4313; WINDOW COILING GOUNTER HEAD D4 3" a P-O" COILING COUNTER DOOR JAMB. 314 = l'-0" i" WHITE FINISHED 3 SUB -TOP WITH PVC ►SED LEADING EDGE DRAWER WITH WHITE DRAWER FRONT WITH L IMM PVC ON ALL )GES DRAWER SPREADER, WO SIDES WITH PVC )ING EDGE ADJUSTABLE SHELF DRILLED 1 in O.C. TO SLIP ; i" WHITE INTERIOR END PANEL WITH PVC DING EXPOSED EDGE 8" WHITE INTERIOR 3ACK 4" WHITE INTERIOR 30TTOM WITH PVC ON :D LEADING EDGE CONTINUOUS SUB -BASE VINYL BASE :S FIM i. Ili . 1• 11! E i M 07 411 PANEL 07 4113; "Z" RE SET IN SEALAI 07 4113; 30# FELT 07 6200; METAL EAVE FLASHING 07 6200; PA -5 1. -`1 J 7-rP. TOP OF WALL PET I 3M � II�M ( � EAVE DETA I L OS 3313; COILING COUNTER DOOR TRACK COILING GOU 3" ! 11 -0« 1 2 3 4 5 VINDOW ALANT III' i NEUMANN MONSON ARCH I T E C T S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 -338 -7878 319- 338 -7379 FAX D Consultants: MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309 -788 -3476 FAX 309- 788 -3484 M2 &tructural EngineersUP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax: 319/364 -1456 Project Title: CONCESSION AND RES"TROOM FACILITY Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY B Project No.: 07.043 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 0 -1-23 -07 BID 5ET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES, READ PROJECT MANUAL. @COPYFRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: :*ME Sheet Number: A�501 PLUMBING ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION BV ,._ BALL VALVE CK.V. —}-- CHECK VALVE CL CEILING CO Off_ CLEANOUT CW -- - — COLD WATER DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN FD Q FLOOR DRAIN FL FLOOR HV HOSE VALVE HW --- - HOT WATER L LAVATORY MF MIXING FAUCET NC NEW CONNECTION SAN SANITARY SEWER SK SINK SSR SERVICE SINK RECEPTOR UR URINAL V — -- — — — VENT VL VERIFY LOCATION W ABOVE FLOOR WASTE 14 V, Pic UNDERFLOOR OR UNDERGROUND WASTE we WATER CLOSET WF WASH FOUNTAIN GRADE OR DRIVEWAY SLAB REINFORCING MESH ENCASE JOINT IN CONCRETE WITH 6" MINIMUM THICKNESS LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO REACH GRADE -- LONG SWEEP ELBOW OR TWO 45 DEG. FITTINGS - EXTERIOR SEWER -.,, 1 1 CLEANOUT FRAME AND COVER I LINE OF EXCAVATION I COMPACTED SAND FILL TO UNDISTURBED SOIL. DETAIL OF EXTERIOR CLEANOUT NO SCALE /� EXISTING WATER FAIN / DETERMINE EXACT LOCATION NC, VL UNDERGROUND GATE VALVE e," 2 "WATER SERVICE -ONE PIECE WITh BELOW FLOOR NLUMANN MONSON A R C H I T E C T S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 314 - 338 -7878 314- 338 -7874 FAX Consultants; MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC M2&tructural EngineersLLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, IoWo 52481 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax; 319/364 -1456 Project Title: NAPOLEON, PARK O*ner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.. 01.043 Dro*n by; RPM Checked by: 65M Issue. Date Description D7 -23 -01 BID SET Nate. FIELP VERIFY ALL DI ENSIGNS AND CLEARANCE . DO t4OT SCALE I RA Nm CONSULT SHOP DRA 'INGS AND OTHER APPROPRIA DVtGGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINA L PRIOR TO ORTRSCREAD PRO.iECUAL. ERENCE CORYRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPN�1'iSCLOSURE OR STRUCTION yjATHOUT ITTEN PE BY NEUVANONSON PPPPPPCCC IS PR TED. UNAUTHORIIZED SCANNING OF DRAGS IS PROHOTED Sheet Title: Sheet Number: 111111111111111110 0 I I I I I 1 1 I I I SIDEWALK 1 I STORAGE I ( 115 I ----- - - - --) 3 "FD -4 C.P. STOP IN 12 "X12 "X3 "I -- I PAINTEIP STEEL RECESSED BOX 2'-57 ABOVE FLOOR ; 1 -1 /2"BACKF FOR ICE MAKER. PREVENTOR PROVIDE EXIBLE COPPER CO 3 "FD -3 PIPE FROV STOP TO 1 -1 /2"'�ATER METER ICE MAKER, SIC -2 CHASE . ,�� ` - " ARRANGE PIPING TO PROVID CO WATER HEATER V MAXI) M SERVICE SPACE 1 120 I IV THRU ROOF - 1 r--_�lr I-- --I -- - -- i 11%C 1 RISE (i — — w �_ ! - �I IC I KENMOORE 11 FRIDG -AIRS ( I I - El I A ER I -1 I FREEZE IIREF /FRZI I I - - -- 1 A L— —J ( I L - -JL I WC -1 �, CO 4"W I < I 1 TMV SK -11 1 Il 1 COOLER FRONT 1 1 I�EF /FRZI 10,0, u L_ — J �Y C -1 VAC -2 I 1 � � — — — —IL — -- -� 1 1 2 FD -2 THR F Ti I 1 / V U ROOF Hw V CW IBC -1 PVC -1 0 I I 2 "FD -2 '� - 2 " ry FD -2 0 ( a� I 1 � L -1 A t 1 1 C -1 i UR -1 I SSR -1 ZT YYc_ 1 - MEN I— — — —I r —,,, —i F 1 1 UR -2 11 I COOLER 11 SLUSH 1 1 Poo 1 1 I 11 I ff DOn / 1 1 � WOMEN SC -1 I '' i SC -1 CONCESSIONS WF -1 F_ 1 r ,�, 116 o— I o Z 1 1 I 1 om I I I x PROVIDE SHUT OFF -- .. - o ? I ROASTER 1 CHIPS P SC-1 L (� I RNY'Sil & CANDYI i t J DF -1 � w SIDEWALK NLUMANN MONSON A R C H I T E C T S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 314 - 338 -7878 314- 338 -7874 FAX Consultants; MINER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC M2&tructural EngineersLLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, IoWo 52481 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax; 319/364 -1456 Project Title: NAPOLEON, PARK O*ner: CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.. 01.043 Dro*n by; RPM Checked by: 65M Issue. Date Description D7 -23 -01 BID SET Nate. FIELP VERIFY ALL DI ENSIGNS AND CLEARANCE . DO t4OT SCALE I RA Nm CONSULT SHOP DRA 'INGS AND OTHER APPROPRIA DVtGGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINA L PRIOR TO ORTRSCREAD PRO.iECUAL. ERENCE CORYRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPN�1'iSCLOSURE OR STRUCTION yjATHOUT ITTEN PE BY NEUVANONSON PPPPPPCCC IS PR TED. UNAUTHORIIZED SCANNING OF DRAGS IS PROHOTED Sheet Title: Sheet Number: 111111111111111110 0 r~ 1 /2 "HW -- � HV 3 4 "Cyr WF t' 1/21 3 /4 "CW % 4 1/2 %.,� 3/4-CW TYPICAL AIR CHAMBER -- DF HV 1 /2 "CVO ---�'' 3/4 -CW 1 /2 "HW f- 4"V -THRU ROOF JIL I I� 4"V I I� 4-V 2"V WC (-- 2"V- TYPICAL FOR WC � Z"V 0�lff / --- 4"W- TYPICAL FOR WC WOMEN 2� -�/ 119 � � I'— 4� / I CHASE I 2� —y 4 WC ` 120 � ARRANGE PIPING TO PROVIDE .10000 i�AXI�IU�I SERVICE SPACE � � 2"V � � �C 4� I 2� 2� � 00000 z1 � "f I 000000 WC I 4"W 2"V Wc 1- 1/2"V / , 2"V � 4� wC 4� j / 2"V I 4"y� � � Wc F� � PVC 4"�Y �[ � I 1 -1 /2'1/ 1 I 4"yy --- / � I 2"V 4�V � ` / � 3� �` I-- V 4"y� 1 -1/2"V —� / UR 2"y -UNDER FL I � 1-1/2 I � 4"y� IM, i NO SCALE Ell, NOTES; 1. ALL PIPING IS TO BE EASILY COMPLETELY DRAINABLE 2. PROVIDE HV DRAINS AT ALL LOW POINTS 1 -1/2 -V 1 -1/2"W 'CSI- TYPICAL FOR WC ARRANGE PIPING MAXIMUM SERVICETOSPACOVIDE 4 "CW BV 1 "CW 3/4 "Cyr 1 /2 "HW 0 METER ten. 2 "CW WC 3/4"f r2 "C1k �``-- 1 -1 /4 "CW RELIEF VALVE m URDY STEEL BASE 18 "ABOVE FLOOR CAP 3 /4 "CW FOR FUTURE SLUSH MA EM I WF I -1/z"W EXPANSION TANK -2.0 GALLONS 3/4" BV BV, 3/4 "CSI + �, DRAIN VALVE DISCHARGE OVER SSR 1/2"---'- THW- 129F )NCESSION 116 • r r 3 /4 "CWJ I L SSR 3/4" 3 /4 "HW 1/2 " WASTE AND VENT DIAGRAM W� No scnLe � TMV -1.0 GPM MIN. FLOW -11 GPM @ 20 PSI DROP -3/4 "INLETS, 3/4 "OUTLET -EQUAL TO LEONARD TM -20 WATER HEATER -40 GALLON ELECTRIC -18 GALLONS AT 100'F RISE MINIMUM RECOVERY RATE 3 /4 "HW -150 PSI WORKING PRESSURE 1/2 "HW -12VF -3/4 "PIPE CONNECTIONS -(2) 4500 W ELEMENTS NON - SIMULTANEOUS -208 VOLTS, 1 PHASE ffi- 1/2" CW FOR ICE MAKER ,,000� C.P. STOP IN 12 "X 12"X3'" PAINTED STEEL RECESSED BOX 2'- '", ABOVE FLOOR FOR ICE MAKER. PROVIDE F EXIBLE COPPER ' PIPE FROM STOP TO r ICE MAKER. r 1 /2 "CW SK 1 2"V -UNDER FL � 2"V 2 "W -- 1 -1/2"W r- 4'Y -THRU ROOF I I I-� 2"V I L z-V I ,} FD 1 2"Y -UNDER FL 2"V -UNDER FL NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 519 - 335 -7875 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: MILER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -1 9TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309- 788 -3476 FAX 309- 788 -3484 M2BStructural EngineersL.LP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Io*a 62401 Phone; 319/364 -0666 Fax; 319/364 -1456 Project Title: M *I Ll I 9-il V CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY CRY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 01043 Dro*n by: Ri?M Checked by: 65M Issue: Date Description 07- .23 -07 1 BID 5ET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL NSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DD NOT SCALE DRA GS, CONSULT SHOP DRA#INGS AND OTHER APPROPRIA DRAT LAY OUT AND +COORDINAt PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY ( INTERFERENCE �ITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT UAL G4PYRIGI -IT UNAUTHORIZED COPYIII�C� DISCLOSURE r C M�4�i 01 (THOU "*�TTEN PE SSION BY NEU PPCC 15 KITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRA**Z IS PROHIBITED Sheet Title; PLUMBING DIAGRAMS Sheet Number: P -102 HVAC NOTES 1. COORDINATE DUCTWORK WITH BUILDING STRUCTURE, PLUMBING & ELECTRICAL 2. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS AT INLET AND OUTLET OF FAN. HVAC ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS ABBR. & SYTBOL DESCRIPTION BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER. A CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CL CEILING. EG EXHAUST GRILLE. EX.D EXHAUST DUCT. FL FLOOR. FLA FULL LOAD AMPS. HP HORSEPOWER. OG OUTSIDE GRILLE. EXHAUST AIR. RLA RATED LOAD AMPS. RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE. SP STATIC PRESSURE. TURNING VANES. VOL.D VOLUME DAMPER. 18"X18n BETWEEN TRUSSES MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER SLOPE TOP OF DUCT WITH ROOF SLOPE TYPICAL FILTER RACK & FILTER —ACCESSIBLE THRU EG ,,—SLOPE TOP OFD DUCT WITH ROOF SLOPE TYPICAL 00-2 18X36" —IN SOFFIT —TYP. FOR 3 ki EG-1 -18 "X36" WITH FILTERS 10.6 MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER — DOOR GRILLE BY GENERAL FAN CONNECTION —28"X28* EX.D —(3)18"XI8 SLOPE TOP OF DUCT WITH ROOF SLOPE TYPICAL FL 127, WINDOW AIR CONDITIONER iv FAN #3 LO 4"X24" —1.85 SQ. Fr. FREE AREA TOP 7-6" ABOVE FLOOR WINDOW AIR CONDITIONER —CARRIER #52FC010 —116 V —10,000 BTU — 18.5 "H X 22.75"W X 27" DEEP —WALL SLEEVE —EXTEND DRAIN TO Fl) NEAR CL BELOW BOND BEAM SIDEWALK 4 "l, v.51nv'54.wad NEEMBE Owner: CrrY • IOWA CITY Project No.: 0-1.045 DraWn by Checked by.. HVAC FLOOR PLAN Sheet Number. H�101 (CLOSE H� I bi I L-7 f ` `• L -11 0[ cr_ I �PPOT L­26 00 I­_ I C H A E I � L -27 L_21 I 00 PANEL L I 2-1 AC 12 L -20I -27 _ L -4 v GFI L -6 48 "AF GFI 4 8 ' " A F I C ER I I z /QQ L -21 I I I I I HOT OG) � GQ �, POPCORN AC COOLEi�J GL15ri � � HD �L_31 L-30 PIZZA OR ALL DCO'S IN L_9 21F4 L -5 HOT 2g� 7F2 CONCESSION 3F5 150IN 4 NL (VERIFY) 65W 116 TO BE 65W r — — -1 GFI TYPE I o L -25 65W I ' Z I L -24 - EXCEL MODEL L_3 ' X I AC L-22 � XL -W I a 2 I R- ER IRS 1 1 - TYP. OF 3 ' Y's) NDYI AC L - -J G RO O IN RARED ' FRARED � , T PPLY R NSOR, TYP. NOTE: INFRARED NSOR EQUIPMENT D BY SIDEWALK OTHERS, INSTAL. D BY EC. UNIT 10 3A NLUMANN MUNSON A R C H I T E C T S A PR0FESS10NAL C0RP0RAT10N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 -335 -7878 319 -538 -7879 FAX Consultonts: MILER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309- 788 -3476 FAX 309 -788 -3484 M2 &tructural EngineerILP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax: 319/364 -1456 Project Title: V990901zi CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 01.043 Drawn by. Checked by. Issue: Date Description 01 -23 -01 BID SET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. C +COR- i-R10" T UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROMOTED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHOTED. Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN Sheet Number: E -101 1103 85W PE L­39 MOTOR FAN 13 OPERATED 1/3HP1115V DAMPER -- ------------------------------- - - - - -- -- J.-3L� I I I I I I I IDEWALK Fay 1 F I I I I 3j4HP,115V FAN 12 I F L -41 2HP,115V F I 10 36 16 10 I STORAGE L -8 WOMEN 01. TTS 8F2 L_34,HL 6 119 � -� L_ WATER -- -- -- — _ �r r �I- 48 "AF F F- — L JL J 000 r - -- --II- -1 1 Q 1 ']o VL L -1 MEN - ° L_1 I OGLER 11 F T I I I 1 1 8 AC DISH SINK L -1$ T— J�EFf FRZI L— 00 L 1-11 1 C CIN I � UNIT 10 3A NLUMANN MUNSON A R C H I T E C T S A PR0FESS10NAL C0RP0RAT10N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 -335 -7878 319 -538 -7879 FAX Consultonts: MILER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8008 PHONE 309- 788 -3476 FAX 309 -788 -3484 M2 &tructural EngineerILP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax: 319/364 -1456 Project Title: V990901zi CONCESSION AND RESTROOM FACILITY CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 01.043 Drawn by. Checked by. Issue: Date Description 01 -23 -01 BID SET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. C +COR- i-R10" T UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROMOTED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHOTED. Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN Sheet Number: E -101 ELECTRICAL MATERIAL AND SYMBOL LIST SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ABBR. ALL RACEWAYS IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE CONCEALED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE ALL CONDUIT ROUTING REQUIREMENTS, AC CONDUIT SIZE AND CONDUIT FILL, WHICH IS NOT SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED FOR THE MOST ECONOMICAL EXTENSION OF POWER AND SIGNAL MFS CONDUCTORS. THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOAD CURRENT LIMITATIONS IMPOSED IN NOTE 8 TO TABLE 310 -16 THROUGH 31 SHALL BE NOTED 20/1 AND RESPECTED, PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. —{}- -I FLUORESCENT LIGHTING UNIT; CEILING SURFACE, AS SCHEDULED. STABILIZE MOUNTING TO PREVENT WOBBLE OR NON -LEVEL MOUNTING. Q INCANDESCENT, FLUORESCENT, OR HID, LIGHTING UNIT; CEILING RECESSED OR SURFACE MOUNTED, AS SCHEDULED. # 1 MH EXIT SIGN UNIT; WALL SURFACE MOUNTED, AS SCHEDULED. DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED. WITH BATTERY/CHARGER AF SUPPLEMENTARY MODULE FOR OPERATION DURING A POWER OUTAGE. WALL OR CEILING WIRING IN METAL RACEWAY; CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING, OR ABOVE ACOUSTIC TILE CEILNG. HASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS DUAL -CITE EQUIVALENT (A MINIMUM OF (2) #12 CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED); NUMBER INDICATED IS SPECIAL CONDUCTOR SIZE. GROUND CONDUCTOR IS REQUIRED MTC IN EACH CONDUIT RUN. ARROWHEAD(S) INDICATE(S) HOMERUN(S) TO PANEL. C ELECTRICAL PANEL; WALL SURFACE OR FLUSH AS INDICATED BY SYMBOL; TOP 6' -0" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 20/1 FUSED DISCONNECT; SURFACE MOUNTED; CENTERLINE 5-0" ABOVE FLOOR WHERE NOT OTHERWISE NOTED. "NF" INDICATES NON - FUSED. INDICATED MOTOR OR ELECTRICALLY OPERATED DEVICE; ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE DISCONNECTS AND CONTROL ITEMS SUPPLIED BY THE NC CONTRACTOR PROVIDING THE MOTOR DRIVEN UNIT OR ELECTRICAL DEVICE; WIRING SHALL BE COMPLETELY THROUGH TO UNIT TERMINALS. CB SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER REQUIREMENTS. F FUSETRON BOX COVER UNIT WITH SWITCH; MOUNT ON 2-1/4" HANDY BOX; WALL SURFACE MOUNTED AT MOTOR LOAD; PROVIDE FUSE FOR 10 MOTOR RUNNING OVERLOAD PROTECTION. P ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OUTLET, DISCONNECT, OR SOLID CKT CIRCUIT. PVC TERMINAL CONNECTION, AS CALLED FOR ON THE WIRING DIAGRAM OR INSTRUCTION SHEET FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT. DCO TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD; 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD, WALL MOUNTED; TOP 6' -0" ABOVE THE FLOOR; ONE COAT OF FIRE RETARDANT PAINT. TTB SIZED 2' X 4'. ► TELEPHONE WALL OUTLET BOX WALL RECESSED MOUNTED, AS CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, 18" ABOVE FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. RS SINGLE POLE LIGHT SWITCH (SPST); 20 AMP; 4' -0" ABOVE THE FLOOR; QUIET TYPE. EM SPECIFICATION GRADE QUALITY, 3 3 -WAY LIGHT SWITCH; SAME IN ALL OTHER RESPECTS TO SPST. 20/1 OR EMERGENCY SYSTEM. DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET (DCO) 20 AMP, SPECIFICATION GRADE QUALITY; NEMA 5 -20R CONFIGURATION. 24" ABOVE FLOOR UNLESS SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW. EC OTHERWISE INDICATE. COORDINATE WITH HEATING DEVICES. "GFI" INDICATES GROUND FAULT PROTECTED OUTLET. TIME SWITCH. LITHONIA VR4 2/60W120 20 /1120 CONVENIENCE OUTLET; NEMA DESIGNATION SHALL BE ESTABLISHED BY EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. VERIFY EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED. TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD. PROVIDE WALL PLATE CONFORMING TO SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR SPST. FIXTURE(S). EMERGENCY BACKUP LIGHT; AIM HEADS AS INDICATED. EQUAL TO DUAL -LITE EZ -2. P E PHOTOELECTRIC CELL. EQUAL TO TQRK 2001. N ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS ABBR. DESCRIPTION ABBR. DESCRIPTION AC ABOVE COUNTER; 6" ABOVE WORK SURFACE OR BACK MFS MAXIMUM FUSE SIZE. 20/1 SPLASH WHEN SO EQUIPPED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NO. WATTS /TYPE UNIT MOUNTING MH METAL HALIDE LAMP. AF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, DISTANCE AS NOTED. WALL OR CEILING EXIT SIGN SINGLE OR DOUBLE STENCIL FACE WITH DUAL -CITE EQUIVALENT MEN'S HAND DRYER MTC EMPTY CONDUIT. C CONDUIT. 20/1 LTS CONCESSIONS INDICATED HOUSING. INTEGRAL NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY NC NEW CONNECTION. CB CIRCUIT BREAKER. BACK -UP. COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. LITHONIA EXTREME SERIES 10 11 P PRESENT. CKT CIRCUIT. PVC POLY - VINYL - CHLORIDE (PLASTIC) CONDUIT. DCO DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET. DAY -BRITE VR2 -4W 20Z1 14 15 RS RAPID START. EM EMERGENCY LIGHT, EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY, 16 17 20/1 OR EMERGENCY SYSTEM. SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW. EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. TMS TIME SWITCH. LITHONIA VR4 2/60W120 20 /1120 TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD. F FIXTURE(S). DCO CONCESSION CORNER 20 1 22 SCREW IN UC UNDER COUNTER. FL FLUORESCENT. 24 FLUORESCENT 20 1 LOCATION LISTED. LAMPS PROVIDED BY OWNER, UG UNDERGROUND. GFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER. 20/1 INSTALLED BY E.C. DCO POPCORN 20/1 V VOLTS. HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE. DCO SLUSH F4 1 150W /INC VL VERIFY LOCATION. HP HORSEPOWER. 32 99/130V 20/1 JAR, DUST TIGHT. W WATTS. HL HIGH LOCATION, MOUNT 4' -6" ABOVE FLOOR. CEILING HIGH ABUSE 4' -0" LONG FIXTURE, ONE PIECE HUBBELL EQUIVALENT 1 WC WITHIN COUNTER OR CABINET. INC INCANDESCENT. LITHONIA VDS SERIES 1 38 39 WP WEATHERPROOF. MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY. 40 41 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE LAMPS 1 20/1 MANUFACTURER & NO. WATTS /TYPE UNIT MOUNTING DESCRIPTION CATALOG NO. F1 AS FURNISHED WALL OR CEILING EXIT SIGN SINGLE OR DOUBLE STENCIL FACE WITH DUAL -CITE EQUIVALENT MEN'S HAND DRYER RED LED'S SURFACE AS RED LETTERS, PRECISION MOLDED POLYCARBONATE EMERGI -CITE EQUIVALENT 20/1 LTS CONCESSIONS INDICATED HOUSING. INTEGRAL NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY HUBBELL EQUIVALENT 9 20/1 WOMEN'S HAND DRYER E BACK -UP. COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. LITHONIA EXTREME SERIES 10 11 .20/1 A C UNIT SURELITES EQUIVALENT F2 2 32W /RS CEILING SURFACE TWO LAMP, 4' LONG ENCLOSED & GASKETED DAY -BRITE VR2 -4W 20Z1 14 15 20/1 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SUITABLE FOR WEB COCA- LITHONIA DMW232 20/1 16 17 20/1 TIONS. ELECTRONIC BALLAST. MEfALUX VT2432R -WL F3 2 60W /INC. SOFFIT RECESSED 12" SQUARE VANDAL RESISTANT FIXTURE. UV LITHONIA VR4 2/60W120 20 /1120 BASE WITH 20 1 STABILIZED POLYCARBONATE LENS, 0.125" THICK, DCO CONCESSION CORNER 20 1 22 SCREW IN 20Z1 TAMPER RESISTANT SCREWS, GASKETED. DAMP DCO ROASTER 20/1 24 FLUORESCENT 20 1 LOCATION LISTED. LAMPS PROVIDED BY OWNER, D-COO CROCK POT 20Z1 26 BALLASTED 20/1 INSTALLED BY E.C. DCO POPCORN 20/1 28 LAMP 20Z1 DCO PIZZA OR HOT DOG DCO SLUSH F4 1 150W /INC WALL SURFACE DIE -CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING GASKETED MASON - - - 20Z1 32 99/130V 20/1 JAR, DUST TIGHT. - - - F5 2 32W/T8 CEILING HIGH ABUSE 4' -0" LONG FIXTURE, ONE PIECE HUBBELL EQUIVALENT 1 6 37120/1 SURFACE POLYCARBONATE PRISMATIC LENS &STEEL LITHONIA VDS SERIES 1 38 39 20/ 1 HOUSING, GASKETED. TAMPER PROOF SCREWS & KENALL NOVA II SERIES / 1 40 41 25/1 HARDWARE. WHERE FIXTURES ARE LABELED "EM" SPARE CB 20/1 42 PROVIDE EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK. UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATIONS. PROVIDE ONE TOOL FOR EACH OF THE TWO BUILDINGS. 200 ® 10,000 T LP 120/240 1 3 SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED 1 20/1 LTS RR'S CHASE & INFRAREDS SPARE CB 20 1 2 3 .20/1 WOMEN'S HAND DRYER W DCO IN WOMEN'S RR 20/1 4 5 20Z1 MEN'S HAND DRYER DCO, IN MEN'S RR 20 1 6 7 20/1 LTS CONCESSIONS LTS STORAGE 20/1 8 9 20/1 WOMEN'S HAND DRYER E WATER HEATER 25/2 10 11 .20/1 A C UNIT - - - - 12 13 20/1 DCO STORAGE FUTURE ICE MAKER DCO STORAGE KENMORE FZR 20Z1 14 15 20/1 DCO STORAGE FRIDGE AIRE DCO, STORAGE WOODS FZR 20/1 16 17 20/1 DCO CONCESSION REFR FRZ DCO CONCESSION COOLER 20/1 18 19 20 1 DCO CONC. DISH AREA DCO MOP WASH AREA 20 /1120 21 20 1 DCO CONC. COUNTR BY DOOR DCO CONCESSION CORNER 20 1 22 20Z1 DCO CONIC. FAR COUNTER DCO ROASTER 20/1 24 20 1 DCO DIP -N -DOTS D-COO CROCK POT 20Z1 26 20/1 DCO BACK COUNTER MISC. DCO POPCORN 20/1 28 20Z1 DCO PIZZA OR HOT DOG DCO SLUSH 20/1 30 1 20/1 DCO COOLER SPARE CB 20Z1 32 20/1 DCO CHASE 120 DCO TTB 1 20/1 DCO BY STOR RM DOOR FAN 2 1 6 37120/1 FAN 3 SPARE CB Ef2 1 38 39 20/ 1 SOFFITT LTS, & PE SPARE CB / 1 40 41 25/1 FAN #1 SPARE CB 20/1 42 * GFI TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER. + VERIFY WITH EQUIPMENT BEING PROVIDED BEFORE ORDERING BREAKER. LOCAL POWER COMPANY: MIDAMERICAN ENERGY CO. TRANSFORMER - IOWA CITY, IOWA P RISER —PXR BY E.C. ETER PEDESTAL METER BASE BY E.C. �- METER NC -TO EXISTING U '- " � (2)3/0 THWN PARK BUILDING (1)#6 GND -P 4 "C BY E.C. NOTE: REFER TO SHEET C -101 FOR LOCATIONS. PANEL L NOTE: METER PEDESTAL TO BE MILBANK WITH 2O0A "MAIN" AND 100A "BRANCH" BREAKERS. 200A TO FEED NEW CONCESSION STAND. 100A TO FEED EXISTING CONCESSION BUILDING. -I- NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: MILER CONSULTING ENGINEERS PC 114 -19TH STREET, ROCK ISLAND, IL 61201 -8408 PHONE 309- 788 -3476 FAX 309- 788 -3484 M2 &tructural EngineersLLP 422 Second Avenue S.E., Suite B, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Phone: 319/364 -0666 Fax: 319/'364 -1456 Project Title: n ce zi Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 0 1.043 Drawn by: Checked by: Issues Date Description 01 -23 -01 BID SET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES, DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES, READ PROJECT MANUAL. @00F+YRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING. DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY N EUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES, PANEL + ABBREVIATIONS Sheet Number: